GCG TRUST
497, 1997-05-27
Previous: SEPARATE ACCOUNT B OF GOLDEN AMERICAN LIFE INSURANCE CO, 497, 1997-05-27
Next: RESORT INCOME INVESTORS INC, SC 13D/A, 1997-05-27



                                                     File No. 33-23512, 811-5629
                                                         Filed under Rule 497(c)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
      [LOGO OF GOLDENSELECT APPEARS HERE]




PROSPECTUSES


Included in this Document:


THE GCG TRUST PROSPECTUS
MAY 1, 1997

EQUI-SELECT SERIES TRUST PROSPECTUS
MAY 1, 1997


<PAGE>
 
++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++
+                                THE GCG TRUST                                 +
++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++
                                 THE GCG TRUST
 
 1001 JEFFERSON STREET         WILMINGTON, DELAWARE 19801
 
 
This Prospectus offers shares of fourteen portfolios (the "Series") of The GCG
Trust (the "Trust"), which is an open-end, management investment company. Each
Series has its own investment objective or objectives and investment policies.
Shares of the Series may be sold to separate accounts of insurance companies to
serve as the investment medium for variable life insurance policies and vari-
able annuity contracts issued by the insurance companies ("Variable Contracts")
and to certain qualified pension and retirement plans. In the case of Variable
Contracts, the separate accounts invest in shares of one or more of the Series
in accordance with allocation instructions received from owners of the insur-
ance policies and annuity contracts. Such allocation rights are described fur-
ther in the Prospectus for the separate account.
 
The Series are managed by Directed Services, Inc. ("DSI"), which is a wholly
owned subsidiary of Equitable of Iowa Companies ("Equitable of Iowa"). DSI and
the Trust have retained several investment advisory firms ("Portfolio Manag-
ers") to provide investment advisory services to the Series. The fourteen Se-
ries and their respective Portfolio Managers are as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
     SERIES                        PORTFOLIO MANAGER
     ----------------------------  -------------------------------------------
     <S>                           <C>
     MULTIPLE ALLOCATION SERIES    ZWEIG ADVISORS INC.
     FULLY MANAGED SERIES          T. ROWE PRICE ASSOCIATES, INC.
     LIMITED MATURITY BOND SERIES  EQUITABLE INVESTMENT SERVICES, INC.
     HARD ASSETS SERIES            VAN ECK ASSOCIATES CORPORATION
     REAL ESTATE SERIES            E.I.I. REALTY SECURITIES, INC.
     ALL-GROWTH SERIES             PILGRIM BAXTER & ASSOCIATES, LTD.
     CAPITAL APPRECIATION SERIES   CHANCELLOR LGT ASSET MANAGEMENT, INC.
     RISING DIVIDENDS SERIES       KAYNE, ANDERSON INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT, L.P.
     EMERGING MARKETS SERIES       PUTNAM INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT, INC.
     VALUE EQUITY SERIES           EAGLE ASSET MANAGEMENT, INC.
     STRATEGIC EQUITY SERIES       ZWEIG ADVISORS INC.
     SMALL CAP SERIES              FRED ALGER MANAGEMENT, INC.
     MANAGED GLOBAL SERIES         PUTNAM INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT, INC.
     LIQUID ASSET SERIES           EQUITABLE INVESTMENT SERVICES, INC.
</TABLE>
 
Information about the investment objective or objectives, investment policies,
and restrictions of each Series, along with a detailed description of the types
of securities and other assets in which each Series may invest, are set forth
in this Prospectus. There can be no assurance that the investment objective or
objectives for any Series will be achieved.
 
Investment in the Liquid Asset Series (or in any other Series) is neither in-
sured nor guaranteed by the U.S. Government. There can be no assurance that the
Liquid Asset Series will be able to maintain a stable net asset value of $1.00
per share.
 
This Prospectus sets forth concisely the information a prospective investor
should know before investing in any of the Series. A Statement of Additional
Information, dated May 1, 1997, containing additional and more detailed infor-
mation about the Series has been filed with the Securities and Exchange Commis-
sion and is hereby incorporated by reference into this Prospectus. The State-
ment of Additional Information is available without charge and may be obtained
by writing to the Trust at the address printed above or by calling the Trust at
the Customer Service Center at the telephone number shown in the accompanying
prospectus.
 
THIS PROSPECTUS SHOULD BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE PROSPECTUS FOR THE SEPA-
RATE ACCOUNT. BOTH PROSPECTUSES SHOULD BE READ CAREFULLY AND RETAINED FOR FU-
TURE REFERENCE.
 
THE SERIES' SHARES ARE NOT INSURED BY THE FDIC OR ANY OTHER AGENCY. THEY ARE
NOT DEPOSITS OR OTHER OBLIGATIONS OF ANY BANK AND ARE NOT BANK GUARANTEED. THEY
ARE SUBJECT TO MARKET FLUCTUATION, REINVESTMENT RISK AND POSSIBLE LOSS OF PRIN-
CIPAL INVESTED.
 
  THESE  SECURITIES  HAVE  NOT  BEEN  APPROVED  OR  DISAPPROVED  BY  THE
    SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION NOR HAS THE COMMISSION PASSED
        UPON THE  ACCURACY  OR ADEQUACY OF  THIS PROSPECTUS.  ANY  
          REPRESENTATION TO THE CONTRARY IS A CRIMINAL OFFENSE.
 
                   THE DATE OF THIS PROSPECTUS IS MAY 1, 1997
<PAGE>
 
 TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                            PAGE
<S>                                                                         <C>
PROSPECTUS SYNOPSIS........................................................   1
FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS.......................................................   4
INVESTMENT OBJECTIVES AND POLICIES.........................................  16
 Multiple Allocation Series................................................  16
 Fully Managed Series......................................................  18
 Limited Maturity Bond Series..............................................  19
 Hard Assets Series........................................................  21
 Real Estate Series........................................................  23
 All-Growth Series.........................................................  23
 Capital Appreciation Series...............................................  24
 Rising Dividends Series...................................................  25
 Emerging Markets Series...................................................  25
 Value Equity Series.......................................................  27
 Strategic Equity Series...................................................  28
 Small Cap Series..........................................................  29
 Managed Global Series.....................................................  30
 Liquid Asset Series.......................................................  31
MANAGEMENT OF THE TRUST....................................................  33
 The Manager...............................................................  33
 The Portfolio Managers....................................................  34
  Zweig Advisors Inc. .....................................................  34
  T. Rowe Price Associates, Inc............................................  35
  Putnam Investment Management, Inc. ......................................  35
  Van Eck Associates Corporation...........................................  36
  Pilgrim Baxter & Associates, Ltd. .......................................  36
  Chancellor LGT Asset Management, Inc. ...................................  37
  Kayne, Anderson Investment Management, L.P...............................  37
  Eagle Asset Management, Inc. ............................................  37
  E.I.I. Realty Securities, Inc............................................  38
  Fred Alger Management, Inc. .............................................  38
  Equitable Investment Services, Inc. .....................................  38
 Other Expenses............................................................  39
 Distributor...............................................................  39
 Custodian and Other Service Providers.....................................  39
DESCRIPTION OF SECURITIES AND INVESTMENT TECHNIQUES........................  39
 Mortgage-Backed Securities................................................  39
  Mortgage Pass-Through Securities.........................................  39
  Other Mortgage-Backed Securities.........................................  40
  Risks of Mortgage-Backed Securities......................................  40
</TABLE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                            PAGE
<S>                                                                         <C>
 Other Asset-Backed Securities.............................................  41
 High Yield Bonds..........................................................  41
 Repurchase Agreements.....................................................  41
 Restricted and Illiquid Securities........................................  41
 Short Sales...............................................................  42
 Foreign Securities........................................................  42
 Indexed Securities and Structured Notes...................................  44
 Investment in Gold and Other Precious Metals..............................  45
 Futures Contracts.........................................................  45
  Risks Associated with Futures and Futures Options........................  46
 Options on Securities.....................................................  47
  Risks of Options Transactions............................................  47
 Foreign Currency Transactions.............................................  48
 Options on Foreign Currencies.............................................  49
 Borrowing.................................................................  49
 Hard Asset Securities.....................................................  49
 Real Estate Securities....................................................  50
 Swaps.....................................................................  50
INVESTMENT RESTRICTIONS....................................................  50
PURCHASE OF SHARES.........................................................  51
NET ASSET VALUE............................................................  51
REDEMPTION OF SHARES.......................................................  52
EXCHANGES..................................................................  53
PORTFOLIO TRANSACTIONS.....................................................  53
 Brokerage Services........................................................  53
 Portfolio Turnover........................................................  54
DIVIDENDS AND DISTRIBUTIONS................................................  54
FEDERAL INCOME TAX STATUS..................................................  54
OTHER INFORMATION..........................................................  55
 Capitalization............................................................  55
 Voting Rights.............................................................  55
 The History of the Managed Global Series..................................  55
 Chancellor Administrative Order...........................................  56
 Performance Information...................................................  56
LEGAL COUNSEL..............................................................  57
INDEPENDENT AUDITORS.......................................................  57
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS.......................................................  57
</TABLE>
 
                                       I
<PAGE>
 
 PROSPECTUS SYNOPSIS
 
THE TRUST
The GCG Trust (the "Trust") is an open-end management investment company, or-
ganized as a Massachusetts business trust on August 3, 1988. This Prospectus
offers shares of fourteen portfolios (the "Series") of the Trust, each with
its own investment objective or objectives and investment policies. There can
be no assurance that any particular Series' investment objective or objectives
will be attained. The Board of Trustees may establish additional Series at any
time and may discontinue offering a Series at any time.
 
The purpose of the Trust is to serve as an investment medium for (i) variable
life insurance policies and variable annuity contracts ("Variable Contracts")
offered by insurance companies, and (ii) certain qualified pension and retire-
ment plans, as permitted under the federal tax rules relating to the Series
serving as investment mediums for Variable Contracts. See "Purchase of
Shares." In the case of Variable Contracts, the various Series may be used in-
dependently or in combination. Within the limitations described in the Pro-
spectus for the applicable Variable Contract, an owner of a Variable Contract
("Variable Contract Owner") may allocate premiums and reallocate investment
value under his or her Variable Contract among various divisions of the appli-
cable separate account, which, in turn, invest in the various Series. The as-
sets of each Series are segregated and a Variable Contract Owner's interest is
limited to the Series in which the divisions selected by the Variable Contract
Owner have invested.
 
INVESTMENT OBJECTIVES
The investment objective or objectives of each of the Series are as follows:
 
The Multiple Allocation Series seeks the highest total return, consisting of
capital appreciation and current income, consistent with the preservation of
capital and elimination of unnecessary risk. The Series seeks to achieve this
objective through investment in debt and equity securities and the use of cer-
tain sophisticated investment strategies and techniques.
 
The Fully Managed Series seeks, over the long term, a high total investment
return, consistent with the preservation of capital and prudent investment
risk. The Series seeks to achieve this objective by investing primarily in
common stocks. The Series may also invest in fixed income securities and money
market instruments to preserve its principal value during uncertain or declin-
ing market conditions. The Series' strategy is based on the premise that, from
time to time, certain asset classes are more attractive long-term investments
than others.
 
The Limited Maturity Bond Series seeks the highest current income consistent
with low risk to principal and liquidity. The Series seeks to achieve this ob-
jective by investing primarily in a diversified portfolio of limited maturity
debt securities. The Series also seeks to enhance its total return through
capital appreciation when market factors indicate that capital appreciation
may be available without significant risk to principal.
 
The Hard Assets Series, formerly the Natural Resources Series, seeks long-term
capital appreciation. The Series seeks to achieve this objective by investing
in equity and debt securities of companies engaged in the exploration, devel-
opment, production, management and distribution of hard assets.
 
The Real Estate Series seeks capital appreciation. The Series seeks to achieve
this objective through investment in publicly traded equity securities of com-
panies in the real estate industry. Current income is a secondary objective.
 
The All-Growth Series seeks capital appreciation. The Series seeks to achieve
this objective through investment in securities selected for their long-term
growth prospects.
 
The Capital Appreciation Series seeks to generate long-term capital growth.
The Series seeks to achieve this objective by investing in common stock and
preferred stock that will be allocated between categories or "components" of
stocks referred to as the growth component and the value component.
 
The Rising Dividends Series seeks capital appreciation. The Series seeks to
achieve this objective by investing in equity securities of high quality com-
panies that meet the following four criteria: consistent dividend increases;
substantial dividend increases; reinvested profits; and an under-leveraged
balance sheet.
 
The Emerging Markets Series seeks long-term capital appreciation. The Series
seeks to achieve this objective by investing primarily in equity securities of
companies that are considered to be in emerging market countries.
 
The Value Equity Series seeks capital appreciation and, secondarily, dividend
income by investing primarily in equity securities which meet quantitative
standards believed by the Portfolio Manager to indicate above average finan-
cial soundness and high intrinsic value relative to price.
 
                                       1
<PAGE>
 
 PROSPECTUS SYNOPSIS (CONTINUED)
 
 
The Strategic Equity Series seeks to achieve capital appreciation primarily
through investment in equity securities based on various equity market timing
techniques. The amount of the Series' assets allocated to equities shall vary
from time to time to seek positive investment performance from advancing eq-
uity markets and to reduce exposures to equities when the Portfolio Manager
believes that their risk/reward characteristics are less attractive.
 
The Small Cap Series seeks to achieve long-term capital appreciation by in-
vesting in equity securities of companies that, at the time of purchase, have
total market capitalization within the range of companies included in the Rus-
sell 2000 Growth Index. Many of the securities in which the Series invests may
be those of new companies in a developmental stage or more seasoned companies
believed by the Portfolio Manager to be entering a new stage of growth.
 
The Managed Global Series seeks capital appreciation. The Series seeks to
achieve this objective by investing primarily in common stocks of both domes-
tic and foreign issuers.
 
The Liquid Asset Series seeks a high level of current income consistent with
the preservation of capital and liquidity.
 
THE MANAGER AND PORTFOLIO MANAGERS
The Manager of the Series is Directed Services, Inc. (the "Manager"), which is
a wholly owned subsidiary of Equitable of Iowa. The Trust and the Manager have
retained several investment advisory firms ("Portfolio Managers") to manage
the assets of the Series. The Series and their Portfolio Managers are as
follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
SERIES                        PORTFOLIO MANAGER
- ----------------------------  ----------------------
<S>                           <C>
Multiple Allocation Series    Zweig Advisors Inc.
Fully Managed Series          T. Rowe Price
                               Associates, Inc.
Limited Maturity Bond Series  Equitable Investment
                               Services, Inc.
Hard Assets Series            Van Eck Associates
                               Corporation
Real Estate Series            E.I.I. Realty
                               Securities, Inc.
All-Growth Series             Pilgrim Baxter &
                               Associates, Ltd.
Capital Appreciation Series   Chancellor LGT Asset
                               Management, Inc.
Rising Dividends Series       Kayne, Anderson
                               Investment
                               Management, L.P.
Emerging Markets Series       Putnam Investment
                               Management, Inc.
Value Equity Series           Eagle Asset
                               Management, Inc.
Strategic Equity Series       Zweig Advisors Inc.
Emerging Markets Series       Putnam Investment
                               Management, Inc.
Value Equity Series           Eagle Asset
                               Management, Inc.
Strategic Equity Series       Zweig Advisors Inc.
Small Cap Series              Fred Alger Management,
                               Inc.
Managed Global Series         Putnam Investment
                               Management, Inc.
Liquid Asset Series           Equitable Investment
                               Services, Inc.
</TABLE>
 
As Manager of the Series, Directed Services, Inc. has overall responsibility,
subject to the supervision of the Board of Trustees, for engaging portfolio
managers and for monitoring and evaluating the management of the assets of
each Series by the Portfolio Managers, for administering all operations of the
Series, and for providing or procuring all services necessary for the ordinary
operation of the Series. Pursuant to a Management Agreement, the Trust cur-
rently pays the Manager for its services a monthly fee at the annual rate of
1.0% of the value of the average daily net assets of the Multiple Allocation,
Fully Managed, Hard Assets, Real Estate, All-Growth, Capital Appreciation,
Rising Dividends, Value Equity, Strategic Equity, and Small Cap Series, in the
aggregate; 0.60% of the value of the average daily net assets of the Limited
Maturity Bond and Liquid Asset Series, in the aggregate; 1.75% of the value of
the average daily net assets of the Emerging Markets Series; and 1.25% of the
value of the average daily net assets of the Managed Global Series.
 
Each Portfolio Manager of each Series has full investment discretion and makes
all determinations with respect to the investment of the Series' assets and
the purchase and sale of portfolio securities consistent with the investment
objectives, policies, and restrictions for such Series. The Portfolio Managers
are compensated by the Manager (and not the Trust).
 
The Trust is distinct in that the expense structure of the Series is simpler
and more predictable than most mutual funds. Many of the ordinary expenses for
the Trust's Series, including custodial, administrative, transfer agency,
portfolio accounting, auditing, and ordinary legal expenses are paid by the
Manager; whereas, most mutual funds pay for these expenses directly from their
own assets.
 
PURCHASE AND REDEMPTION OF SHARES
Shares of each Series are offered at the net asset value of each Series.
Shares of each Series may be redeemed without cost at the net asset value per
share of the Series next determined after receipt of the redemption request.
The redemption price may be more or less than the purchase price.
 
SPECIAL CHARACTERISTICS AND INVESTMENT RISKS
Certain of the Series may engage in investment techniques that involve certain
risks that are described more fully in the section "Description of Securities
and Investment Techniques." For instance, the Multiple Allocation, Fully Man-
aged, Limited
 
                                       2
<PAGE>
 
 PROSPECTUS SYNOPSIS (CONTINUED)
 
Maturity Bond, Hard Assets, All-Growth, Capital Appreciation, Emerging Mar-
kets, Value Equity, Strategic Equity, Small Cap and Managed Global Series may
engage in various types of futures transactions. All these Series, except the
All-Growth Series and Managed Global Series, may also lend their portfolio se-
curities. The Multiple Allocation, Fully Managed, All-Growth, Hard Assets,
Rising Dividends, Value Equity, Strategic Equity, Small Cap and Managed Global
Series may invest in non-U.S. dollar-denominated securities of foreign is-
suers, and the Emerging Markets Series will normally invest primarily in such
securities. The Multiple Allocation, Fully Managed, Hard Assets, Rising Divi-
dends, Emerging Markets, Value Equity, Strategic Equity, Small Cap and Managed
Global Series may engage in foreign currency transactions and options on for-
eign currencies. The Multiple Allocation, Fully Managed, Limited Maturity
Bond, Hard Assets, Real Estate, All-Growth, Capital Appreciation, Emerging
Markets, Value Equity, Strategic Equity, Small Cap and Managed Global Series
may engage in various put and call options transactions. The Fully Managed and
Emerging Markets Series may invest in high yield bonds and the Real Estate Se-
ries may invest in high yield convertible bonds. (High yield bonds are some-
times referred to as "junk bonds.") The Hard Assets Series may invest in pre-
cious metals and futures contracts on precious metals and the Multiple Alloca-
tion and Strategic Equity Series may invest in gold futures contracts. In ad-
dition, the Multiple Allocation, Hard Assets, All-Growth, Capital Apprecia-
tion, Strategic Equity, Small Cap and Managed Global Series may engage in
short sales of securities.
 
                                       3
<PAGE>
 
 FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS
 
The following tables present condensed financial information with respect to
each Series. Information in the tables for the years ended December 31, 1996,
1995, 1994 and 1993 is derived from the Trust's financial statements for all
Series that have been audited by Ernst & Young LLP. Information in the tables
for the years ended December 31, 1992, 1991, 1990, and 1989 is derived from
the Trust's financial statements for all Series (except the Managed Global Se-
ries) that have been audited by another independent auditor. The information
for the Managed Global Series is presented as if the reorganization described
under "Other Information--History of the Managed Global Series" (the "Reorga-
nization") had always been in effect. Data shown is derived solely from the
Managed Global Account of Separate Account D of Golden American Life Insurance
Company ("Golden American") which was the predecessor entity. The information
in the tables for the period of October 21, 1992 (commencement of operations)
through December 31, 1996 has been derived from financial statements of the
Managed Global Series (as restated to give effect to the Reorganization), for
the same periods, which have been examined by Ernst & Young LLP.
 
The condensed financial information below does not include deductions at the
separate account level or contract specific deductions that may be incurred
under a Variable Contract for which the Trust serves as an underlying invest-
ment vehicle. These charges would reduce the total return to any owner of a
Variable Contract. The following tables should be read in conjunction with the
Trust's financial statements, which are incorporated by reference in the
Trust's Statement of Additional Information from the Trust's Annual Report
dated as of December 31, 1995. The Trust's Annual Report, which contains fur-
ther information about the Series' performance, is available to shareholders
upon request and without charge.
 
                                       4
<PAGE>
 
 FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS (CONTINUED)
 
MULTIPLE ALLOCATION SERIES
 
  For a share of beneficial interest outstanding throughout each year.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31
                         ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
                           1996      1995      1994       1993      1992     1991     1990     1989*
                         --------  --------  --------   --------  --------  -------  -------  -------
<S>                      <C>       <C>       <C>        <C>       <C>       <C>      <C>      <C>
Net asset value,
beginning of year....... $  12.52  $  11.33  $  11.89   $  11.41  $  11.73  $ 10.26  $ 10.34  $ 10.00
                         --------  --------  --------   --------  --------  -------  -------  -------
 Income/(loss) from
 investment operations:
  Net investment
  income................     0.56      0.58      0.42       0.24      0.42     0.49     0.57     0.58
  Net realized and
  unrealized gain/(loss)
  on investments........     0.52      1.56     (0.56)      1.03     (0.18)    1.57    (0.08)    0.44
                         --------  --------  --------   --------  --------  -------  -------  -------
 Total from investment
 operations.............     1.08      2.14     (0.14)      1.27      0.24     2.06     0.49     1.02
                         --------  --------  --------   --------  --------  -------  -------  -------
 Less distributions:
  Dividends from net
  investment income.....    (0.58)    (0.45)    (0.42)     (0.24)    (0.42)   (0.49)   (0.57)   (0.58)
  Distributions from
  capital gains.........    (0.61)    (0.50)     0.00      (0.55)    (0.14)   (0.10)    0.00    (0.10)
                         --------  --------  --------   --------  --------  -------  -------  -------
 Total distributions....    (1.19)    (0.95)    (0.42)     (0.79)    (0.56)   (0.59)   (0.57)   (0.68)
                         --------  --------  --------   --------  --------  -------  -------  -------
 Net asset value, end of
 year................... $  12.41  $  12.52  $  11.33   $  11.89  $  11.41  $ 11.73  $ 10.26  $ 10.34
                         ========  ========  ========   ========  ========  =======  =======  =======
Total return............     8.77%    18.93%    (1.18)%    11.13%     1.88%   20.02%    4.74%    8.92%++
                         ========  ========  ========   ========  ========  =======  =======  =======
Ratios to average net
assets/supplemental
data:
 Net assets, end of year
 (000's omitted)........ $272,791  $307,691  $299,392   $274,231  $116,040  $58,578  $24,347  $15,513
 Ratio of operating
 expenses to average net
 assets.................     1.00%     1.01%     1.00%      1.01%     1.09%    1.33%    1.24%    2.35%+
 Decrease reflected in
 above expense ratio due
 to expense
 limitations............       --        --        --       0.03%     0.10%    0.13%    0.68%    0.09%+
 Ratio of net investment
 income to average net
 assets.................     3.86%     4.42%     3.56%      2.75%     3.65%    4.43%    5.73%    6.52%+
 Portfolio turnover
 rate...................      158%      187%      291%       348%       93%      70%     162%     115%
 Average commission rate
 paid(a)................   $0.593       N/A       N/A        N/A       N/A      N/A      N/A      N/A
</TABLE>
 
- -------------------
 * The Multiple Allocation Series commenced operations on January 24, 1989.
 
 + Annualized.
 
 ++Non-annualized.
 
(a) Average commission rate paid per share of portfolio securities purchased
    and sold by the Series.
 
                                       5
<PAGE>
 
 FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS (CONTINUED)
 
FULLY MANAGED SERIES**
 
  For a share of beneficial interest outstanding throughout each year.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                              YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31
                         -------------------------------------------------------------------------
                           1996      1995     1994       1993     1992     1991     1990    1989*
                         --------  --------  -------   --------  -------  -------  ------   ------
<S>                      <C>       <C>       <C>       <C>       <C>      <C>      <C>      <C>
Net asset value,
beginning of year....... $  13.79  $  11.70  $ 12.99   $  12.43  $ 11.94  $  9.51  $10.16   $10.00
                         --------  --------  -------   --------  -------  -------  ------   ------
 Income/(loss) from
 investment operations:
  Net investment
  income................     0.56      0.45     0.35       0.19     0.28     0.29    0.33     0.28
  Net realized and
  unrealized gain/(loss)
  on investments........     1.69      1.98    (1.29)      0.75     0.49     2.43   (0.65)    0.16
                         --------  --------  -------   --------  -------  -------  ------   ------
 Total from investment
 operations.............     2.25      2.43    (0.94)      0.94     0.77     2.72   (0.32)    0.44
                         --------  --------  -------   --------  -------  -------  ------   ------
 Less distributions:
  Dividends from net
  investment income.....    (0.56)    (0.34)   (0.35)     (0.19)   (0.28)   (0.29)  (0.33)   (0.28)
  Distributions from
  capital gains.........    (0.66)      --      0.00      (0.19)    0.00     0.00    0.00     0.00
                         --------  --------  -------   --------  -------  -------  ------   ------
 Total distributions....    (1.22)    (0.34)   (0.35)     (0.38)   (0.28)   (0.29)  (0.33)   (0.28)
                         --------  --------  -------   --------  -------  -------  ------   ------
 Net asset value, end of
 year................... $  14.82  $  13.79  $ 11.70   $  12.99  $ 12.43  $ 11.94  $ 9.51   $10.16
                         ========  ========  =======   ========  =======  =======  ======   ======
Total return............    16.36%    20.80%   (7.27)%     7.59%    6.23%   28.93%  (3.18)%   3.90%++
                         ========  ========  =======   ========  =======  =======  ======   ======
Ratios to average net
assets/supplemental
data:
 Net assets, end of year
 (000's omitted)........ $136,660  $118,589  $99,854   $108,690  $37,696  $10,031  $5,426   $5,443
 Ratio of operating
 expenses to average net
 assets.................     1.00%     1.01%    1.00%      1.01%    1.04%    1.50%   1.52%    2.69%+
 Decrease reflected in
 above expense ratio due
 to expense
 limitations............       --        --       --       0.04%    0.20%    0.68%   1.27%    0.19%+
 Ratio of net investment
 income to average net
 assets.................     3.83%     3.41%    2.62%      2.12%    2.38%    2.71%   3.38%    3.07%+
 Portfolio turnover
 rate...................       45%      113%      66%        55%      27%      68%    100%     196%
 Average commission rate
 paid(a)................  $0.0597       N/A      N/A        N/A      N/A      N/A     N/A      N/A
</TABLE>
 
- -------------------
  * The Fully Managed Series commenced operations on January 24, 1989.
 
 ** Since January 1, 1995, T. Rowe Price Associates, Inc. has served as Port-
    folio Manager for the Fully Managed Series. Prior to that date, a differ-
    ent firm served as Portfolio Manager.
 
  + Annualized.
 
  ++Non-annualized.
 
(a) Average commission rate per share of portfolio securities purchased and
    sold by the Series.
 
                                       6
<PAGE>
 
 FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS (CONTINUED)
 
 
LIMITED MATURITY BOND SERIES**
 
  For a share of beneficial interest outstanding throughout each year.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                             YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31
                         -----------------------------------------------------------------------
                          1996#    1995     1994      1993     1992     1991     1990     1989*
                         -------  -------  -------   -------  -------  -------  -------  -------
<S>                      <C>      <C>      <C>       <C>      <C>      <C>      <C>      <C>
Net asset value,
beginning of year....... $ 11.15  $  9.98  $ 10.62   $ 10.43  $ 10.54  $ 10.15  $ 10.16  $ 10.00
                         -------  -------  -------   -------  -------  -------  -------  -------
 Income/(loss) from
 investment operations:
  Net investment
  income................    0.59     0.60     0.51      0.40     0.60     0.68     0.72     0.74
  Net realized and
  unrealized gain/(loss)
  on investments........   (0.13)    0.57    (0.64)     0.23    (0.11)    0.42       --     0.19
                         -------  -------  -------   -------  -------  -------  -------  -------
 Total from investment
 operations.............    0.46     1.17    (0.13)     0.63     0.49     1.10     0.72     0.93
                         -------  -------  -------   -------  -------  -------  -------  -------
 Less distributions:
  Dividends from net
  investment income.....   (1.15)      --    (0.51)    (0.40)   (0.60)   (0.68)   (0.72)   (0.74)
  Distributions from
  capital gains.........   (0.03)      --     0.00     (0.04)    0.00    (0.03)   (0.01)   (0.03)
                         -------  -------  -------   -------  -------  -------  -------  -------
 Total distributions....   (1.18)      --    (0.51)    (0.44)   (0.60)   (0.71)   (0.73)   (0.77)
                         -------  -------  -------   -------  -------  -------  -------  -------
 Net asset value, end of
 year................... $ 10.43  $ 11.15  $  9.98   $ 10.62  $ 10.43  $ 10.54  $ 10.15  $ 10.16
                         =======  =======  =======   =======  =======  =======  =======  =======
Total return............    4.32%   11.72%   (1.19)%    6.20%    4.84%   11.27%    7.87%    9.69%++
                         =======  =======  =======   =======  =======  =======  =======  =======
Ratios to average net
assets/supplemental
data:
 Net assets, end of year
 (000's omitted)........ $81,317  $90,081  $72,213   $72,219  $40,213  $16,144  $ 8,321  $ 2,631
 Ratio of operating
 expenses to average net
 assets.................    0.61%    0.61%    0.60%     0.61%    0.72%    0.87%    0.81%    1.11%+
 Decrease reflected in
 above expense ratio due
 to expense
 limitations............      --       --       --      0.04%    0.27%    0.89%    2.09%    3.22%+
 Ratio of net investment
 income to average net
 assets.................    5.33%    5.58%    4.73%     4.64%    5.71%    6.58%    7.47%    8.56%+
 Portfolio turnover
 rate...................     250%     302%     209%      115%      63%     465%     373%     354%
</TABLE>
 
- -------------------
  * The Limited Maturity Bond Series commenced operations on January 24, 1989.
 
 ** Since August 14, 1996, Equitable Investment Services, Inc. has served as
    Portfolio Manager for the Limited Maturity Bond Series. Prior to that date,
    other firms served as Portfolio Manager.
 
  + Annualized.
 
  ++Non-annualized.
 
  # Per share numbers have been calculated using monthly average share method,
    which more appropriately represents the per share data for the period.
 
                                       7
<PAGE>
 
 FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS (CONTINUED)
 
HARD ASSETS SERIES*
 
  For a share of beneficial interest outstanding throughout each year.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                           YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31
                         --------------------------------------------------------------------
                          1996     1995     1994     1993     1992     1991    1990    1989*
                         -------  -------  -------  -------  ------   ------  ------   ------
<S>                      <C>      <C>      <C>      <C>      <C>      <C>     <C>      <C>
Net asset value,
beginning of year....... $ 15.04  $ 13.88  $ 13.89  $  9.31  $10.46   $10.11  $11.89   $10.00
                         -------  -------  -------  -------  ------   ------  ------   ------
 Income/(loss) from
 investment operations:
  Net investment
  income/(loss).........    0.05     0.15     0.13     0.07    0.14     0.13    0.13    (0.35)
  Net realized and
  unrealized gain/(loss)
  on investments........    4.92     1.34     0.23     4.58   (1.15)    0.35   (1.78)    2.26
                         -------  -------  -------  -------  ------   ------  ------   ------
 Total from investment
 operations.............    4.97     1.49     0.36     4.65   (1.01)    0.48   (1.65)    1.91
                         -------  -------  -------  -------  ------   ------  ------   ------
 Less distributions:
  Dividends from net
  investment income.....   (0.07)   (0.13)   (0.13)   (0.07)  (0.14)   (0.13)  (0.13)    0.00
  Distributions from
  capital gains.........   (2.09)   (0.20)   (0.24)    0.00    0.00     0.00    0.00    (0.02)
                         -------  -------  -------  -------  ------   ------  ------   ------
 Total distributions....   (2.16)   (0.33)   (0.37)   (0.07)  (0.14)   (0.13)  (0.13)   (0.02)
                         -------  -------  -------  -------  ------   ------  ------   ------
 Net asset value, end of
 year................... $ 17.85  $ 15.04  $ 13.88  $ 13.89  $ 9.31   $10.46  $10.11   $11.89
                         =======  =======  =======  =======  ======   ======  ======   ======
Total return............   33.17%   10.69%    2.53%   49.93%  (9.81)%   4.70% (13.84)%  18.96%++
                         =======  =======  =======  =======  ======   ======  ======   ======
Ratios to average net
assets/supplemental
data:
 Net assets, end of year
 (000's omitted)........ $43,903  $27,147  $32,879  $21,517  $2,916   $2,702  $2,552   $2,383
 Ratio of operating
 expenses to average net
 assets.................    1.00%    1.01%    1.00%    1.05%   1.50%    1.50%   1.53%    5.46%+
 Decrease reflected in
 above expense ratio due
 to expense
 limitations............      --       --       --     0.08%   0.89%    1.94%   1.93%    1.36%+
 Ratio of net investment
 income to average net
 assets.................    0.34%    0.89%    1.01%    1.03%   1.38%    1.21%   1.21%   (3.65)%+
 Portfolio turnover
 rate...................      96%      24%      25%       5%     19%      39%     54%      22%
 Average commission rate
 paid (a)............... $0.0252      N/A      N/A      N/A     N/A      N/A     N/A      N/A
</TABLE>
 
- -------------------
 * Prior to January 23, 1997, the Hard Assets Series was named the Natural Re-
   sources Series. The Series commenced operations on January 24, 1989.
 
 + Annualized.
 
 ++Non-annualized.
 
(a) Average commission rate paid per share of portfolio securities purchased
    and sold by the Series.
 
                                       8
<PAGE>
 
 FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS (CONTINUED)
 
REAL ESTATE SERIES**
 
  For a share of beneficial interest outstanding throughout each year.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                           YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31
                         -------------------------------------------------------------------
                          1996     1995     1994     1993     1992    1991    1990    1989*
                         -------  -------  -------  -------  -------  -----  ------   ------
<S>                      <C>      <C>      <C>      <C>      <C>      <C>    <C>      <C>
Net asset value,
beginning of year.......  $12.63  $ 11.29  $ 11.18  $  9.81  $  9.02  $7.05  $ 9.53   $10.00
                         -------  -------  -------  -------  -------  -----  ------
 Income/(loss) from
 investment operations:
  Net investment
  income................    0.70     0.75     0.60     0.32     0.52   0.42    0.50     0.05
  Net realized and
  unrealized gain/(loss)
  on investments........    3.70     1.12     0.11#    1.37#    0.79   1.97   (2.48)   (0.06)
                         -------  -------  -------  -------  -------  -----  ------   ------
 Total from investment
 operations.............    4.40     1.87     0.71     1.69     1.31   2.39   (1.98)   (0.01)
                         -------  -------  -------  -------  -------  -----  ------   ------
 Less distributions:
  Dividends from net
  investment income.....   (0.77)   (0.53)   (0.60)   (0.32)   (0.52) (0.42)  (0.50)   (0.05)
  Distributions from
  capital gains.........   (0.28)      --     0.00     0.00     0.00   0.00    0.00    (0.41)#
  Paid in capital.......      --       --       --       --       --     --      --    (0.11)
                         -------  -------  -------  -------  -------  -----  ------   ------
 Total distributions....   (1.05)   (0.53)   (0.60)   (0.32)   (0.52) (0.42)  (0.50)   (0.46)
                         -------  -------  -------  -------  -------  -----  ------   ------
 Net asset value, end of
 year...................  $15.98  $ 12.63  $ 11.29  $ 11.18  $  9.81  $9.02  $ 7.05   $ 9.53
                         =======  =======  =======  =======  =======  =====  ======   ======
Total return............   35.30%   16.59%    6.34%   17.27%   13.87% 34.06% (20.78)%  (1.22)%++
                         =======  =======  =======  =======  =======  =====  ======   ======
Ratios to average net
assets/supplemental
data:
 Net assets, end of year
 (000's omitted)........ $51,135  $34,975  $37,336  $29,000  $ 3,739  $ 710  $  320   $  670
 Ratio of operating
 expenses to average net
 assets.................    1.00%    1.01%    1.00%    1.04%    1.18%  1.53%   1.48%    5.79%+
 Decrease reflected in
 above expense ratio due
 to expense
 limitations............      --       --       --     0.10%    1.79% 11.17%  10.80%    1.32%+
 Ratio of net investment
 income to average net
 assets.................    5.53%    5.79%    5.31%    4.69%    5.74%  5.00%   5.95%    0.55%+
 Portfolio turnover
 rate...................      31%      53%      64%      38%      18%    54%     47%      83%
 Average commission rate
 paid(a)................ $0.0647      N/A      N/A      N/A      N/A    N/A     N/A      N/A
</TABLE>
 
- -------------------
   * The Real Estate Series commenced operations on January 24, 1989.
 
  ** Since January 1, 1995, E.I.I. Realty Securities, Inc. has served as Port-
     folio Manager for the Real Estate Series. Prior to that date, different
     firms served as Portfolio Manager.
 
 
  # The amount shown may not accord with the change in the aggregate gains and
    losses of portfolio securities due to timing of sales and redemptions of
    shares.
 
   + Annualized.
 
   ++Non-annualized.
  (a) Average commission rate paid per share of portfolio securities purchased
      and sold by the Series.
 
                                       9
<PAGE>
 
 FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS (CONTINUED)
 
ALL-GROWTH SERIES**
 
  For a share of beneficial interest outstanding throughout each year.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                            YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31
                         ------------------------------------------------------------------------
                          1996      1995     1994      1993     1992      1991     1990    1989*
                         -------   -------  -------   -------  -------   -------  ------   ------
<S>                      <C>       <C>      <C>       <C>      <C>       <C>      <C>      <C>
Net asset value,
beginning of year....... $ 13.78   $ 11.86  $ 13.42   $ 12.64  $ 13.05   $  9.65  $10.59   $10.00
                         -------   -------  -------   -------  -------   -------  ------   ------
 Income/(loss) from
 investment operations:
  Net investment
  income................    0.14      0.18     0.11      0.05     0.08      0.11    0.19     0.09
  Net realized and
  unrealized gain/(loss)
  on investments........   (0.23)     2.47    (1.56)     0.78    (0.41)     3.40   (0.94)    0.66
                         -------   -------  -------   -------  -------   -------  ------   ------
 Total from investment
 operations.............   (0.09)     2.65    (1.45)     0.83    (0.33)     3.51   (0.75)    0.75
                         -------   -------  -------   -------  -------   -------  ------   ------
 Less distributions:
  Dividends from net
  investment income.....   (0.14)    (0.14)   (0.11)    (0.05)   (0.08)    (0.11)  (0.19)   (0.09)
  Distributions from
  capital gains.........   (0.16)    (0.59)    0.00      0.00     0.00      0.00    0.00       --
  Paid in capital.......      --        --       --        --       --        --      --    (0.07)
                         -------   -------  -------   -------  -------   -------  ------   ------
 Total distributions....   (0.30)    (0.73)   (0.11)    (0.05)   (0.08)    (0.11)  (0.19)   (0.16)
                         -------   -------  -------   -------  -------   -------  ------   ------
 Net asset value, end of
 year................... $ 13.39   $ 13.78  $ 11.86   $ 13.42  $ 12.64   $ 13.05  $ 9.65   $10.59
                         =======   =======  =======   =======  =======   =======  ======   ======
Total return............   (0.57)%   22.42%  (10.77)%    6.56%   (2.59)%   36.48%  (7.35)%   7.20%++
                         =======   =======  =======   =======  =======   =======  ======   ======
Ratios to average net
assets/supplemental
data:
 Net assets, end of year
 (000's omitted)........ $78,750   $93,198  $71,218   $56,491  $24,202   $11,857  $5,005   $3,572
 Ratio of operating
 expenses to average net
 assets.................    1.00%     1.01%    1.00%     1.01%    1.31%     1.48%   1.51%    3.23%+
 Decrease reflected in
 above expense ratio due
 to expense
 limitations............      --        --       --      0.01%    0.04%     0.40%   1.51%    0.38%+
 Ratio of net investment
 income to average net
 assets.................    0.86%     1.42%    1.08%     0.52%    0.61%     0.94%   1.99%    0.94%+
 Portfolio turnover
 rate...................     118%       81%     196%       29%      20%       31%     88%      54%
 Average commission rate
 paid (a)............... $0.0592       N/A      N/A       N/A      N/A       N/A     N/A      N/A
</TABLE>
 
- -------------------
  * The All-Growth Series commenced operations on January 24, 1989.
 
 ** Since February 3, 1997, Pilgrim Baxter & Associates, Ltd. has served as
    Portfolio Manager for the All-Growth Series. Prior to that date, a differ-
    ent firm served as Portfolio Manager.
 
  + Annualized.
 
  ++Non-annualized.
 
(a) Average commission rate paid per share of portfolio securities purchased
    and sold by the series.
 
                                      10
<PAGE>
 
 FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS (CONTINUED)
 
CAPITAL APPRECIATION SERIES
 
  For a share of beneficial interest outstanding throughout each year.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                        YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31
                               ----------------------------------------------
                                 1996      1995     1994      1993     1992*
                               --------  --------  -------   -------  -------
<S>                            <C>       <C>       <C>       <C>      <C>
Net asset value, beginning of
year.........................  $  13.51  $  11.34  $ 11.76   $ 11.00  $ 10.00
                               --------  --------  -------   -------  -------
 Income/(loss) from
 investment operations:
  Net investment income......      0.16      0.19     0.23      0.13     0.12
  Net realized and unrealized
  gain/(loss) on
  investments................      2.57      3.22    (0.42)     0.78     1.00
                               --------  --------  -------   -------  -------
 Total from investment
 operations..................      2.73      3.41    (0.19)     0.91     1.12
                               --------  --------  -------   -------  -------
 Less distributions:
  Dividends from net
  investment income..........     (0.17)    (0.15)   (0.23)    (0.13)   (0.12)
  Distributions from capital
  gains......................     (1.01)    (1.09)      --     (0.02)      --
                               --------  --------  -------   -------  -------
 Total distributions.........     (1.18)    (1.24)   (0.23)    (0.15)   (0.12)
                               --------  --------  -------   -------  -------
 Net asset value, end of
 year........................  $  15.06  $  13.51  $ 11.34   $ 11.76  $ 11.00
                               ========  ========  =======   =======  =======
Total return.................     20.26%    30.16%   (1.59)%    8.31%   10.87%++
                               ========  ========  =======   =======  =======
Ratios to average net
assets/supplemental data:
 Net assets, end of year
 (000's omitted).............  $148,752  $122,227  $88,890   $87,219  $18,645
 Ratio of operating expenses
 to average net assets.......      1.00%     1.01%    1.00%     1.02%    0.91%+
 Decrease reflected in above
 expense ratio due to expense
 limitations.................        --        --       --      0.04%    0.27%+
 Ratio of net investment
 income to average net
 assets......................      1.12%     1.53%    1.96%     1.69%    2.06%+
 Portfolio turnover rate.....        64%       98%      84%       67%       6%
 Average commission rate
 paid(a).....................  $ 0.0590       N/A      N/A       N/A      N/A
</TABLE>
 
RISING DIVIDENDS SERIES
 
  For a share of beneficial interest outstanding throughout each year.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                              YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31
                                         -----------------------------------
                                           1996     1995     1994    1993**
                                         --------  -------  -------  -------
<S>                                      <C>       <C>      <C>      <C>
Net asset value, beginning of year...... $  13.30  $ 10.22  $ 10.30  $ 10.00
                                         --------  -------  -------  -------
 Income from investment operations:
  Net investment income.................     0.14     0.13     0.14     0.01
  Net realized and unrealized
   gain/(loss) on investments...........     2.61     3.04    (0.08)    0.30
                                         --------  -------  -------  -------
 Total from investment operations.......     2.75     3.17     0.06     0.31
                                         --------  -------  -------  -------
 Less distributions:
  Dividends from net investment income..    (0.13)   (0.09)   (0.14)   (0.01)
  Distributions from capital gains......    (0.11)      --       --       --
                                         --------  -------  -------  -------
 Total distributions....................    (0.24)   (0.09)   (0.14)   (0.01)
                                         --------  -------  -------  -------
 Net asset value, end of year........... $  15.81  $ 13.30  $ 10.22  $ 10.30
                                         ========  =======  =======  =======
Total return............................    20.65%   31.06%    0.59%    3.10%++
                                         ========  =======  =======  =======
Ratios to average net
 assets/supplemental data:
 Net assets, end of year (000's
  omitted).............................. $126,239  $81,210  $50,712  $14,430
 Ratio of operating expenses to average
  net assets............................     1.00%    1.01%    1.00%    0.24%++
 Ratio of net investment income to aver-
  age net assets........................     0.99%    1.24%    1.88%    0.34%++
 Portfolio turnover rate................       15%      43%      26%       3%
 Average commission rate paid(a)........ $ 0.0600      N/A      N/A      N/A
</TABLE>
- -------------------
  * The Capital Appreciation Series commenced operations on May 4, 1992.
 ** The Rising Dividends Series commenced operations on October 4, 1993.
  + Annualized.
  ++Non-annualized.
(a) Average commission rate paid per share of portfolio securities purchased
    and sold by the Series.
 
                                       11
<PAGE>
 
 FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS (CONTINUED)
 
EMERGING MARKETS SERIES
 
  For a share of beneficial interest outstanding throughout each year.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                            YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31
                                        ------------------------------------
                                         1996     1995      1994      1993*
                                        -------  -------   -------   -------
<S>                                     <C>      <C>       <C>       <C>
Net asset value, beginning of year..... $  9.06  $ 10.08   $ 12.44   $ 10.00
                                        -------  -------   -------   -------
 Income/(loss) from investment
 operations:
  Net investment income................    0.04     0.04      0.00      0.00
  Net realized and unrealized
   gain/(loss) on investments..........    0.62    (1.06)    (1.89)     2.44
                                        -------  -------   -------   -------
 Total from investment operations......    0.66    (1.02)    (1.89)     2.44
                                        -------  -------   -------   -------
 Less distributions:
  Dividends from net investment in-
   come................................      --       --      0.00      0.00
  Distributions from capital gains.....      --    (0.00)#   (0.47)     0.00
                                        -------  -------   -------   -------
 Total distributions...................      --    (0.00)    (0.47)     0.00
                                        -------  -------   -------   -------
 Net asset value, end of year.......... $  9.72  $  9.06   $ 10.08   $ 12.44
                                        =======  =======   =======   =======
Total return...........................    7.28%  (10.11)%  (15.18)%   24.40%++
                                        =======  =======   =======   =======
Ratios to average net
 assets/supplemental data:
 Net assets, end of year (000's omit-
  ted)................................. $51,510  $47,974   $65,224   $31,181
 Ratio of operating expenses to average
  net assets...........................    1.55%    1.53%     1.73%     0.38%++
 Ratio of net investment income to av-
  erage net assets.....................    0.38%    0.40%     0.03%     0.00%++
 Portfolio turnover rate...............     136%     141%      106%     0.00%
 Average commission rate paid(a)....... $0.0007      N/A       N/A       N/A
</TABLE>
 
VALUE EQUITY SERIES
 
  For a share of beneficial interest outstanding throughout each year.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                      YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31
                                                      -------------------------
                                                         1996        1995**
                                                      -----------  ------------
<S>                                                   <C>          <C>
Net asset value, beginning of the year............... $     13.18  $     10.00
                                                      -----------  -----------
 Income from investment operations:
  Net investment income..............................        0.22         0.08
  Net realized and unrealized gain on investments....        1.18         3.44
                                                      -----------  -----------
 Total from investment operations....................        1.40         3.52
                                                      -----------  -----------
 Less distributions:
  Dividends from net investment income...............       (0.19)       (0.06)
  Distributions from capital gains...................       (0.47)       (0.28)
                                                      -----------  -----------
 Total distributions.................................       (0.66)       (0.34)
                                                      -----------  -----------
 Net asset value, end of year........................ $     13.92  $     13.18
                                                      ===========  ===========
Total return.........................................       10.62%       35.21%
                                                      ===========  ===========
Ratios to average net assets/supplemental data:
 Net assets, end of year (in 000's).................. $    44,620  $    28,830
 Ratio of operating expenses to average net assets...        1.00%        1.01%
 Ratio of net investment income to average net as-
  sets...............................................        1.80%        1.53%
 Portfolio turnover rate.............................         131%          86%
 Average commission rate paid(a)..................... $    0.0575          N/A
</TABLE>
- -------------------
  *The Emerging Markets Series commenced operations on October 4, 1993.
 **The Value Equity Series commenced operations on January 1, 1995.
  #Amount represents less than $0.01 per share.
  ++Non-annualized.
 
                                       12
<PAGE>
 
 FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS (CONTINUED)
 
STRATEGIC EQUITY SERIES
 
  For a share of beneficial interest outstanding throughout each year.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                     YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31
                                                     -----------------------
                                                       1996##       1995*
                                                     -----------  ----------
<S>                                                  <C>          <C>
Net asset value, beginning of year.................. $     10.01  $    10.00
                                                     -----------  ----------
 Income from investment operations
  Net investment income.............................        0.23        0.06
  Net realized and unrealized gain/(loss) on invest-
   ments............................................        1.71       (0.03)#
                                                     -----------  ----------
 Total from investment operations...................        1.94        0.03
                                                     -----------  ----------
 Less Distributions:
  Dividends from net investment income..............       (0.14)      (0.02)
  Distributions from capital gains..................       (0.13)         --
                                                     -----------  ----------
 Total Distributions................................       (0.27)      (0.02)
                                                     -----------  ----------
 Net asset value, end of year....................... $     11.68  $    10.01
                                                     ===========  ==========
Total return........................................       19.39%       0.33%++
Ratios to average net assets/supplemental data:
 Net assets, end of year (in 000's)................. $    30,423  $    8,067
 Ratio of operating expenses to average net assets..        1.00%       1.00%+
 Ratio of net investment income to average net as-
  sets..............................................        2.05%       4.04%+
 Portfolio turnover rate............................         133%         29%
</TABLE>
 
SMALL CAP SERIES
 
  For a share of beneficial interest outstanding throughout the year.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                   YEAR ENDED
                                                                   DECEMBER 31
                                                                   -----------
                                                                     1996**
                                                                   -----------
<S>                                                                <C>
Net asset value, beginning of year................................   $ 10.00
                                                                     -------
 Income from investment operations:
  Net investment loss.............................................     (0.01)
  Net realized and unrealized gain on investments.................      2.02
                                                                     -------
 Total from investment operations.................................      2.01
                                                                     -------
 Less Distributions:
  Dividends from net investment income............................        --
  Distributions from capital gains................................        --
                                                                     -------
 Total distributions..............................................        --
                                                                     -------
 Net asset value, end of year.....................................   $ 12.01
                                                                     -------
Total return......................................................     20.10%++
                                                                     =======
Ratios to average net assets/supplemental data:
 Net assets, end of year (in 000's)...............................   $34,365
 Ratio of operating expenses to average net assets................      0.99%++
 Ratio of net investment loss to average net assets...............     (0.08)%++
 Portfolio turnover rate..........................................       117%
 Average commission rate paid(a)..................................   $0.0621
</TABLE>
- -------------------
*  The Strategic Equity Series commenced operations on October 2, 1995.
** The Small Cap Series commenced operations on January 3, 1996.
 
+  Annualized.
 
++ Non-annualized.
 
#  The amount shown may not accord with the change in the aggregate gains and
   losses of portfolio securities due to timing of sales and redemptions of
   shares.
## Per share numbers have been calculated using the monthly average share
   method, which more appropriately represents the per share data for the
   period since the use of the undistributed income method did not accord with
   the results of operations.
(a)Average commission rate paid per share of portfolio securities purchased
   and sold by the Series.
 
                                      13
<PAGE>
 
 FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS (CONTINUED)
 
 
MANAGED GLOBAL SERIES**
  For a share of beneficial interest outstanding throughout each year.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                          YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31
                                 ---------------------------------------------
                                 1996***#   1995#    1994#     1993#   1992*#
                                 --------  -------  -------   -------  -------
<S>                              <C>       <C>      <C>       <C>      <C>
Net asset value, beginning of
year............................ $  9.96   $  9.26  $ 10.67   $ 10.01  $ 10.00
                                 -------   -------  -------   -------  -------
 Income/(loss) from investment
 operations:
  Net investment income (loss)
  #.............................    0.04      0.05     0.07      0.06     0.02
  Net realized and unrealized
  gain/(loss) on investments....    1.18      0.65    (1.48)     0.60    (0.01)
                                 -------   -------  -------   -------  -------
 Total from investment
 operations.....................    1.22      0.70    (1.48)     0.66     0.01
                                 -------   -------  -------   -------  -------
 Less Distributions:
  Dividends from net investment
  income........................      --        --       --        --       --
  Distributions from capital
  gains.........................   (0.05)       --       --        --       --
                                 -------   -------  -------   -------  -------
 Total distributions............   (0.05)       --       --        --       --
                                 -------   -------  -------   -------  -------
 Net asset value, end of year... $ 11.13   $  9.96  $  9.26   $ 10.67  $ 10.01
                                 =======   =======  =======   =======  =======
Total Return....................   12.27%     7.56%  (13.21)%    6.59%    0.10%
                                 =======   =======  =======   =======  =======
Ratios to average net
assets/supplemental data:
 Net assets, end of year (in
 000's)......................... $86,376   $72,419  $86,255   $88,510  $38,699
 Ratio of operating expenses
 average net assets.............    1.26%     1.25%    1.31%     1.69%    0.34%+
 Decrease reflected in above
 expense ratio due to expense
 limitations ***................      --      0.09%    0.09%     0.03%      --+
 Ratio of net investment income
 to average net assets..........    0.39%     0.51%    0.69%     0.56%    0.28%+
 Portfolio turnover rate........     141%       44%     N/A       N/A      N/A
 Average commission rate paid
 (a)............................ $0.0222       N/A      N/A       N/A      N/A
</TABLE>
 
 
- -------------------
  * The Managed Global Account of Separate Account D of Golden American Life
    Insurance Company (the "Account") commenced operations on October 21,
    1992.
 
 ** Since July 1, 1994, Warburg, Pincus Counsellors, Inc. has served as Port-
    folio Manager of the Account. Prior to that date, a different firm served
    as Portfolio Manager.
 
*** On September 3, 1996, the Account was reorganized into the Trust. Net in-
    vestment income and net realized gains earned prior to September 3, 1996
    are not subject to Internal Revenue Code distribution requirements for
    regulated investment companies. Financial highlights from prior periods
    have been restated to account for the entity as if it had been a regulated
    investment company since the commencement of operations (See Note 6).
 
  + Non-annualized.
 
  # Per share numbers have been calculated using the monthly average share
    method, which more appropriately represents the per share data for the pe-
    riod.
 (a)Average commission rate paid per share of portfolio securities purchased
    and sold by the Series.
 
                                      14
<PAGE>
 
 FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS (CONTINUED)
 
 
LIQUID ASSET SERIES**
 
  For a share of beneficial interest outstanding throughout each year.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                             YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31
                          -------------------------------------------------------------------
                           1996     1995     1994     1993     1992     1991    1990   1989*
                          -------  -------  -------  -------  -------  ------  ------  ------
<S>                       <C>      <C>      <C>      <C>      <C>      <C>     <C>     <C>
Net asset value,
beginning of year.......  $  1.00  $  1.00  $  1.00  $  1.00  $  1.00  $ 1.00  $ 1.00  $ 1.00
                          -------  -------  -------  -------  -------  ------  ------  ------
 Income from investment
 operations:
  Net investment in-
   come.................    0.049    0.054     0.04     0.03     0.03    0.05    0.07    0.08
                          -------  -------  -------  -------  -------  ------  ------  ------
 Total from investment
 operations.............    0.049    0.054     0.04     0.03     0.03    0.05    0.07    0.08
                          -------  -------  -------  -------  -------  ------  ------  ------
 Less distributions:
  Dividends from
  investment income.....   (0.049)  (0.054)   (0.04)   (0.03)   (0.03)  (0.05)  (0.07)  (0.08)
                          -------  -------  -------  -------  -------  ------  ------  ------
 Total distributions....   (0.049)  (0.054)   (0.04)   (0.03)   (0.03)  (0.05)  (0.07)  (0.08)
                          -------  -------  -------  -------  -------  ------  ------  ------
 Net asset value, end of
 year...................  $  1.00  $  1.00  $  1.00  $  1.00  $  1.00  $ 1.00  $ 1.00  $ 1.00
                          =======  =======  =======  =======  =======  ======  ======  ======
Total return............     5.01%    5.51%    3.89%    2.64%    3.13%   5.66%   7.75%   7.67%++
                          =======  =======  =======  =======  =======  ======  ======  ======
Ratios to average net
 assets/supplemental da-
 ta:
 Net assets, end of year
  (000's omitted).......  $39,096  $38,589  $46,122  $16,808  $13,206  $9,790  $8,709  $2,352
 Ratio of operating
  expenses to average
  net assets............     0.61%    0.61%    0.61%    0.61%    0.74%   0.76%   0.66%   0.90%+
 Decrease reflected in
  above expense ratio
  due to expense
  limitations...........       --       --       --     0.08%    0.50%   1.01%   1.84%   3.26%+
 Ratio of net investment
  income to average net
  assets................     4.89%    5.39%    3.89%    2.60%    3.04%   5.48%   7.56%   8.99%+
</TABLE>
 
 
- -------------------
 *The Liquid Asset Series commenced operations on January 24, 1989.
 
** Since August 14, 1996, Equitable Investment Services, Inc. has served as
   Portfolio Manager for the Liquid Asset Series. Prior to that date, other
   firms served as Portfolio Manager.
 
 +Annualized.
 
 ++Non-annualized.
 
                                       15
<PAGE>
 
 INVESTMENT OBJECTIVES AND POLICIES
 
Each of the Series has a different investment objective or objectives that are
described below. Each Series' portfolio is managed by its own Portfolio Manag-
er. There can be no assurance that any of the Series will achieve its invest-
ment objective or objectives. Because each Series seeks a different investment
objective or objectives and has different policies, each is subject to varying
degrees of financial, market, and credit risks. Each Series is subject to the
risk of changing economic conditions. As with any security, a risk of loss is
inherent in investment in a Series' shares. Therefore, investors should care-
fully consider the investment objective or objectives, investment policies,
and potential risks of any Series before investing.
 
The different types of securities and investment techniques used by the indi-
vidual Series all have attendant risks of varying degrees. For example, with
respect to equity securities, there can be no assurance of capital apprecia-
tion and there is a substantial risk of decline. With respect to debt securi-
ties, there exists the risk that the issuer of a security may not be able to
meet its obligations on interest or principal payments at the time called for
by the instrument. In addition, the value of debt instruments generally rises
and falls inversely with interest rates.
 
Certain types of investments and investment techniques common to one or more
Series are described in greater detail, including the risks of each, in this
Prospectus under "Description of Securities and Investment Techniques" and in
the Statement of Additional Information.
 
Each Series except the Managed Global and Hard Assets Series is diversified,
as defined in the Investment Company Act of 1940. A diversified Series may not
invest more than 5% of the value of its total assets in any one issuer and it
may not purchase more than 10% of the outstanding voting securities of any one
issuer with respect to 75% of its total assets, exclusive of amounts held in
cash, cash items, and U.S. Government securities. The Managed Global and Hard
Assets Series are classified as "non-diversified," which means that each Se-
ries is not limited by the Investment Company Act of 1940 in the amount of as-
sets that it may invest in the securities of a single issuer. However, the
Managed Global and Hard Assets Series will meet the diversification
requirements under the Internal Revenue Code applicable to mutual funds and
variable contracts. Further, the Managed Global Series may not acquire the se-
curities of any issuer if, as a result of such investment, more than 10% of
the Series' assets would be invested in the securities of any one issuer, ex-
cept that this restriction does not apply to U.S. Government securities or
foreign government securities, and the Series may not invest in a security if,
as a result of such investment, it would hold more than 10% of the outstanding
voting securities of any one issuer. Because the Series are "non-diversified"
and may invest in a smaller number of individual issuers than a series which
is "diversified," an investment in either Series may, under certain circum-
stances, present greater risk to an investor than an investment in a series
which is diversified. This risk may include greater exposure to the risk of
poor earnings or default of one issuer than would be the case for a more di-
versified series. Each Series' policy on diversification is a fundamental pol-
icy and may not be changed without approval of a majority of the outstanding
voting shares of that Series.
 
The Series are subject to investment restrictions that are described in the
Statement of Additional Information. The investment restrictions so designated
and, unless otherwise noted, the investment objective or objectives of each
Series are "fundamental policies" of each Series, which means that they may
not be changed without a majority vote of shareholders of the affected Series.
Except for these fundamental policies, all investment policies and practices
described in this Prospectus and in the Statement of Additional Information
are not fundamental, meaning that the Board of Trustees may change them with-
out shareholder approval.
 
MULTIPLE ALLOCATION SERIES
The investment objective of the Multiple Allocation Series is to seek the
highest total return, consisting of capital appreciation and current income,
consistent with the preservation of capital and elimination of unnecessary
risk. The Series seeks to achieve this objective through investment in debt
and equity securities and the use of certain sophisticated investment strate-
gies and techniques. The Portfolio Manager for the Series is Zweig Advisors
Inc.
 
In seeking to maximize total return, the Series will follow an asset alloca-
tion strategy contemplating shifts (which may be frequent) among a wide range
of investments and market sectors. The Series' investments will be designed to
maximize total return during all economic and financial environments, consis-
tent with the preservation of capital and elimination of unnecessary risk, as
determined by the Portfolio Manager.
 
The Series will invest up to 60% of its total assets in U.S. Government secu-
rities and investment grade debt securities of domestic and foreign issuers,
and up to 50% of its total assets in equity
 
                                      16
<PAGE>
 
 INVESTMENT OBJECTIVES AND POLICIES (CONTINUED)
 
securities, including common and preferred stocks, convertible debt securi-
ties, and warrants. If the Portfolio Manager deems stock market conditions to
be favorable or debt market conditions to be uncertain or unfavorable, a sub-
stantially higher percentage (but generally not more than 60%) of the Series'
total assets may be invested in such equity securities. If, however, the Port-
folio Manager believes that the stock market investment environment is uncer-
tain or unfavorable and justifies a defensive position, then the Series may
decrease its investments in equity securities and increase its investments in
debt securities and/or money market instruments. During periods when the Port-
folio Manager believes an overall defensive position is advisable, greater
than 50% (and under certain circumstances perhaps all) of the Series' total
assets may be invested in money market instruments and cash.
 
Furthermore, if the Portfolio Manager believes that inflationary or monetary
conditions warrant a significant investment in companies involved in gold op-
erations, the Series may invest up to 10% of its total assets in the equity
securities of companies exploring, mining, developing, producing, or distrib-
uting gold or other precious metals.
 
The Portfolio Manager will determine the extent of the Series' investment in
debt and equity securities, primarily on the basis of various debt and equity
market timing techniques developed by Dr. Martin Zweig (Ph.D. in Finance) and
his staff. The debt market timing techniques incorporate various indicators,
including the momentum of bond prices, short-term interest rate trends, infla-
tion indicators and general economic and liquidity indicators, as well as
other market indicators and statistics which the Portfolio Manager believes
tend to point to significant trends in the overall performance and the risk of
the debt markets. The equity market timing techniques incorporate general mar-
ket indicators, including interest rate and monetary analysis, market senti-
ment indicators, price and trading volume statistics, and measures of valua-
tion, as well as other market indicators and statistics which the Portfolio
Manager believes tend to point to significant trends in the overall perfor-
mance and the risk of the stock market. There is no assurance that these debt
or equity market timing techniques will eliminate the risks of debt and equity
investments, correctly predict market trends, or enable the Series to achieve
its investment objective.
 
The Series may use various investment strategies and techniques when the Port-
folio Manager determines that such use is appropriate in an effort to meet the
Series' investment objective including: writing "covered" listed put and call
equity options, including options on stock indexes, and purchasing such op-
tions; short sales of securities; purchasing and selling stock index, interest
rate, gold, and other futures contracts, and purchasing options on such
futures contracts; borrowing from banks to purchase securities; investing in
securities of "special situation" companies, "gold operations" companies, and
foreign issuers; entering into foreign currency transactions and options on
foreign currencies; entering into repurchase agreements or reverse repurchase
agreements; and lending portfolio securities to brokers, dealers, banks, or
other recognized institutional borrowers of securities. The debt and equity
components of the Series' portfolio may include such investments.
 
The maturities of the debt securities in the Series' portfolio will vary based
in large part on the Portfolio Manager's expectations as to future changes in
interest rates. However, the Portfolio Manager expects that the debt component
of the Series' portfolio will normally be invested primarily in intermediate
debt securities, i.e., those with remaining maturities of five to ten years,
and/or long-term debt securities, i.e., those with remaining maturities in ex-
cess of ten years. The Portfolio Manager expects that the equity portion of
the Series' portfolio will be widely diversified by both industry and the num-
ber of issuers. The Portfolio Manager expects that the majority of the stocks
in the Series' portfolio will be selected on the basis of a proprietary com-
puter-driven stock selection model that evaluates and ranks higher dividend
yield stocks. The Portfolio Manager will consider, from a list of approxi-
mately 1,500 of the most liquid stocks, approximately 750 stocks with the
highest dividend yields. The Portfolio Manager will then use, for the selec-
tion of stocks, a proprietary computer-driven stock selection model that eval-
uates and ranks such higher dividend yield stocks on the basis of various fac-
tors, which may include earnings momentum, earnings growth, price-to-book val-
ue, price-to-earnings, price-to-cash flow, cash flow trend, payout ratio trend
and other market measurements. Such stock selection model may evolve or be re-
placed by other stock selection techniques intended to achieve the Series'
objective.
 
From time to time the Series may invest in companies that are determined by
the Portfolio Manager to represent a "special situation." A special situation
reflects securities which are expected to be accorded favorable or unfavorable
market recognition within a reasonably estimable period of time, at an
 
                                      17
<PAGE>
 
 INVESTMENT OBJECTIVES AND POLICIES (CONTINUED)
 
appreciated or depreciated value, respectively, solely by reason of a develop-
ment particularly or uniquely applicable to the issuing company. Developments
that may create special situations include, among others: a buy out; expected
market recognition of asset value; asset reorganization; recapitalization,
tender offer or merger; material litigation; technological breakthrough; and
new management or management policies. However, since the situations may not
develop as anticipated, e.g., a tender offer may be successfully defended
against or a merger may fall through, the Series could incur losses.
 
The Series may also invest in the equity securities (particularly common
stocks) of companies involved in the exploration, mining, development, produc-
tion, and distribution of gold. The Series may invest in issuers located in
any part of the world. The Portfolio Manager believes that the securities of
companies involved in gold operations may offer protection against inflation
and monetary instability and, thus, when deemed appropriate by the Portfolio
Manager, the Series may invest up to 10% of its total assets in such securi-
ties. The Series may also invest in the securities of other companies primar-
ily engaged in the exploration, mining, processing, fabrication, or distribu-
tion of other natural resources, including minerals and metals such as silver,
platinum, uranium, strategic metals, diamonds, coal, oil, and phosphates, but
the Series expects that such investments would be secondary to investments in
companies involved in gold operations, as protection against inflation and
monetary instability. Investment in gold and other natural resources presents
risks because the prices of gold and such other resources have fluctuated sub-
stantially over short periods of time. Prices may be affected by unpredictable
monetary and political policies, such as currency devaluations or
revaluations, economic and social conditions within an individual country,
trade imbalances, or trade or currency restrictions between countries. The
prices of gold shares and other mining shares frequently fluctuate even more
dramatically than the prices of gold and other resources. The unstable politi-
cal and social conditions in South Africa and unsettled political conditions
prevailing in neighboring countries may have disruptive effects on the market
prices of securities in South African companies.
 
The Series may make short sales of securities. A short sale is a transaction
in which the Series sells a security it does not own in anticipation of a de-
cline in market price. The Series may make short sales to offset a potential
decline in a long position or a group of long positions, or if the Series'
Portfolio Manager believes that a decline in the price of a particular secu-
rity or group of securities is likely as a result of an unfavorable "special
situation" or other reasons. The Portfolio Manager expects that, even during
normal or favorable market conditions, the Series may make short sales in an
attempt to maintain portfolio flexibility and facilitate the rapid implementa-
tion of investment strategies if the Portfolio Manager believes that the price
of a particular security or group of securities is likely to decline. For ad-
ditional information, see "Description of Securities and Investment Tech-
niques -- Short Sales."
 
The Series may from time to time increase its ownership of securities above
the amounts otherwise possible by borrowing from banks on an unsecured basis
and investing the borrowed funds. As further described under "Borrowing," in
the discussion on "Description of Securities and Investment Techniques," any
such borrowing will be made only from banks and is subject to certain percent-
age limitations described under "Borrowing."
 
FULLY MANAGED SERIES
The Fully Managed Series' investment objective is to earn, over the long-term,
a high total investment return, consistent with the preservation of capital
and prudent investment risk. It seeks to achieve this objective by investing
primarily in common stocks. The Series may also invest in fixed income securi-
ties and money market instruments to preserve its principal value during un-
certain or declining market conditions. The Series' strategy is based on the
premise that, from time to time, certain asset classes are more attractive
long term investments than others. Total investment return consists of current
income, including dividends, interest and discount accruals, and capital ap-
preciation. Current income will be an important component of the Series' ef-
fort to maximize total return. The Portfolio Manager for the Series is T. Rowe
Price Associates, Inc.
 
The Portfolio Manager expects that equity securities generally will constitute
25% to 85% of the Series' overall portfolio, and that the equity portfolio
will be widely diversified by number of issuers. The Portfolio Manager expects
that investment opportunities generally will be sought among securities of
large-capitalization, established companies, although securities of smaller,
less well-known companies may also be selected. The Series may invest up to
25% of its total assets in preferred stock.
 
                                      18
<PAGE>
 
 INVESTMENT OBJECTIVES AND POLICIES (CONTINUED)
 
 
In selecting investments for the Series, the Portfolio Manager uses a "valua-
tion" discipline to identify stocks whose prospects for price appreciation,
over time, are believed to exceed the risk of loss of market value. Through
this process, a security's current market value is analyzed relative to each
of the following: the company's assets, such as natural resources and real es-
tate; the company's replacement cost of plant and equipment; the company's
consumer or commercial franchises, such as well-recognized trademarks or es-
tablished brand names; and the company's earnings or growth potential. The
Portfolio Manager also seeks to identify securities that have been over-dis-
counted due to adverse operating results, deteriorating economic or industry
conditions, or unfavorable publicity. By investing after the adverse condi-
tions are reflected in the price of the company's securities, the risks asso-
ciated with such out-of-favor investments may be limited. The utilization of
this contrarian approach may result in investment selections which are counter
to those of most investors.
 
It is anticipated that debt securities, including convertible bonds, may often
constitute between 25% and 50% of the Series' overall portfolio. Debt securi-
ties purchased by the Series may be of any maturity. It is anticipated that
the weighted average maturity of the debt portfolio generally will be between
four and ten years, but may be shorter or longer. The Portfolio Manager may
invest up to 5% of the Series' assets, measured at the time of investment, in
debt securities that are rated below investment grade or, if not rated, of
equivalent quality. See "High Yield Bonds" in this Prospectus.
 
The balance of the Series' portfolio will generally be invested in the follow-
ing money market instruments which have remaining maturities not exceeding one
year: (i) obligations issued or guaranteed by the U.S. Government, its agen-
cies or instrumentalities; (ii) negotiable certificates of deposit, bankers'
acceptances and fixed time deposits and other obligations of domestic banks
(including foreign branches) that have more than $1 billion in total assets at
the time of investment and are members of the Federal Reserve System or are
examined by the Comptroller of the Currency or whose deposits are insured by
the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation; (iii) commercial paper rated at the
date of purchase in the two highest rating categories; and (iv) repurchase
agreements. The Series also may invest in short-term U.S. dollar-denominated
obligations of foreign banks (including U.S. branches) at the time of pur-
chase, if such banks have more than $1 billion in total assets.
 
To maximize potential return, the Portfolio Manager may utilize the following
investment methods: writing "covered" listed put and call equity options, in-
cluding options on stock indices, and purchasing such options; purchasing and
selling, for hedging purposes, stock index, interest rate, and other futures
contracts, and purchasing options on such futures; purchasing warrants and
preferred and convertible preferred stocks; entering into repurchase agree-
ments and reverse repurchase agreements; lending portfolio securities to bro-
kers, dealers, banks, or other recognized institutional borrowers of securi-
ties; purchasing restricted securities; purchasing securities of foreign is-
suers; entering into forward currency contracts and currency exchange transac-
tions for hedging purposes; and borrowing from banks to purchase securities.
The Series will not engage in short sales of securities other than short sales
"against the box." See "Description of Securities and Investment Techniques"
for further discussion of these investment methods.
 
LIMITED MATURITY BOND SERIES
The Limited Maturity Bond Series' primary investment objective is the highest
current income consistent with low risk to principal and liquidity. As a sec-
ondary objective, the Series also seeks to enhance its total return through
capital appreciation when market factors, such as falling interest rates and
rising bond prices, indicate that capital appreciation may be available with-
out significant risk to principal. The Portfolio Manager for this Series is
Equitable Investment Services, Inc.
 
The Series pursues its objectives primarily by investing in a diversified
portfolio of limited maturity debt securities. These are short-to-intermedi-
ate-term debt securities with actual remaining maturities of seven years or
less, and other debt securities with special features (e.g., puts, variable or
floating coupon rates, maturity extension arrangements, mortgage pass-
throughs, etc.) producing price characteristics similar to those of short-to-
intermediate-term debt securities. Generally, the Series' portfolio securities
are selected from as many as ten sectors of the fixed income market, each rep-
resenting a different type of fixed income investment. The ten sectors are as
follows:
 
(i) U.S. Treasury obligations;
 
(ii) U.S. Government agency and instrumentality securities;
 
(iii) repurchase agreements with respect to U.S. Treasury obligations and U.S.
      Government agency and instrumentality securities;
 
 
                                      19
<PAGE>
 
 INVESTMENT OBJECTIVES AND POLICIES (CONTINUED)
 
(iv)   asset-backed securities, including mortgage-backed securities issued or
       guaranteed by U.S. Government agencies or collateralized by U.S. Treasury
       obligations or U.S. Government agency securities, mortgages pooled by
       high-quality financial institutions, and other asset-backed securities
       representing pools of receivables unrelated to mortgage loans;
 
(v)    banking industry obligations, including certificates of deposit, time de-
       posits, and bankers' acceptances issued by commercial banks;
 
(vi)   savings industry obligations, including certificates of deposit and time
       deposits issued by savings and loan associations;
 
(vii)  corporate debt securities;
 
(viii) corporate commercial paper, consisting primarily of unsecured notes
       with maturities of nine months or less issued to finance short-term
       credit needs;
 
(ix)   variable or floating rate securities, the coupon rates of which vary with
       a designated money market index; and
 
(x)    foreign securities denominated in U.S. dollars.
 
For additional information as to the characteristics and risks of investments
in several of these sectors, see the "Description of Securities and Investment
Techniques" in this Prospectus.
 
The Portfolio Manager conducts a continuing review of sector yields and other
information. These data are analyzed in light of market conditions and trends
in order to determine which investment sectors offer the best values on a to-
tal return basis. Where the yield of a sector exceeds that of comparable U.S.
Treasury obligations, the excess yield or "premium" is analyzed to determine
whether and to what extent it reflects additional risk in that sector. During
periods that yield differentials available in the non-governmental sectors do
not appear to justify the additional risks involved, the Series will invest
more heavily in U.S. Treasury obligations and U.S. Government agency and in-
strumentality securities.
 
Ordinarily, the Series' portfolio will include securities from five or more of
the investment sectors. The Series does not intend to concentrate 25% or more
of its total assets in debt securities of issuers in any single industry.
 
After the sectors for investment have been chosen, individual securities are
selected from within these sectors on the basis of yield, creditworthiness,
and liquidity. The Series will invest in corporate debt securities and vari-
able or floating rate securities only if such securities are rated Baa or bet-
ter by Moody's Investor Services, Inc. ("Moody's") or BBB or better by Stan-
dard & Poor's Ratings Group ("Standard & Poor's"), or, if not rated by Moody's
or Standard & Poor's, if the Portfolio Manager determines that they are of
equivalent quality. The Series will invest in corporate commercial paper only
if rated Prime-1 or Prime-2 by Moody's or A-1 or A-2 by Standard & Poor's, or,
if not rated by Moody's or Standard & Poor's, if the Portfolio Manager deter-
mines that the commercial paper is of equivalent quality. For additional in-
formation, see "Appendix 1: Description of Bond Ratings" in the Statement of
Additional Information.
 
The Series seeks to reduce risk, increase income, and preserve or enhance to-
tal return by actively managing the maturity of its portfolio in light of mar-
ket conditions and trends. When, in the opinion of the Portfolio Manager, mar-
ket indicators point to higher interest rates and lower bond prices, average
maturity generally will be shortened. When falling interest rates and rising
bond prices are indicated, a longer average portfolio maturity generally can
be expected.
 
During periods of rising or falling interest rates, the Series may also seek
to hedge all or a part of its portfolio against related changes in securities
prices by buying or selling interest rate futures contracts and options there-
on. Such a strategy involves using the contracts as a maturity management de-
vice that reduces risk and preserves total return while the Series is restruc-
turing its portfolio in response to the changing interest rate environment.
For information on such contracts, see "Description of Securities and Invest-
ment Techniques."
 
The dollar-weighted average maturity of the Series' portfolio will not exceed
five years, and, in periods of rapidly rising interest rates, may be shortened
to one year or less. For these purposes, (i) the maturity of mortgage-backed
securities is determined on an "expected life" basis, (ii) variable or float-
ing rate securities are deemed to mature at the next interest rate adjustment
date, and (iii) debt securities with put features are deemed to mature at the
next put exercise date. Positions in interest rate futures contracts (long or
short) will be reflected in average portfolio maturity on the basis of the ma-
turities of the securities underlying the futures contracts.
 
The Series may invest in private placements of debt securities. The Series may
also purchase securities (including mortgage-backed securities such as GNMA,
FNMA, and FHLMC Certificates) on a
 
                                      20
<PAGE>
 
 INVESTMENT OBJECTIVES AND POLICIES (CONTINUED)
 
when-issued basis. A description of these techniques and their attendant risks
is contained in the section of this Prospectus entitled "Description of Secu-
rities and Investment Techniques."
 
HARD ASSETS SERIES
The Hard Assets Series, formerly the Natural Resources Series, seeks long-term
capital appreciation. The Series seeks this objective by investing primarily
in "Hard Asset Securities," that is equity and debt securities of companies
engaged in the exploration, development, production, management, and distribu-
tion of hard assets such as gold and other precious metals, strategic metals,
minerals, oil, natural gas, coal and real estate investment trusts. The Series
may also invest in equity and debt securities of companies which themselves
invest in companies engaged in these activities. Although current income may
be realized, it is not an investment objective; it is anticipated that the Se-
ries will realize only a nominal amount of current income. The Series' Portfo-
lio Manager is Van Eck Associates Corporation.
 
The Series' Portfolio Manager believes securities of some natural resources
companies, sometimes referred to as "hard asset" companies, offer an opportu-
nity to protect wealth against eroding monetary values. The Portfolio Manager
believes that recent history indicates that the policies of many governments,
particularly persistent budget deficits and high rates of money supply growth,
have, at times, had long-term inflationary consequences. Generally, during pe-
riods of accelerating inflation, the prices of many natural resources equity
securities sometimes have risen faster than the rate of inflation; and the
Portfolio Manager believes that they will continue to do so in the future.
During such periods, interest rates and yields on industrial shares have ris-
en, causing the prices of fixed income and industrial equity securities to de-
cline. The Portfolio Manager anticipates that inflation and the price of cer-
tain natural resources will continue on a long-term upward trend with alter-
nating cycles as credit is overexpanded and subsequently tightened. Since the
market action of shares of companies engaged in certain natural resources ac-
tivities may move against or independently of the market trend of industrial
shares, the addition of such shares to an overall portfolio may increase the
return and reduce the fluctuations of such portfolio. There can be no assur-
ance that an increased rate of return or reduced fluctuation of a portfolio
will be achieved. Thus, an investment in the Series' shares should be consid-
ered part of an overall investment program rather than a complete investment
program.
 
The Series may invest in securities of foreign issuers, including securities
of South African issuers. The relative amount of the Series' investment in
foreign issuers will change from time to time, and the Series is subject to
certain guidelines for diversification of foreign security investments. In-
vestments by the Series in securities of foreign issuers may involve particu-
lar investment risks. See "Description of Securities and Investment Tech-
niques" in this Prospectus. Political and social conditions in South Africa,
due to former segregation policies of the South African government and unset-
tled political conditions prevailing in South Africa and neighboring coun-
tries, may pose certain risks to the Series' investments. If aggravated by lo-
cal or international developments, such risks could have an adverse effect on
investments in South Africa, including the Series' investments and, under cer-
tain conditions, on the liquidity of the Series' portfolio and its ability to
meet shareholder redemption requests.
 
The Series will normally invest at least 65% of its total assets in Hard Asset
Securities. Hard Asset Securities include equity securities of "Hard Asset
Companies" and securities, including structured notes, whose value is linked
to the price of a Hard Asset commodity or a commodity index. See "Description
of Securities and Investment Techniques--Indexed Securities and Structured
Notes." The term "Hard Asset Companies" includes companies that are directly
or indirectly (whether through supplier relationships, servicing agreements or
otherwise) engaged to a significant extent in the exploration, development,
production, management or distribution of one or more of the following (to-
gether "Hard Assets"): (a) precious metals, (b) ferrous and non-ferrous met-
als, (c) gas, petroleum, petrochemicals or other hydrocarbons, (d) forest
products, (e) real estate, including real estate investment trusts, and (f)
other basic non-agricultural commodities. Under normal market conditions, the
Series will invest at least 5% of its assets in each of the first five sectors
listed previously. The Series has a fundamental policy of concentrating in
such industries and up to 50% of the Series' assets may be invested in any one
of the above sectors. As a result, the Series may be subject to greater risks
and market fluctuations than other investment companies with more diversified
portfolios. See "Hard Asset Securities."
 
Although the Series will not invest in real estate directly, it may invest up
to 50% of its assets in equity securities of real estate investment trusts
("REITs") and other real estate industry companies or companies with substan-
tial real estate invest-
 
                                      21
<PAGE>
 
 INVESTMENT OBJECTIVES AND POLICIES (CONTINUED)
 
ments. As a result, the Series may be subject to certain risks associated with
direct ownership of real estate and with the real estate industry in general.
For a description of the risks, see "Description of Securities and Investment
Techniques--Real Estate Securities."
 
The Series reserves the right to invest up to 10% of its net assets, taken at
market value at the time of investment, in gold bullion and coins and other
precious metal (silver and platinum) bullion. The Series may invest over 25%
of its assets in securities of companies predominantly engaged in gold opera-
tions, although the Series will not invest in any such security or in gold
bullion and coins if, after such acquisition, more than 50% of the Series' as-
sets (taken at market value at the time of such investment) would be invested
in securities of companies predominantly engaged in gold operations and in
gold bullion and coins. The Series may also invest directly in other commodi-
ties including petroleum and strategic metals. The Series may invest up to 35%
of the value of its total assets in: (a) common stock of companies not engaged
in natural resources/hard asset activities, (b) investment-grade corporate
debt securities, (c) obligations issued or guaranteed by U.S. or foreign gov-
ernments, (d) money market instruments, and (e) repurchase agreements.
 
During periods of less favorable economic and/or market conditions, the Series
may make substantial investments for temporary defensive purposes in obliga-
tions of the U.S. Government, certificates of deposit, bankers' acceptances,
investment grade commercial paper, and repurchase agreements.
 
The Series may engage in short sales, and may lend portfolio securities. The
Series may also invest up to 5% of its assets at the time of purchase in war-
rants, and may purchase or sell put or call options on securities and foreign
currencies. The Series may engage in futures contracts and options on those
contracts. These techniques are described in "Description of Securities and
Investment Techniques."
 
The Portfolio Manager believes the Series may offer a hedge against inflation,
particularly commodity price driven inflation. However, there is no assurance
that rising commodity (or other hard asset) prices will result in higher earn-
ings or share prices for the Hard Asset Companies in the Series. Hard Asset
Company equities are affected by many factors, including movements in the
overall stock market. Inflation may cause a decline in the overall stock mar-
ket, including the stocks of Hard Asset Companies.
 
The Series seeks investment opportunities in the world's major stock, bond and
commodity markets. The Series may invest in securities issued anywhere in the
world, including the United States. There is no limitation or restriction on
the amount of assets to be invested in any one country. There is no limitation
on the amount the Series may invest in emerging markets. The Series may pur-
chase securities in any foreign country, developed or underdeveloped. Invest-
ors should consider carefully the substantial risks involved in investing in
securities issued by companies and governments of foreign nations, which are
in addition to the usual risks inherent in domestic investments. Global in-
vesting involves economic and political considerations not typically applica-
ble to the U.S. markets. See "Description of Securities and Investment Tech-
niques."
 
The equity securities in which the Series mayinvest include common stocks;
preferred stocks (either convertible or non-convertible); rights; warrants;
direct equity interests in trusts, partnerships, joint ventures and other in-
corporated entities or enterprises; "when issued" securities; "partly paid"
securities (securities paid for over a period of time) and special classes of
shares available only to foreign persons in those markets that restrict owner-
ship of certain classes of equity to nationals or residents of that country.
These securities may be listed on the U.S. or foreign securities exchanges or
traded over-the-counter. Direct investments are generally considered illiquid
and will be aggregated with other illiquid investments for purposes of the
limitation on illiquid investments. The Series may invest in certain deriva-
tives. Derivatives are instruments whose value is "derived" from an underlying
asset. Derivatives in which the Series may invest include futures contracts,
forward contracts options, swaps and structured notes and other similar secu-
rities as may become available in the market. These instruments offer certain
opportunities and are subject to additional risks that are described in the
"Description of Securities and Investment Techniques." In addition, the Series
may invest in futures and forward contracts and options on precious metals and
other Hard Assets. See "Investment in Gold and Other Precious Metals."
 
Since the Series may invest substantially all of its assets in securities of
companies engaged in natural resources/hard asset activities and may concen-
trate in securities of companies engaged in gold operations, the Series may be
subject to greater risks and market fluctuations than other investment compa-
nies with more diversified portfolios. These risks are described further in
"Description of Securities and Investment Techniques".
 
 
                                      22
<PAGE>
 
 INVESTMENT OBJECTIVES AND POLICIES (CONTINUED)
 
Investors should be aware that some of the instruments in which the Series may
invest, such as structured or indexed notes, swaps and foreign securities, may
be subject to periods of extreme volatility and illiquidity and may be diffi-
cult to value. Despite these risks, some of which are noted below, these in-
struments may offer unique investment opportunities. These techniques are de-
scribed in "Description of Securities and Investment Techniques."
 
REAL ESTATE SERIES
The primary investment objective of the Real Estate Series is capital appreci-
ation. Current income is a secondary objective. The Series seeks these objec-
tives primarily through investment in publicly traded equity securities of
companies in the real estate industry that are listed on national exchanges or
the National Association of Securities Dealers Automated Quotation System
("NASDAQ"). Securities are selected for long-term investment. It is generally
not the policy of the Series to purchase securities merely for short-term
gain, although there may be a limited number of short-term transactions. The
Portfolio Manager for the Series is E.I.I. Realty Securities, Inc.
 
The Series will invest not less than 65% of its total assets in common and
preferred stocks and convertible preferred securities of companies which have
at least 50% of the value of their assets in, or which derive at least 50% of
their revenues from, the ownership, construction, management, or sale of resi-
dential, commercial, or industrial real estate, which include listed equity
real estate investment trusts which own properties, and listed mortgage real
estate investment trusts which make short-term construction and development
mortgage loans or which invest in long-term mortgages or mortgage pools. The
Series may invest more than 25% of its total assets in any of the foregoing
sectors of the real estate industry. The Series' assets may, however, be in-
vested in money market instruments and U.S. Government securities if, in the
opinion of the Portfolio Manager, market conditions warrant a temporary defen-
sive investment strategy.
 
The Series may invest up to 35% of its total assets in equity, debt, or con-
vertible securities of issuers whose products and services are related to the
real estate industry, such as manufacturers and distributors of building sup-
plies, and up to 25% of its total assets in financial institutions which issue
or service mortgages, such as savings and loans or mortgage bankers. The Se-
ries also may invest in the securities of companies unrelated to the real es-
tate industry but which have significant real estate holdings believed to be
undervalued relative to the price of the companies' securities.
 
In addition to the common and preferred stocks described above, the Series may
invest up to 35% of its total assets in securities believed by the Portfolio
Manager to be undervalued and have capital appreciation potential, including
warrants and other rights to purchase securities (up to 5% of total assets),
bonds, convertible securities, and publicly traded limited partnerships listed
on national securities exchanges or NASDAQ. The Series may invest up to 5% of
its total assets in bonds, convertible securities, and limited partnerships
traded on the Toronto or London Stock Exchanges. The Series may also invest up
to 20% of its assets, measured at the time of investment, in high yield con-
vertible bonds that are rated below investment grade by one of the primary
rating agencies (or if not rated, deemed to be of comparable quality by the
Portfolio Manager). See "High Yield Bonds."
 
There are risks inherent in the Series' investment policies. These risks are
described in "Description of Securities and Investment Techniques--Real Estate
Securities."
 
ALL-GROWTH SERIES
The All-Growth Series' investment objective is capital appreciation. The Se-
ries seeks to achieve its objective through investment in securities selected
on the basis of fundamental investment research for their long-term growth
prospects. The Portfolio Manager for the Series is Pilgrim Baxter & Associ-
ates, Ltd.
 
In considering securities for the Series, the Portfolio Manager (1) selects
for investment those companies whose unique characteristics or proprietary ad-
vantages, it believes, offer the best prospects for above average increases in
revenues and earnings; (2) selects companies that tend to be grouped in indus-
tries that, from time to time, are judged to be less likely to be affected by
the business cycle and/or have already experienced the negative effects of the
capital markets; and (3) monitors both companies and their industries to make
certain they retain the characteristics that led to their selection in the
first place.
 
The Series' investment policy stresses flexibility and adaptability in arrang-
ing its portfolio to seek the desired results. Common stocks will generally
constitute a majority of the portfolio, but the Series may invest in preferred
stocks and debt securities (including money market obligations) when, in the
judgment of the Portfolio Manager, a more conser-
 
                                      23
<PAGE>
 
 INVESTMENT OBJECTIVES AND POLICIES (CONTINUED)
 
vative investment position seems appropriate in light of anticipated market
conditions. The Series will not invest for purposes of exercising management
or control.
 
Assets of the Series will be subject to the risks of investment in equity se-
curities, i.e., there is no assurance of capital appreciation and there is a
substantial risk of decline. Investment in the securities of unseasoned compa-
nies may in some instances involve a higher degree of risk than investments in
securities of companies with longer operating histories. Any current income
from dividends received from such securities will be entirely incidental. The
Series is not suitable for investors seeking a consistent and/or minimum level
of income.
 
The Series may invest up to 10% of its assets in securities of foreign is-
suers. The Series may also engage in short sales. The Series may also write
"covered" listed put and call equity options including options on stock indi-
ces, and purchase such options; purchase and sell stock index, interest rate,
and other futures contracts; and purchase options on such futures. It is not
the policy of the Series to invest in securities of companies with no operat-
ing history. The Series is permitted to borrow for the purpose of making
leveraged investments, subject to regulatory restrictions. For discussion of
the risks involved in these investment techniques, see "Description of Securi-
ties and Investment Techniques."
 
CAPITAL APPRECIATION SERIES
The investment objective of the Series is to generate long-term capital
growth. In seeking this objective, the Series will invest primarily in common
stock and preferred stock that will be allocated between two categories of
stocks described below and referred to as "components." The components in
which the Series will invest are the growth component and the value component.
The Portfolio Manager for the Series is Chancellor LGT Asset Management, Inc.
 
The Portfolio Manager will allocate the Series' assets between the two compo-
nents in an effort to maximize the potential for achieving the Series' overall
objective. The Portfolio Manager may allocate the assets between the compo-
nents in its discretion in any proportion that it deems appropriate. The Port-
folio Manager is free to allocate the Series' assets such that, at any point
in time, there may be little or no assets allocated to one of the components.
The Portfolio Manager may select a particular security for inclusion in both
components, provided that it meets the criteria for each component. The Port-
folio Manager will select securities for each component based upon the crite-
ria for each component as described below:
 
The Growth Component. The securities eligible for this component are those
that the Portfolio Manager believes have the following characteristics: they
have stability and quality of earnings and positive earnings momentum; have
dominant competitive positions; and demonstrate above-average growth rates as
compared to published Standard & Poor's 500 Composite Stock Price Index ("S&P
500") earnings projections.
 
The Value Component. Securities eligible for this component are those that the
Portfolio Manager regards as fundamentally undervalued, i.e., securities sell-
ing at a discount to asset value and securities with a relatively low price-
/earnings ratio. The securities eligible for this component may include real
estate stock such as securities of publicly owned companies that, in the Port-
folio Manager's judgment, offer an optimum combination of current dividend
yield, expected dividend growth, and discount to current real estate value.
Real estate stocks may also include those issued by companies in industries
related to real estate, including companies that own, develop or provide serv-
ices to income-producing real estate, and commercial and community developers,
and may include real estate investment trusts and "land rich" companies, which
are companies that are not in the real estate industry but that have signifi-
cant real estate related assets and whose stock price may be affected by the
real estate assets they hold.
 
If the Portfolio Manager believes that the expected market return for equity
securities over a twelve-month period is less than a premium over U.S. Trea-
sury bills that equity securities have historically provided, the Series may,
as a temporary defensive measure, invest up to 40% of its assets in money mar-
ket instruments and short-term investment grade debt securities until market
conditions improve. Investment grade securities are generally those rated at
least Baa by Moody's or BBB by Standard & Poor's, or unrated securities that
the Portfolio Manager determines are of comparable quality. The Series from
time to time may invest in money market instruments to the extent appropriate,
pending investment in the types of securities in which the Series normally in-
vests or in anticipation of redemptions. Money market instruments in which the
Series may invest include U.S. Government securities, certificates of deposit,
bankers' acceptances, time deposits, commercial paper and other U.S. dollar-
denominated obligations of do-
 
                                      24
<PAGE>
 
 INVESTMENT OBJECTIVES AND POLICIES (CONTINUED)
 
mestic and foreign corporations, and repurchase agreements.
 
To maximize potential return, the Portfolio Manager may use the following in-
vestment methods: writing "covered" listed put and call equity options includ-
ing options on stock indices, and purchasing such options; purchasing and
selling stock index, interest rate, and other futures contracts, and purchas-
ing options on such futures; entering into repurchase agreements; and borrow-
ing from banks to purchase securities. The Series may also invest up to 20% of
its total assets in Depositary Receipts. The Series may engage in short sales
and short sales "against the box." See "Description of Securities and Invest-
ment Techniques" for further discussion of these investment methods. For a
discussion of investment in investment grade debt securities, see "Debt Secu-
rities." For a description of the risks of investment in industries related to
real estate, see "Investment Objectives and Policies -- Real Estate Series."
 
RISING DIVIDENDS SERIES
The investment objective of the Rising Dividends Series is capital apprecia-
tion. Dividend income is a secondary objective. The Portfolio Manager for the
Series is Kayne, Anderson Investment Management, L.P.
 
In seeking these objectives, the Series normally invests at least 80% of its
net assets in equity securities of companies determined to be of high quality
by the Portfolio Manager that meet the following four criteria:
 
(i) Consistent dividend increases -- The company must have increased its divi-
    dends in seven of the last ten years.
 
(ii) Substantial dividend increases -- The company must have at least doubled
     its dividends in the last ten years.
 
(iii) Reinvested profits -- The company must reinvest at least 35% of its
      profits annually.
 
(iv) Under-leveraged balance sheet -- The company must have less than 35% of
     its total capitalization in long-term debt.
 
In selecting securities, the Portfolio Manager screens a universe of over
13,000 companies for those companies that meet the above criteria. From this
universe, the Portfolio Manager anticipates that approximately 350 companies
will meet the criteria, each of which is individually analyzed by the Portfo-
lio Manager to consider its past and present competitive position within its
respective industry. Each security is analyzed on a proprietary computer ma-
trix, based on the Portfolio Manager's projections of each company's growth in
earnings, cash flow, and dividends. Target prices and value ranges are devel-
oped from this analysis. The securities are ranked based on their potential
total return and their risk/reward ratio. The final decision to invest in a
stock includes an analysis of how well the company is positioned in its sector
and how well the sector is positioned for the current economic environment.
The individual security selection is overlaid with a sector allocation disci-
pline to avoid overconcentration in any single sector.
 
It is anticipated that the Series' portfolio will generally contain a minimum
of 30-40 issues. In addition, it is the policy of the Series that no equity
security will be acquired if, after its acquisition, more than 15% of the Se-
ries' total assets would be invested in any one industry or more than 5% would
be invested in any one issuer. The Portfolio Manager does not intend to invest
any of the Series' assets in securities that, at the time of investment, it
believes to be illiquid. The Portfolio Manager periodically monitors the Se-
ries' equity securities to assure they meet the four criteria. A security will
generally be sold when it reaches its target price, when negative changes oc-
cur in either the company or its industry, or when any one or more of the four
criteria are no longer satisfied. A 15% price decline in a stock, relative to
the market, triggers a re-appraisal. The reappraisal may result in a sale, but
each buy/sell decision is made on the merits and fundamentals of that particu-
lar situation. There may from time to time be other equity securities in the
Portfolio which meet most, but not all, of the criteria, but which the Portfo-
lio Manager deems a suitable investment. Equity securities are deemed to in-
clude common stocks, securities convertible into common stocks, or rights or
warrants to subscribe for or purchase common stocks.
 
The Portfolio Manager may enter into forward currency contracts and currency
exchange transactions for hedging purposes. During those times when equity se-
curities that meet the Portfolio Manager's investment criteria cannot be
found, for temporary defensive purposes or pending longer-term investment, the
Series may invest any amount of its assets in short-term fixed income securi-
ties or in cash or cash equivalents.
 
EMERGING MARKETS SERIES
The investment objective of the Emerging Markets Series is long-term capital
appreciation. The Series seeks this objective by investing primarily in equity
 
                                      25
<PAGE>
 
 INVESTMENT OBJECTIVES AND POLICIES (CONTINUED)
 
securities of companies that are considered to be in emerging market coun-
tries. Income is not an objective and any production of current income is con-
sidered incidental to the objective of growth of capital. The Series will be
diversified by issuer, and normally will be invested in companies located in
at least six different emerging market countries. The investment philosophy of
the Series is to attempt to capitalize upon emerging capital markets in devel-
oping nations and other nations in which the Portfolio Manager believes that
economic and political factors are likely to produce above average growth
rates. The Series' Portfolio Manager is Putnam Investment Management, Inc.
("Putnam").
 
At least 65% of the Series' assets normally will be invested in the equity se-
curities of issuers in countries that are identified as emerging market coun-
tries in the Morgan Stanley Capital International Emerging Markets Free Index
or the International Finance Corporation Emerging Market Index, or a country
that the Portfolio Manager otherwise believes is an emerging market country
because it has a developing economy or because its markets have begun a proc-
ess of change and are growing in size and/or sophistication.
 
The Portfolio Manager will allocate the Series' assets for investment in
emerging market countries in its discretion, taking into account economic and
political factors that may include, among others, relative market valuation,
earnings momentum, supply and demand, the prospects for relative growth among
the regions and the countries therein, expected levels of inflation, govern-
mental policies influencing business conditions, the outlook for currency re-
lationships, and the range of alternative opportunities available to interna-
tional investors. The Portfolio Manager may determine to change its allocation
at any time.
 
For purposes of allocating the Series' investments, a company will be consid-
ered located in the country in which the company is domiciled, in which it is
primarily traded, from which it derives a significant portion of its revenues,
or in which a significant portion of its goods or services are produced. Eq-
uity securities that may be acquired include common stock and other securities
with equity characteristics, including preferred stock, rights and warrants,
convertible securities, which may consist of debt securities or preferred
stock that may be converted into common stock or that carry the right to pur-
chase common stock, and shares of investment companies.
 
In selecting securities in emerging market countries, the Portfolio Manager
seeks undervalued investment opportunities for growth. The Portfolio Manager
uses a disciplined, value-oriented investment philosophy that generally
stresses the inherent value of companies under examination, usually based upon
the medium term outlook for such companies. Securities may be considered for
the company's fundamental financial characteristics, its earnings potential,
or the potential for economic development of the country or region in which
the company is located.
 
To the extent that the Series' assets are not invested in emerging market eq-
uity securities, the remainder of the Series' assets, which normally will not
exceed 35% of net assets, may be invested in debt securities issued or guaran-
teed by corporate or governmental issuers in an emerging market country (in-
cluding Brady Bonds) or an industrialized country, including the United
States; in bank deposits or bank obligations (including certificates of depos-
it, time deposits, and bankers' acceptances) of banks in emerging market or
industrialized countries, including the United States; instruments issued by
international development agencies; and in high-quality money market instru-
ments, including commercial paper and other short-term corporate debt obliga-
tions of issuers in industrialized and emerging market countries. The Portfo-
lio Manager may invest up to 10% of the Series' assets, measured at the time
of investment, in debt securities that are rated below investment grade or, if
not rated, of equivalent quality. See "High Yield Bonds" in this Prospectus
and "Debt Securities" in the Statement of Additional Information.
 
For temporary defensive purposes, the Series may decrease its investment in
emerging market country equity securities, and may invest to a significant de-
gree in debt securities and bank and money market instruments as described
above. In addition, the Series may invest significantly in such securities af-
ter receipt of new monies.
 
Most of the foreign securities in which the Series invests will be denominated
in foreign currencies. The Series may engage in foreign currency transactions
in anticipation of or to protect itself against fluctuations in currency ex-
change rates in relation to the U.S. dollar. Such foreign currency transac-
tions may include forward foreign currency contracts, currency exchange trans-
actions on a spot (i.e., cash) basis, put and call options on foreign curren-
cies, and foreign exchange futures contracts. For a description on these tech-
niques, see "Description of Securities and Investment Techniques --Foreign
Currency Transactions" in this Prospectus.
 
 
                                      26
<PAGE>
 
 INVESTMENT OBJECTIVES AND POLICIES (CONTINUED)
 
The Emerging Markets Series may use various investment strategies and tech-
niques to meet its investment objectives, including purchasing options on se-
curities and writing (selling) secured put and covered call options on securi-
ties and securities indexes. The Series may purchase and sell futures con-
tracts, and may purchase and write options on such futures contracts. The Se-
ries may also purchase and sell stock index futures contracts. When deemed ap-
propriate by the Portfolio Manager, the Series may enter into reverse repur-
chase agreements and may invest cash balances in repurchase agreements and
money market instruments in an amount necessary to maintain liquidity, in an
amount to meet expenses or for day-to-day operating purposes. The Series may
invest in shares of other investment companies, provided that such investment
companies invest a significant portion of assets in emerging capital markets.
The Series may invest in restricted securities and warrants. These investment
techniques are described under the heading "Description of Securities and In-
vestment Techniques" in this Prospectus or in the Statement of Additional In-
formation.
 
Investment in the securities of foreign issuers involves special risks and
considerations not typically associated with investing in U.S. companies. For
a description of these risks, see "Description of Securities and Investment
Techniques -- Foreign Securities" in this Prospectus. Investment in emerging
markets countries presents risks in a greater degree than, and in addition to,
those presented by investment in foreign issuers in general. A number of
emerging market countries restrict, to varying degrees, foreign investment in
stocks. Repatriation of investment income, capital, and proceeds of sales by
foreign investors may require governmental registration and/or approval in
some emerging market countries. A number of the currencies of developing coun-
tries have experienced significant declines against the U.S. dollar in recent
years, and devaluation may occur subsequent to investments in those currencies
by the Series. Inflation and rapid fluctuations in inflation rates have had
and may continue to have negative effects on the economies and securities mar-
kets of certain emerging market countries.
 
Many of the emerging securities markets are relatively small, have low trading
volumes, suffer periods of relative illiquidity, and are characterized by sig-
nificant price volatility. There is a risk in emerging market countries that a
future economic or political crisis could lead to price controls, forced merg-
ers of companies, expropriation or confiscatory taxation, seizure, national-
ization, foreign exchange controls (which may include suspension of the abil-
ity to transfer currency from a given country) or creation of government mo-
nopolies, any of which may have a detrimental effect on the Series' invest-
ment. In addition, in many countries there is less publicly available informa-
tion about issuers than is available in the United States. Foreign companies
are not generally subject to uniform accounting, auditing, and financial re-
porting standards, and auditing practices and requirements may not be compara-
ble to those applicable to U.S. companies. Further, the Series may encounter
difficulties or be unable to pursue legal remedies or obtain judgements in
foreign courts.
 
VALUE EQUITY SERIES
The investment objective of the Value Equity Series is capital appreciation.
 
Dividend income is a secondary objective. The Portfolio Manager for the Series
is Eagle Asset Management, Inc. At least 65% of the Series' assets normally
will be invested in equity securities.
 
In seeking these objectives, the Series invests primarily in equity securities
of U.S. and foreign issuers which, when purchased, meet quantitative standards
believed by the Portfolio Manager to indicate above average financial
soundness and high intrinsic value relative to price.
 
The Portfolio Manager employs a three-step process to purchase securities
identified as possible value opportunities:
 
(1) He screens the universe of equity securities for five key variables: low
    price-to-book, price-to-sales, and price-to-earnings ratios; and relative
    dividend yield and relative price-to-earnings ratios.
 
(2) He performs in-depth fundamental research on individual companies includ-
    ing their industry outlook and trends, strategy, management strength, and
    financial stability.
 
(3) He employs a discounted free cash flow model to identify securities which
    are trading at a significant discount to their estimated intrinsic value.
 
In selecting equity securities, the Portfolio Manager identifies three basic
categories of value opportunities:
 
  "Pure" Value Opportunities: Stocks which trade at a discount to their abso-
  lute intrinsic
 
                                      27
<PAGE>
 
 INVESTMENT OBJECTIVES AND POLICIES (CONTINUED)
 
  value and appear attractive relative to the broader market.
 
  "Relative" Value Opportunities: Stock which trade at a discount to the val-
  uation parameters that the market has historically applied to them or their
  peer group.
 
  "Event-driven" Value Opportunities: Stocks with which a realized or antici-
  pated event may trigger recognition of the underlying value.
 
Companies selected for investment will, under normal circumstances, typically
meet at least one of the above criteria at the time of investment.
 
The Series may also invest in debt securities, and intends to limit those in-
vestments to U.S. Government and agency obligations. The portion of total as-
sets invested in common stocks and debt securities will vary based on the
availability of common stocks meeting the selection criteria and the Portfolio
Manager's judgment of the investment merit of common stocks relative to debt
securities. The Series may also invest cash balances in certificates of depos-
it, bankers' acceptances, high quality commercial paper, Treasury bills, re-
purchase agreements, and other money market instruments. During adverse market
conditions, as a temporary investment posture, the Series may invest signifi-
cantly in the debt securities and money market instruments described above.
 
The Series may invest without limit in equity securities of foreign issuers,
including American Depositary Receipts. However, it is expected that under or-
dinary circumstances, the Series will not invest more than 25% of its assets
in foreign issuers, measured at the time of investment. For a description of
the risks associated with investment in foreign issuers, see "Description of
Securities and Investment Techniques -- Foreign Securities" in this
Prospectus.
 
It is the policy of the Series that no equity security will be acquired, if,
after its acquisition more than 25% of the Series' total assets would be in-
vested in any one industry or more than 5% would be invested in any one issu-
er. The Portfolio Manager periodically monitors the Series' equity securities
to assure they meet the selection criteria. A security may be sold from the
portfolio when (1) its price approaches its intrinsic value; (2) a temporary,
dramatic, short-term price appreciation occurs; (3) its fundamentals deterio-
rate; or (4) its relative attractiveness diminishes. From time to time, the
Series may invest in equity securities that do not meet the selection criteria
described above, but which the Portfolio Manager deems a suitable investment.
For purposes of the Series' investment policies, equity securities are deemed
to include common stocks, securities convertible into common stocks, options
on equity securities, and rights or warrants to subscribe for or purchase com-
mon stocks. The Series may also invest in Standard & Poor's Depositary Re-
ceipts ("SPDR's"), which are publicly traded interests in a unit investment
trust that invests in substantially all of the common stocks in the S&P 500.
SPDR's are not subject to the Series' policy that no more than 5% of the Se-
ries' total assets be invested in any one issuer.
 
The Series may also invest in restricted or illiquid securities; however, the
Portfolio Manager does not intend to invest more than 15% of the Series' as-
sets in securities that, at the time of investment, it believes to be illiq-
uid. In pursuing its investment objective or for hedging purposes, the Series
may, but is not required to, utilize the following investment techniques: en-
tering into stock index, interest rate, foreign currency and other financial
futures contracts, and purchasing options on such futures contracts; purchas-
ing and writing "covered" listed put and call options on securities, stock in-
dices, and currencies; entering into forward currency contracts and currency
exchange transactions; and borrowing from banks to purchase securities. See
"Description of Securities and Investment Techniques" for a discussion of the
risks associated with these investment techniques.
 
STRATEGIC EQUITY SERIES
The investment objective of the Strategic Equity Series is to achieve capital
appreciation. The Series seeks to achieve this objective primarily through in-
vestment in equity securities. The amount of the Series' assets allocated to
equities shall vary from time to time to seek positive investment performance
from advancing equity markets and to reduce exposure to equities when the
Portfolio Manager believes that their risk/reward characteristics are less at-
tractive. The Series' investments in equities include both (1) stocks that the
Portfolio Manager selects for their "growth" characteristics (which may in-
clude positive earnings momentum and above average earnings growth rates), and
(2) stocks that the Portfolio Manager selects for their "income" characteris-
tics (which may include above average dividend yields and favorable dividend
growth). To the extent not invested in equity securities, the Series' assets
generally will be invested in money market instruments or held as cash. The
Series may also invest in debt securities
 
                                      28
<PAGE>
 
 INVESTMENT OBJECTIVES AND POLICIES (CONTINUED)
 
for defensive purposes. The Portfolio Manager for the Series is Zweig Advisors
Inc.
 
The extent of the Series' investment in equity securities will be based pri-
marily on various equity market timing techniques developed by Dr. Martin
Zweig (Ph.D. in Finance) and his staff. The equity market timing techniques
incorporate general market indicators, including interest rate and monetary
analysis, market sentiment indicators, price and trading volume statistics,
and measures of valuation, as well as other market indicators and statistics
which the Portfolio Manager believes tend to point to significant trends in
the overall performance and the risk of the stock market. For example, if the
Portfolio Manager believes that the stock market investment environment is un-
certain or unfavorable and justifies a defensive position, then the Series may
decrease its investments in equity securities and increase its investments in
money market instruments. During periods when the Portfolio Manager believes
an overall defensive position is advisable, greater than 50% (and under cer-
tain circumstances perhaps all) of the Series' total assets may be invested in
money market instruments and cash. The Portfolio Manager expects that the Se-
ries will be fully invested in equity securities only when the Portfolio Man-
ager believes that there is very low risk in the stock market. There is no as-
surance that these equity market timing techniques will eliminate the risks of
equity investments, correctly predict market trends, or enable the Series to
achieve its investment objective.
 
The Portfolio Manager expects that the equity portion of the Series' portfolio
will generally be divided equally between "growth" stocks and "income" stocks.
Although the Portfolio Manager expects to invest assets proportionately in
growth stocks and income stocks in order to maintain an approximately equal
weighting between growth stocks and income stocks, the relative weighting of
growth stocks and income stocks will fluctuate from time to time because of,
among other things, changes in the market value of the growth stocks and in-
come stocks. The Portfolio Manager may change the relative weightings of the
growth stocks and income stocks from time to time if the Portfolio Manager de-
termines that such changes are appropriate in view of the then existing market
conditions. The equity portion of the Series' portfolio will be widely diver-
sified by the number of issues. The Portfolio Manager expects that the major-
ity of the stocks in the Series' portfolio will be selected on the basis of
proprietary computer-driven stock selection models that evaluate and rank ap-
proximately 1,500 of the most liquid stocks on the basis of various factors,
which may include earnings momentum, earnings growth, price-to-book value,
price-to-earnings, price-to-cash flow, cash flow trend, price momentum, earn-
ings estimate revisions, payout ratio trend and other market measurements.
Such stock selection models may evolve or be replaced by other stock selection
techniques intended to achieve the Series' objective.
 
The Series may use various investment strategies and techniques when the Port-
folio Manager determines that such use is appropriate in an effort to meet the
Series' investment objective including: buying "covered" listed put equity op-
tions and writing "covered" listed call equity options, including options on
stock indexes; short sales of securities; purchasing and selling stock index
and other futures contracts, and purchasing options on such futures contracts;
purchasing and selling interest rate and gold futures contracts; borrowing
from banks to purchase securities; investing in securities of foreign issuers;
entering into foreign currency transactions and options of foreign currencies;
entering into repurchase agreements or reverse repurchase agreements; and
lending portfolio securities to brokers, dealers, banks, or other recognized
institutional borrowers of securities.
 
SMALL CAP SERIES
The investment objective of the Series is long-term capital appreciation. Ex-
cept during temporary defensive periods, the Series invests at least 65% of
its total assets in equity securities of companies that, at the time of pur-
chase of the securities, have total market capitalization within the range of
companies included in the Russell 2000 Growth Index ("Russell Index") or the
S&P SmallCap 600 Index ("S&P Index"), updated quarterly. Both indexes are
broad indexes of small capitalization stocks. As of March 31, 1997, the range
of market capitalization companies in the Russell Index was $10 million to
$1.94 billion; the range of the market capitalization the companies in the S&P
Index at the date was $32 million to $2.579 billion. The combined range as of
that date was $10 million to $2.579 billion. The Series may invest up to 35%
of its total assets in equity securities of companies that, at the time of
purchase, have total market capitalization outside this combined range, and in
excess of that amount (up to 100% of its assets) during temporary defensive
periods. The Portfolio Manager for the Series is Fred Alger Management, Inc.
 
The Series seeks to achieve its objective by investing in equity securities,
such as common or preferred
 
                                      29
<PAGE>
 
 INVESTMENT OBJECTIVES AND POLICIES (CONTINUED)
 
stocks, or securities convertible into or exchangeable for equity securities,
including warrants and rights. The Series will invest primarily in companies
whose securities are traded on domestic stock exchanges or in the over-the-
counter market. These companies may still be in the developmental stage, may
be older companies that appear to be entering a new stage of growth owing to
factors such as management changes or development of new technology, products
or markets, or may be companies providing products or services with a high
unit volume growth rate. In order to afford the Series the flexibility to take
advantage of new opportunities for investments in accordance with its invest-
ment objective, it may hold up to 15% of its net assets in money market in-
struments and repurchase agreements and in excess of that amount (up to 100%
of its assets) immediately after the commencement of operations, after receipt
of new monies, or during temporary defensive periods. This amount may be
higher than that maintained by other funds with similar investment objectives.
 
Investing in smaller, newer issuers generally involves greater risk than in-
vesting in larger, more established issuers. Companies in which the Series is
likely to invest may have limited product lines, markets or financial re-
sources and may lack management depth. The securities of such companies may
have limited marketability and may be subject to more abrupt or erratic market
movements than securities of larger, more established companies or the market
averages in general. Accordingly, an investment in the Series may not be ap-
propriate for all investors.
 
The Series may use the following various investment strategies and techniques
when the Portfolio Manager determines that such use is appropriate in an ef-
fort to meet the Series' investment objective: short sales of securities; in-
vesting in securities of foreign issuers, including foreign government securi-
ties; engaging in futures contracts, including purchasing and selling stock
index futures contracts and interest rate futures contracts; purchasing and
selling options on securities; purchasing options on stock index futures con-
tracts, interest rate futures contracts, and foreign currency futures con-
tracts; entering into foreign currency transactions and options on foreign
currencies; entering into repurchase agreements and reverse repurchase agree-
ments; and lending portfolio securities to brokers, dealers, bankers, and
other recognized institutional borrowers of securities.
 
MANAGED GLOBAL SERIES
The Managed Global Series investment objective is to seek capital apprecia-
tion. Current income is only an incidental consideration in selecting invest-
ments for the Series.
 
In seeking capital appreciation, the Series employs a global investment strat-
egy of investing primarily in common stocks traded in securities markets
throughout the world. The Series may at times invest up to 100% of its assets
in securities principally traded in securities markets outside the United
States, and will under normal market conditions, invest at least 65% of its
assets in at least three different countries, one of which may be the United
States. See "Description of Securities and Investment Techniques--Foreign Se-
curities." In unusual market circumstances where the Portfolio Manager be-
lieves that foreign investing may involve undue risks, 100% of the Series's
assets may be invested in the United States. The Series may hold a portion of
its assets in cash or money market instruments.
 
In considering equity securities, the Series will not limit its investments to
any particular type of company. It may invest in companies, large or small,
whose earnings are believed to be in a relatively strong growth trend, or in
companies in which significant further growth is not anticipated but whose se-
curities are thought to be undervalued. It may invest in small and relatively
less well known companies. Investing in securities of smaller, less well known
companies may present greater opportunities for capital appreciation, but may
also involve greater risks.
 
At times the Portfolio Manager may judge that conditions in the international
securities markets make pursuing the Series' basic investment strategy in-
consistent with the best interests of shareholders. The Portfolio Manager may
temporarily use alternative strategies, primarily designed to reduce fluctua-
tions in the value of the Series' assets. In implementing these "defensive"
strategies the Series may invest in some of the following securities.
 
The Series may invest solely in equity securities traded primarily in U.S.
markets. Also the Series may add preferred stocks to the portfolio.
 
The Series may invest in debt instruments. The Series may invest in: (1)
fixed-income instruments issued or guaranteed by the U.S. Government, its
agencies, or instrumentalities ("U.S. Government Securities"); (2) obligations
issued or guaranteed by a foreign government or any of its political subdivi-
 
                                      30
<PAGE>
 
 INVESTMENT OBJECTIVES AND POLICIES (CONTINUED)
 
sions, authorities, agencies, or instrumentalities, or by supranational enti-
ties ("foreign government securities"); and (3) debt securities of domestic or
foreign issuers. Debt securities purchased by the Series may be of any maturi-
ty. It is at the discretion of the Portfolio Manager.
 
The Series may invest in money market instruments. These include the follow-
ing: (1) short-term U.S. Government securities; (2) short-term foreign govern-
ment securities; (3) certificates of deposit, time deposits, bankers' accept-
ances, and short-term obligations of banks and other depository institutions,
both U.S. and foreign, that have total assets of at least $10 billion (U.S.);
and (4) commercial paper and other short-term corporate obligations.
 
The Managed Global Series may use various investment strategies and techniques
to meet its investment objectives, including purchasing options on securities
and writing (selling) secured put and covered call options on securities and
securities indexes. The Series may purchase and sell futures contracts, and
may purchase and write options on such futures contracts, including stock in-
dex futures contracts. When deemed appropriate by the Portfolio Manager, the
Series may enter into reverse repurchase agreements and may invest cash bal-
ances in repurchase agreements and money market instruments in an amount nec-
essary to maintain liquidity, in an amount to meet expenses or for day-to-day
operating purposes. The Series may invest in shares of other investment compa-
nies when the Portfolio Manager believes such investment is an appropriate
method of investing in one or more emerging capital markets. The Series may
invest in restricted securities and warrants.
 
For more information about the Series investments, including the risks of such
investing, see "Description of Securities and Investment Techniques." The
Portfolio Manager may invest in the above or any other securities that it con-
siders consistent with the defensive strategies of the Series. It is im-
possible to predict when or for how long the Series will use such alternative
strategies.
 
The Series is the successor for accounting purposes to the Managed Global Ac-
count of Separate Account D of Golden American. For additional information,
see "Other Information--The History of the Managed Global Series."
 
LIQUID ASSET SERIES
The investment objective of the Liquid Asset Series is to achieve a high level
of current income consistent with the preservation of capital and liquidity.
The Portfolio Manager for the Series is Equitable Investment Services, Inc.
 
In managing the Series, the Portfolio Manager employs a number of professional
money management techniques, including varying the composition of investments
and the average maturity of the portfolio based upon the Portfolio Manager's
assessment of the relative values of the various money market securities and
future interest rate patterns. These assessments will change in response to
changing economic and money market conditions and to shifts in fiscal and mon-
etary policy. The Portfolio Manager also seeks to improve yield by taking ad-
vantage of yield disparities that regularly occur in the money markets. For
example, market conditions frequently result in similar securities trading at
different prices. Also, there are frequently differences in the yield between
the various types of money market securities. The Series seeks to enhance
yield by purchasing and selling securities based upon these yield disparities.
 
The Series invests in one or more of the following:
 
(i) U.S. Government Securities. Obligations of the U.S. Government and its
    agencies and instrumentalities maturing in 13 months or less from the date
    of acquisition or purchased pursuant to repurchase agreements that provide
    for repurchase by the seller within 13 months from the date of acquisi-
    tion;
 
(ii) Bank Obligations. Obligations of commercial banks (including foreign
     branches), savings and loan associations, and foreign banks with maturi-
     ties not exceeding 13 months. Such obligations include negotiable certif-
     icates of deposit, variable rate certificates of deposit, bankers' ac-
     ceptances, fixed time deposits, and commercial paper. Bank money market
     instruments in which the Series may invest must be issued by depository
     institutions with total assets of at least $1 billion, except that up to
     10% of total assets may be invested in certificates of deposit of smaller
     institutions if such certificates of deposit are federally insured. Fixed
     time deposits, unlike negotiable certificates of deposit, generally do
     not have a market and may be subject to penalties for early withdrawal of
     funds;
 
(iii) Commercial Paper. Short-term unsecured promissory notes with maturities
      not exceeding nine months issued in bearer form by bank holding compa-
      nies, corporations, and finance companies; and
 
 
                                      31
<PAGE>
 
 INVESTMENT OBJECTIVES AND POLICIES (CONTINUED)
 
(iv) Short-Term Corporate Debt Securities. Corporate debt securities (other
     than commercial paper) maturing in 13 months or less.
 
The Series may invest only in U.S. dollar denominated money market instruments
that present minimal credit risk and, with respect to at least 95% of its to-
tal assets, measured at the time of investment, that are of the highest quali-
ty. The Portfolio Manager shall determine whether a security presents minimal
credit risk under procedures adopted by the Trust's Board of Trustees. A money
market instrument will be considered to be highest quality under standards
adopted by the Board of Trustees and consistent with applicable Securities and
Exchange Commission ("SEC") rules relating to money market funds. With respect
to no more than 5% of its total assets, measured at the time of investment,
the Series may also invest in money market instruments that are in the second-
highest rating category for short-term debt obligations. A money market in-
strument will be considered to be in the second-highest rating category under
the standards described above.
 
The Series may not invest more than 5% of its total assets, measured at the
time of investment, in securities of any one issuer that are of the highest
quality, except that this limitation shall not apply to U.S. Government secu-
rities and repurchase agreements thereon. The Series may not invest more than
the greater of 1% of its total assets or $1,000,000, measured at the time of
investment, in securities of any one issuer that are in the second-highest
rating category, except that this limitation shall not apply to U.S. Govern-
ment securities. In the event that an instrument acquired by the Series is
downgraded or otherwise ceases to be of the quality that is eligible for the
Series, the Portfolio Manager, under procedures approved by the Board of
Trustees (or the Board of Trustees itself if the Portfolio Manager becomes
aware an unrated security is downgraded below high quality and the Portfolio
Manager does not dispose of the security or such security does not mature
within five business days) shall promptly reassess whether such security pre-
sents minimal credit risk and determine whether or not to retain the instru-
ment.
 
From time to time, in the ordinary course of business, the Series may purchase
securities on a when-issued or delayed delivery basis. The Series may also en-
ter into repurchase agreements and may borrow under certain circumstances. See
"Description of Securities and Investment Techniques" for descriptions of
these techniques.
 
The Series seeks to maintain a net asset value of $1.00 per share for purposes
of purchases and redemptions; however, there can be no assurance that the net
asset value will not vary. The Series will be affected by general changes in
interest rates resulting in increases or decreases in the value of the obliga-
tions held by the Series.
 
                                      32
<PAGE>
 
 MANAGEMENT OF THE TRUST
 
The business and affairs of the Trust are managed under the direction of the
Board of Trustees. The Trustees are Terry L. Kendall, J. Michael Earley,
R. Barbara Gitenstein, Robert A. Grayson, Paul R. Schlaack, Stanley B. Seid-
ler, Roger B. Vincent and M. Norvel Young. The Executive Officers of the Trust
are Terry L. Kendall, Barnett Chernow, Myles R. Tashman and Mary Bea Wilkin-
son. Additional information about the Trustees and officers of the Trust may
be found in the Statement of Additional Information under the heading "Manage-
ment of the Trust."
 
THE MANAGER
Directed Services, Inc. ("DSI" or the "Manager") serves as the Manager to the
Trust pursuant to a Management Agreement with the Trust. DSI is a New York
corporation that is a wholly owned subsidiary of Equitable of Iowa. DSI is
registered with the SEC as an investment adviser and a broker-dealer. The
Trust currently offers shares of its operating Series to, among other
offerees, separate accounts of Golden American to serve as the investment me-
dium for Variable Contracts issued by Golden American. DSI is the principal
underwriter and distributor of the Variable Contracts issued by Golden Ameri-
can. Golden American is a stock life insurance company organized under the
laws of the State of Delaware. Prior to December 30, 1993, Golden American was
a Minnesota corporation. Golden American is an indirect wholly owned subsidi-
ary of Equitable of Iowa. With assets of over $12.5 billion as of December 31,
1996, Equitable of Iowa is the holding company for Equitable Life Insurance
Company of Iowa, Equitable American Insurance Company, USG Annuity & Life Com-
pany, Locust Street Securities, Inc., Equitable Investment Services, Inc., DSI
and Golden American Life Insurance Company. Prior to August 13, 1996, DSI was
an indirect, wholly owned subsidiary of Bankers Trust Company.
 
DSI performs the activities described above in this Prospectus and below under
the caption "Distributor." Under the Management Agreement, DSI has overall re-
sponsibility, subject to the supervision of the Board of Trustees, for engag-
ing portfolio managers and for monitoring and evaluating the management of the
assets of each Series by the Portfolio Managers. The Manager is also responsi-
ble for monitoring and evaluating the Portfolio Managers on a periodic basis,
and will consider their performance records with respect to the investment ob-
jectives and policies of each Series. The Manager may, if appropriate, recom-
mend that the Trustees consider a change in the Portfolio Manager, although
the Manager does not expect to recommend frequent changes in Portfolio Manag-
ers as a matter of operating procedure for the Series.
 
As Manager, DSI is responsible, subject to the supervision of the Board of
Trustees, for providing administrative and other services necessary for the
ordinary operation of the Series in addition to advisory services. The Manager
provides the overall business management and administrative services necessary
for the Series' operation and provides or procures the services and informa-
tion necessary to the proper conduct of the business of the Series. The Man-
ager is responsible for providing or procuring, at the Manager's expense, the
services reasonably necessary for the ordinary operation of the Series, in-
cluding custodial, administrative, transfer agency, portfolio accounting, div-
idend disbursing, auditing, and ordinary legal services. The Manager also acts
as liaison among the various service providers to the Series, including the
custodian, portfolio accounting agent, Portfolio Managers, and the insurance
company or companies to which the Series offer their shares. The Manager is
also responsible for ensuring that the Series operate in compliance with ap-
plicable legal requirements and for monitoring the Portfolio Managers for com-
pliance with requirements under applicable law and with the investment poli-
cies and restrictions of the Series. DSI does not bear the expense of broker-
age fees and other transactional expenses for securities or other assets
(which are generally considered part of the cost for the assets), taxes (if
any) paid by a Series, interest on borrowing, fees and expenses of the inde-
pendent trustees, and extraordinary expenses, such as litigation or indemnifi-
cation expenses.
 
Pursuant to the Management Agreement, the Manager is authorized to exercise
full investment discretion and make all determinations with respect to the in-
vestment of a Series' assets and the purchase and sale of portfolio securities
for one or more Series in the event that at any time no Portfolio Manager is
engaged to manage the assets of a Series. The Management Agreement may be ter-
minated without penalty by the vote of the Board of Trustees or the sharehold-
ers of the Series, or by the Manager, upon 60 days' written notice by the
Board or the Manager, and will terminate automatically if assigned as that
term is described in the Investment Company Act of 1940.
 
                                      33
<PAGE>
 
 MANAGEMENT OF THE TRUST (CONTINUED)
 
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
The Trust pays the Manager for its services under the Management Agreement a
fee, payable monthly, based on the average daily net assets of the Series at
the following annual rates of the average daily net assets of the Series:
<TABLE> 
<CAPTION> 
                                      FEE (based on combined assets of the
SERIES                                indicated groups of Series)
- ----------------------------------    -----------------------------------------
<S>                                   <C> 
Multiple Allocation, Fully            1.0% on the first $750 million in
Managed, Hard Assets, Real            combined assets of these Series;
Estate, All-Growth, Capital           0.95% on the next $1.250 billion;
Appreciation, Rising Dividends,       0.90% on the next $1.5 billion; and
Value Equity, Strategic Equity,       0.85% on the amount over $3.5 billion
and Small Cap                     
                                  
 
Emerging Markets                      1.75%
 
 
Managed Global                        1.25% on the first $500 million; and
                                      1.05% on the amount over $500 million.
 
Limited Maturity Bond                 0.60% on the first $200 million in
Liquid Asset                          combined assets of these Series;
                                      0.55% on the next $300 million; and
                                      0.50% on the amount over $500 million
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE> 
As compensation for its services during the most recent fiscal year, the
Trust, pursuant to the Management Agreement, paid the Manager fees which rep-
resented the following percentage of each Series' average daily net assets:
Multiple Allocation Series -- 0.99%; Fully Managed Series -- 0.99%; Limited
Maturity Bond Series -- 0.60%; Hard Assets Series -- 0.99%; Real Estate Se-
ries -- 0.99%; All-Growth Series -- 0.99%; Capital Appreciation Series --
0.99%; Rising Dividends Series -- 0.99%; Value Equity Series -- 0.99%; Strate-
gic Equity Series -- 0.99%; Emerging Markets Series -- 1.50%; Liquid Asset Se-
ries -- 0.60% Managed Global Series -- 1.08% and Small Cap Series -- 0.98%.
For more information on the Management Agreement, see the Statement of Addi-
tional Information.
 
The Trust is distinct in that the expense structure of the Series is simpler
and more predictable than most mutual funds. For all Series, many of the
ordinary expenses for the Trust's Series, including custodial, administrative,
transfer agency, portfolio accounting, auditing, and ordinary legal expenses
are paid by the Manager; whereas, most mutual funds pay for these expenses di-
rectly from their own assets.
 
THE PORTFOLIO MANAGERS
The Trust and the Manager have entered into Portfolio Management Agreements
with each of the Portfolio Managers. Under these Agreements, the Portfolio
Manager of each Series has full investment discretion and makes all determina-
tions with respect to the investment of a Series' assets and the purchase and
sale of portfolio securities and other investments. The Portfolio Management
Agreements may be terminated without penalty by the vote of the Board of
Trustees or the shareholders of a Series, by the Portfolio Manager, or by the
Manager, on 60 days' written notice by any party to a Portfolio Management
Agreement and will terminate automatically if assigned as that term is de-
scribed in the Investment Company Act of 1940. A description of each Portfolio
Manager follows.
 
ZWEIG ADVISORS INC.
 The Portfolio Manager to the Multiple Allocation Series and the Strategic Eq-
 uity Series is Zweig Advisors Inc., located at 900 Third Avenue, New York, NY
 10022. The Portfolio Manager was organized on May 7, 1986 and currently
 serves as investment adviser to The Zweig Fund, Inc., a closed-end, diversi-
 fied management investment company.
 
 The asset allocation strategy for the Multiple Allocation Series is deter-
 mined by Dr. Martin E.
 
                                      34
<PAGE>
 
 MANAGEMENT OF THE TRUST (CONTINUED)
 
 Zweig, the day-to-day stock selection is made by Mr. Jeffrey Lazar, and the
 day-to-day bond selection is made by Mr. Carlton Neel. The asset allocation
 strategy for the Strategic Equity Series is determined by Dr. Martin E. Zweig
 and the portfolio decisions for the Series are made by Mr. David Katzen.
 
 Dr. Zweig, the President of the Portfolio Manager, has been engaged in the
 business of providing investment advisory and portfolio management services
 for over 25 years. He is the President and/or Chairman of investment advisory
 firms which, as of December 31, 1996, managed in excess of $6 billion in as-
 sets. Dr. Zweig owns approximately 64% of the outstanding shares of the Port-
 folio Manager.
 
 Mr. Lazar is a Vice President of the Portfolio Manager and has been control-
 ler of the Portfolio Manager since 1986. Mr. Lazar has also been Vice Presi-
 dent of The Zweig Fund, Inc. since 1987 and Vice President of The Zweig Total
 Return Fund, Inc. since its inception in 1988.
 
 Mr. Katzen is a Vice President of the Portfolio Manager and has held senior
 positions with affiliates of the Portfolio Manager for more than five years.
 Mr. Katzen is a Senior Vice President of The Zweig Series Trust mutual fund
 and has been the portfolio manager of its Zweig Strategy Fund and Zweig Ap-
 preciation Fund since their inceptions.
 
 Mr. Neel joined the Portfolio Manager in June 1995. Mr Neel is a First Vice
 President of The Zweig Series Trust mutual fund and has been the portfolio
 manager for its Zweig Managed Assets and Government Securities Series since
 July 1995. Prior to joining the Portfolio Manager, Mr. Neel was a Vice Presi-
 dent with J.P. Morgan & Co., Inc.
 
 Pursuant to the Portfolio Management Agreement, the Manager (and not the
 Trust) pays Zweig Advisors Inc. a monthly fee equal to an annual rate of
 0.50% of the average daily net assets of the Multiple Allocation Series and
 0.50% of the average daily net assets of the Strategic Equity Series.
 
T. ROWE PRICE ASSOCIATES, INC.
 The Portfolio Manager to the Fully Managed Series is T. Rowe Price Associ-
 ates, Inc. ("T. Rowe Price"), located at 100 East Pratt St., Baltimore, MD
 21202. T. Rowe Price was founded in 1937 by the late Thomas Rowe Price, Jr.
 As of December 31, 1996, the firm and its affiliates managed over $99.4 bil-
 lion in assets.
 
 With respect to its investment management of the Fully Managed Series, the
 Portfolio Manager has an Investment Advisory Committee composed of the fol-
 lowing members: Richard P. Howard, Chairman; Arthur B. Cecil, III; Charles A.
 Morris; David L. Rea; George A. Roche; and Richard T. Whitney. The Committee
 Chairman has day-to-day responsibility for managing the Fully Managed Series
 and works with the Committee in developing and executing the Fully Managed
 Series' investment program. Mr. Howard has been Chairman of the Committee
 since 1989. He joined T. Rowe Price in 1982 and has been managing investments
 since 1989.
 
 From the Fully Managed Series' commencement of operations through December
 31, 1994, Weiss, Peck & Greer Advisers, Inc. served as Portfolio Manager.
 
 Pursuant to a Portfolio Management Agreement, the Manager (and not the Trust)
 pays T. Rowe Price a monthly fee equal to an annual rate of 0.50% of the av-
 erage daily net assets of the Fully Managed Series.
 
PUTNAM INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT, INC.
 The Portfolio Manager to the Emerging Markets Series and Managed Global Se-
 ries is Putnam Investment Management, Inc. ("Putnam"), located at One Post
 Office Square, Boston, Massachusetts 02109 has been managing mutual funds
 since 1937. Putnam is wholly owned by Putnam Investments, Inc., which is in
 turn wholly owned by Marsh & McLennan Companies, Inc., a publicly traded com-
 pany. As of December 31, 1996, Putnam and its affiliates managed approxi-
 mately $173 billion of assets.
 
 The Managed Global Series is managed by Robert Swift and C. Kim Goodwin. Mr.
 Swift is Senior Vice President and has been employed as an investment profes-
 sional at Putnam since August, 1995. Prior to August, 1995, Mr. Swift was Far
 East Team Leader and Portfolio Manager at IAI International/Hill Samuel In-
 vestment Advisors. Ms. Goodwin is Senior Vice President of Putnam and has
 been employed as an investment professional at Putnam since May, 1996. From
 February, 1993 to May, 1996, Ms. Goodwin was Vice President at Prudential Mu-
 tual Fund Investment Management. From June, 1990 to February, 1993, Ms.
 Goodwin was an Assistant Vice President at Mellon Bank Corp.
 
 The Emerging Markets Series is managed by Thomas Haslett and J. Peter Grant.
 Mr. Haslett is Managing Director and Chief Investment Offi-
 
                                      35
<PAGE>
 
 MANAGEMENT OF THE TRUST (CONTINUED)
 
 cer, Emerging Markets Equity, and has been employed as an investment profes-
 sional at Putnam since December, 1996. Prior to December, 1996, Mr. Haslett
 was Managing Director and Senior Portfolio Manager at Montgomery Asset Man-
 agement. Mr. Grant is Senior Vice President and has been an investment pro-
 fessional at Putnam since 1973.
 
 Pursuant to the Portfolio Management Agreement, the Manager (and not the
 Trust) pays Putnam a monthly fee equal to an annual rate of 1.00% of the
 first $150 million, 0.95% of the next $150 million and 0.85% of over $300
 million of average daily net assets of the Emerging Markets Series; and 0.70%
 of the first $300 million and 0.60% over $300 million of average daily net
 assets of the Managed Global Series.
 
 Putnam assumed portfolio management of the Emerging Markets Series and Man-
 aged Global Series on March 3, 1997. From the Emerging Markets Series' com-
 mencement of operations on October 4, 1993 to March 3, 1997, Bankers Trust
 Company served as the Emerging Markets Series' portfolio manager. Warburg,
 Pincus Counsellors, Inc. served as portfolio manager of the Managed Global
 Series or its predecessor, the Managed Global Account of Separate Account D
 of Golden American Life Insurance Company, from July 1, 1994 until March 3,
 1997. Prior to that, a different firm served as portfolio manager.
 
VAN ECK ASSOCIATES CORPORATION
 The Portfolio Manager to the Hard Assets Series is Van Eck Associates Corpo-
 ration ("Van Eck"), located at 99 Park Avenue, New York, New York 10016. Van
 Eck acts as investment adviser to ten other mutual funds and portfolios of
 pension plans with similar investment objectives to the Hard Assets Series.
 In addition, the Portfolio Manager acts as an adviser to nine other mutual
 funds with investment objectives different from the Hard Assets Series. John
 C. van Eck and members of his family own 100% of the stock of Van Eck.
 
 Henry J. Bingham, Executive Managing Director of Van Eck in conjunction with
 Derek van Eck and other members of Van Eck's Hard Assets group, is primarily
 responsible for the day-to-day management of the Hard Assets Series. Mr.
 Bingham has served in that capacity since the Series' commencement of opera-
 tions. Over the past five years, Mr. Bingham has served as an officer and
 portfolio manager for mutual funds for which Van Eck Associates Corporation
 serves as investment adviser or sub-investment adviser.
 
 Mr. Derek van Eck is Director of Global Investments and Executive Vice Presi-
 dent of Van Eck since 1993 and an officer of other mutual funds advised by
 Van Eck since 1988. During 1991-93, Mr. van Eck completed MBA course require-
 ments. He has been serving in his current capacity with the Series since July
 1995.
 
 Total aggregate assets under management of Van Eck Associates Corporation as
 of December 31, 1996 were approximately $1.6 billion.
 
 Pursuant to the Portfolio Management Agreement, the Manager (and not the
 Trust) pays Van Eck Associates Corporation a monthly fee equal to an annual
 rate of 0.50% of the average daily net assets of the Hard Assets Series.
 
PILGRIM BAXTER & ASSOCIATES, LTD.
 The Portfolio Manager of the All-Growth Series is Pilgrim Baxter & Associ-
 ates, Ltd. ("Pilgrim Baxter"), located at 1255 Drummers Lane, Suite 300,
 Wayne, Pennsylvania 19807. Pilgrim Baxter, a Delaware corporation, was
 founded in 1982 and is a wholly owned subsidiary of United Asset Management
 Corporation, a publicly traded company. Pilgrim Baxter is a professional in-
 vestment management firm which provides advisory services to pension and
 profit sharing plans, charitable institutions, corporations, individual in-
 vestors, trust and estates, and other investment companies. As of Decem-
 ber 31, 1996, Pilgrim Baxter managed approximately $14.7 billion of assets,
 including approximately $10 billion of investment company assets.
 
 Bruce J. Muzina is responsible for management of the All-Growth Series. Mr.
 Muzina has been an investment professional with Pilgrim Baxter since 1985.
 
 Pursuant to a Portfolio Management Agreement, the Manager (and not the Trust)
 pays Pilgrim Baxter a monthly fee equal to an annual rate of 0.55% of the av-
 erage daily net assets of the All-Growth Series.
 
 Pilgrim Baxter assumed portfolio management of the All-Growth Series on Feb-
 ruary 3, 1997. From the Trust's commencement of operations through June 30,
 1994, a different firm served as Portfolio Manager for the All-Growth Series.
 Warburg, Pincus Counsellors, Inc. assumed management of the Series on July 1,
 1994 until February 3, 1997.
 
                                      36
<PAGE>
 
 MANAGEMENT OF THE TRUST (CONTINUED)
 
 
CHANCELLOR LGT ASSET MANAGEMENT, INC.
 The Portfolio Manager to the Capital Appreciation Series is Chancellor LGT
 Asset Management, Inc. ("Chancellor LGT"), located at 1166 Avenue of the
 Americas, New York, New York 10036.
 
 The Portfolio Manager is a wholly owned subsidiary of Liechtenstein Global
 Trust, AG ("LGT"). Prior to October 31, 1996, the Series was managed by Chan-
 cellor LGT's predecessor, Chancellor Trust Company ("Chancellor").
 
 LGT and its worldwide affiliates provide global asset management and private
 banking products, and as of December 31, 1996 were entrusted with approxi-
 mately $84 billion in institutional and individual client assets. LGT is con-
 trolled by the Prince of Liechtenstein Foundation, which serves as the parent
 organization for various business enterprises of the Princely Family of
 Liechtenstein.
 
 The individuals responsible for the management of the Capital Appreciation
 Series, since May 1, 1992 (the commencement of Chancellor LGT's and its pred-
 ecessors' management of the Series), are Warren Shaw and Ted Ujazdowski. Mr.
 Shaw, Chief Executive Officer and Chief Investment Officer of Chancellor LGT
 since 1994, previously served as President since 1994 and Managing Director
 since 1988. Mr. Ujazdowski has served as Managing Director of Chancellor LGT
 since 1989.
 
 Prior to July 27, 1993, Chancellor Capital Management, Inc. served as Portfo-
 lio Manager to the Capital Appreciation Series. Chancellor became the Portfo-
 lio Manager on July 27, 1993 pursuant to an assignment agreement. This as-
 signment did not result in any change in the personnel managing the assets of
 the Capital Appreciation Series.
 
 Pursuant to the Portfolio Management Agreement, the Manager (and not the
 Trust) pays Chancellor LGT a monthly fee equal to an annual rate of 0.50% of
 the average daily net assets of the Capital Appreciation Series.
 
KAYNE, ANDERSON INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT, L.P.
 The Portfolio Manager to the Rising Dividends Series is Kayne, Anderson In-
 vestment Manage ment, L.P. ("Kayne, Anderson"), located at 1800 Avenue of the
 Stars, Suite 200, Los Angeles, California 90067. The Portfolio Manager is a
 registered investment adviser organized on June 29, 1994 as a California lim-
 ited partnership succeeding to the investment advisory business of Kayne, An-
 derson Investment Management, Inc. which was founded in 1984 by Richard A.
 Kayne and John E. Anderson.
 
 Kayne, Anderson is in the business of furnishing investment advice to insti-
 tutional and private clients. The General Partner is KAIM Traditional LLC.
 Messrs. Kayne, Anderson and Allan M. Rudnick in the aggregate own in excess
 of 80% of the LLC. As of December 31, 1995, Kayne, Anderson managed portfo-
 lios which, in the aggregate, amounted to approximately $2.1 billion.
 
 Allan M. Rudnick, Senior Vice President and Chief Investment Officer of
 Kayne, Anderson since August, 1989 is the Senior Portfolio Manager responsi-
 ble for the management of the Rising Dividends Series. Prior to August, 1989,
 Mr. Rudnick was President of Pilgrim Asset Management and Chief Investment
 Officer of the Pilgrim Group of Mutual Funds.
 
 Prior to January 1, 1995, Kayne, Anderson Investment Management, Inc. served
 as Portfolio Manager to the Rising Dividends Series. Kayne, Anderson became
 the Portfolio Manager on January 1, 1995 pursuant to a substitution agree-
 ment. This substitution agreement did not result in any change in the person-
 nel managing the assets of the Rising Dividends Series.
 
 Pursuant to the Portfolio Management Agreement, the Manager (and not the
 Trust) pays Kayne, Anderson a monthly fee equal to an annual rate of 0.50% of
 the average daily net assets of the Rising Dividends Series.
 
EAGLE ASSET MANAGEMENT, INC.
 The Portfolio Manager to the Value Equity Series is Eagle Asset Management,
 Inc. ("Eagle"), located at 880 Carillon Parkway, St. Petersburg, Florida
 33716. The Portfolio Manager is a registered investment adviser organized on
 February 8, 1984 as a Florida corporation.
 
 The individual responsible for the day-to-day operation of the Series' in-
 vestments since September 1, 1996 is Michael J. Chren. Until assuming respon-
 sibilities for the Series, Mr. Chren was Co-Portfolio Manager of Eagle's Eq-
 uity Income Division since January, 1996 and was a research analyst for Eagle
 since 1994. Prior to joining Eagle, Mr. Chren served as an investment analyst
 since 1986: with Bear, Stearns in 1993, with Raymond James & Associates, Inc.
 from 1991 to 1992, and with Junction Advisors, Inc. from 1989 to 1990.
 
                                      37
<PAGE>
 
 MANAGEMENT OF THE TRUST (CONTINUED)
 
 
 Eagle is in the business of managing institutional clients and individual ac-
 counts on a discretionary basis. Eagle is a wholly owned subsidiary of Ray-
 mond James Financial, Inc., a publicly traded company whose shares are listed
 on the New York Stock Exchange. Thomas A. James is the principal shareholder
 of Raymond James Financial, Inc.
 
 Pursuant to a Portfolio Management Agreement, the Manager (and not the Trust)
 pays Eagle a monthly fee equal to an annual rate of 0.50% of the average
 daily net assets of the Value Equity Series.
 
E.I.I. REALTY SECURITIES, INC.
 The Portfolio Manager to the Real Estate Series is E.I.I. Realty Securities,
 Inc., located at 667 Madison Avenue, 16th Floor, New York, NY 10021.
 
 The Portfolio Manager is a professional investment adviser which, with its
 affiliates, has provided services to employee benefit plans, corporations,
 and high net worth individuals, both foreign and domestic, since 1983. As of
 December 31, 1996, the Portfolio Manager and/or its affiliates had investment
 management authority with respect to approximately $965 million of real es-
 tate securities assets. The Portfolio Manager is a wholly owned subsidiary of
 European Investors Incorporated.
 
 Richard J. Adler, Managing Director, and Cydney C. Donnell, Managing Director
 of the Portfolio Manager, are the individuals primarily responsible for the
 day-to-day operation of the Series. For the past ten years, they have been
 portfolio managers or real estate securities analysts for the Portfolio Man-
 ager and its affiliates.
 
 From the Trust's commencement of operations through December 20, 1991, Cohen
 & Steers Capital Management, Inc. served as Portfolio Manager for the Real
 Estate Series. Chancellor Trust Company and its affiliate, Chancellor Capital
 Management, Inc., assumed management of the Series from December 21, 1991 to
 December 31, 1994.
 
 Pursuant to a Portfolio Management Agreement, the Manager (and not the Trust)
 pays the Portfolio Manager a monthly fee equal to an annual rate of 0.50% of
 the average daily net assets of the Real Estate Series.
 
FRED ALGER MANAGEMENT, INC.
 The Portfolio Manager to the Small Cap Series is Fred Alger Management, Inc.,
 located at 75 Maiden Lane, New York, NY 10038. The Portfolio Manager has been
 in the business of providing investment advisory services since 1964 and, as
 of March 31, 1997, had approximately $6.4 billion under management, $4.9 bil-
 lion in mutual fund accounts and $1.5 billion in other advisory accounts. The
 Portfolio Manager is owned by Fred Alger & Company, Incorporated ("Alger
 Inc."), which in turn is owned by Alger Associates, Inc., a financial serv-
 ices holding company. Fred M. Alger III and his brother, David D. Alger, are
 the majority shareholders of Alger Associates, Inc. and may be deemed to con-
 trol that company and its subsidiaries.
 
 David D. Alger, President of the Portfolio Manager, is primarily responsible
 for the day-to-day management of the Series. He has been employed by the
 Portfolio Manager as Executive Vice President and Director of Research since
 1971 and as President since 1995 and he serves as portfolio manager for other
 mutual funds and investment accounts managed by the Portfolio Manager. Also
 participating in the management of the Series are Ronald Tartaro and Seilai
 Khoo. Mr. Tartaro has been employed by the Portfolio Manager since 1990 and
 he serves as a senior research analyst. Prior to 1990, he was a member of the
 technical staff at AT&T Bell Laboratories. Ms. Khoo has been employed by the
 Portfolio Manager since 1989 and she serves as a senior research analyst.
 
 Pursuant to a Portfolio Management Agreement, the Manager (and not the Trust)
 pays the Portfolio Manager a monthly fee equal to an annual rate of 0.50% of
 the average daily net assets of the Small Cap Series.
 
EQUITABLE INVESTMENT SERVICES, INC.
 The Portfolio Manager of the Limited Maturity Bond Series and the Liquid As-
 set Series is Equitable Investment Services, Inc., located at 699 Walnut
 Street, Des Moines, Iowa 50309. The Portfolio Manager is an Iowa corporation
 which was incorporated in 1969 and is engaged in the business of providing
 investment advice to affiliated insurance companies possessing portfolios
 which, as of March 31, 1997, were valued at $10 billion. The Portfolio Man-
 ager is a wholly owned subsidiary of Equitable of Iowa and is affiliated with
 DSI. The Portfolio Manager is also the adviser to the Equi-Select Series
 Trust, a registered investment company that serves as the investment vehicle
 to variable annuity contracts issued by Equitable Life Insurance Company of
 Iowa.
 
                                      38
<PAGE>
 
 MANAGEMENT OF THE TRUST (CONTINUED)
 
 
 Robert F. Bowman has served as the senior portfolio manager responsible for
 the day-to-day management of the Limited Maturity Bond Series since August,
 1996. Mr. Bowman has been employed by the Portfolio Manager as a Managing Di-
 rector since 1986. He joined the Portfolio Manager as Executive Vice Presi-
 dent in 1986, and has over 18 years of direct investment experience.
 
 Under the Portfolio Management Agreement, the Manager (and not the Trust)
 pays Equitable Investment Services, Inc. a fee, payable monthly, based on the
 average daily net assets of the Limited Maturity Bond Series at the following
 annual rates of the average daily net assets of the Series: 0.30% of the
 first $25 million; 0.25% of the next $50 million; 0.20% of the next $75 mil-
 lion; and 0.15% of the amount over $150 million, subject to a minimum annual
 fee of $35,000 (payable at the end of each calendar year). The Manager (and
 not the Trust) pays Equitable Investment Services, Inc. a fee, payable month-
 ly, based on the average daily net assets of the Liquid Asset Series at the
 following annual rates of the average daily net assets of the Series: 0.20%
 of the first $25 million; 0.15% of the next $50 million; and 0.10% of the
 amount over $75 million, subject to a minimum annual fee of $35,000 (payable
 at the end of each calendar year).
 
 From the Trust's commencement of operations through April 30, 1992, Neuberger
 & Berman Management Incorporated served as portfolio manager to the Limited
 Maturity Bond Series and Liquid Asset Series. Bankers Trust Company served as
 portfolio manager from May 1, 1992 to August 13, 1996.
 
OTHER EXPENSES
The expenses of the ordinary operations of the Series are borne by the Manager
pursuant to the Management Agreement. The Trust bears the expenses of taxes
(if any) paid by a Series, the fees and expenses of its independent trustees,
any extraordinary expenses, such as any litigation or indemnification ex-
penses, as well as other expenses as described under "The Manager." Any such
Trust expenses directly attributable to a Series are charged to that Series;
other expenses are allocated among all the Series. For the Trust's fiscal year
ended December 31, 1996, total Series expenses as a percentage of net assets
were as follows: Multiple Allocation Series -- 1.00%; Fully Managed Series --
1.00%; Limited Maturity Bond Series -- 0.61%; Hard Assets Series --1.00%; Real
Estate Series -- 1.00%; All-Growth Series -- 1.00%; Capital Appreciation Se-
ries -- 1.00%; Rising Dividends Series --1.00%; Value Equity Series -- 1.00%;
Strategic Equity Series -- 1.00%; Emerging Markets Series -- 1.55%; Managed
Global Series -- 1.25%; Small Cap Series -- 0.99% and Liquid Asset Series --
0.61%.
 
DISTRIBUTOR
Directed Services, Inc. acts as distributor ("Distributor") of shares of the
Series, in addition to serving as Manager for the Trust. The Distributor's ad-
dress is 1001 Jefferson Street, Wilmington, Delaware 19801. The Distributor is
a registered broker-dealer and a member of the National Association of Securi-
ties Dealers and acts as Distributor without remuneration from the Trust.
 
CUSTODIAN AND OTHER SERVICE PROVIDERS
The Custodian for the Series is Bankers Trust Company. First Data Investors
Services Group of First Data Corporation, formerly The Shareholder Services
Group, Inc., provides certain administrative and portfolio accounting services
for all Series.
 
 DESCRIPTION OF SECURITIES AND INVESTMENT TECHNIQUES
 
The following discussion describes potential risks associated with different
types of securities and investment techniques used by the individual Series,
as described in "Investment Objectives and Policies."
 
For more detailed information on these investment techniques, as well as in-
formation on some types of securities in which some or all of the Series may
invest, including information on U.S. Government securities, debt securities
generally, variable and floating rate securities, reverse repurchase agree-
ments, lending portfolio securities, warrants, other investment companies, and
short sales, including short sales against the box, see the Statement of Addi-
tional Information.
 
MORTGAGE-BACKED SECURITIES
All Series may invest in mortgage-backed securities.
 
MORTGAGE PASS-THROUGH SECURITIES
 Many mortgage-backed securities are mortgage pass-through securities, which
 are securities representing interests in "pools" of mortgages in which pay-
 ments of both interest and principal on the securities are made periodically,
 in effect "passing through" periodic payments made by the individual borrow-
 ers on the residential mort-
 
                                      39
<PAGE>
 
 DESCRIPTION OF SECURITIES AND INVESTMENT TECHNIQUES (CONTINUED)
 
 gage loans which underlie the securities (net of fees paid to the issuer or
 guarantor of the securities and possibly others). Such instruments differ
 from typical bonds because principal is repaid monthly over the term of the
 loan rather than returned in a lump sum at maturity. Timely payment of prin-
 cipal and interest on some mortgage pass-through securities may be guaranteed
 by the full faith and credit of the U.S. Government, as in the case of secu-
 rities guaranteed by the Government National Mortgage Association, or "GNMA,"
 or guaranteed by agencies or instrumentalities of the U.S. Government, as in
 the case of securities guaranteed by the Federal National Mortgage Associa-
 tion ("FNMA") or the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation ("FHLMC"), which
 are supported only by the discretionary authority of the U.S. Government to
 purchase the agency's obligations and not by the full faith and credit of the
 U.S. Government. For more information on GNMA certificates and FNMA and FHLMC
 mortgage-backed obligations, see "Mortgage-Backed Securities" in the State-
 ment of Additional Information.
 
OTHER MORTGAGE-BACKED SECURITIES
 All Series other than the Liquid Asset, Capital Appreciation, Rising Divi-
 dends, and Emerging Markets Series may purchase mortgage-backed securities
 issued by financial institutions such as commercial banks, savings and loan
 associations, mortgage banks, and securities broker-dealers (or affiliates of
 such institutions established to issue these securities) in the form of ei-
 ther collateralized mortgage obligations ("CMOs") or mortgage-backed bonds.
 CMOs are obligations fully collateralized directly or indirectly by a pool of
 mortgages on which payments of principal and interest are dedicated to pay-
 ment of principal and interest on the CMOs. Payments are passed through to
 the holders, although not necessarily on a pro rata basis, on the same sched-
 ule as they are received. Mortgage-backed bonds are general obligations of
 the issuer fully collateralized directly or indirectly by a pool of mort-
 gages. The mortgages serve as collateral for the issuer's payment obligations
 on the bonds but interest and principal payments on the mortgages are not
 passed through either directly (as with GNMA certificates and FNMA and FHLMC
 pass-through securities) or on a modified basis (as with CMOs). Accordingly,
 a change in the rate of prepayments on the pool of mortgages could change the
 effective maturity of a CMO but not that of a mortgage-backed bond (although,
 like many bonds, mortgage-backed bonds can provide that they are callable by
 the issuer prior to maturity). Although the mortgage-related securities se-
 curing these obligations may be subject to a government guarantee or third-
 party support, the obligation itself is not so guaranteed. Therefore, if the
 collateral securing the obligation is insufficient to make payment on the ob-
 ligation, a holder could sustain a loss.
 
RISKS OF MORTGAGE-BACKED SECURITIES
 Although mortgage loans constituting a pool of mortgages, such as those un-
 derlying GNMA certificates, may have maturities of up to 30 years, the actual
 average life of a mortgage-backed security typically will be substantially
 less because the mortgages will be subject to normal principal amortization
 and may be prepaid prior to maturity. In the case of mortgage pass-through
 securities such as GNMA certificates or FNMA and FHLMC mortgage-backed obli-
 gations, or modified pass-through securities such as collateralized mortgage
 obligations issued by various financial institutions, early repayment of
 principal arising from prepayments of principal on the underlying mortgage
 loans due to the sale of the underlying property, the refinancing of the
 loan, or foreclosure may expose a Series to a lower rate of return upon rein-
 vestment of the principal. Prepayment rates vary widely and may be affected
 by changes in market interest rates. In periods of falling interest rates,
 the rate of prepayment tends to increase, thereby shortening the actual aver-
 age life of the mortgage-backed security.
 
 Conversely, when interest rates are rising, the rate of prepayment tends to
 decrease, thereby lengthening the actual average life of the mortgage-backed
 security. Accordingly, it is not possible to accurately predict the average
 life of a particular pool. Reinvestment of prepayments may occur at higher or
 lower rates than the original yield on the certificates. Therefore, the ac-
 tual maturity and realized yield on pass-through or modified pass-through
 mortgage-backed securities will vary based upon the prepayment experience of
 the underlying pool of mortgages.
 
 With respect to GNMA certificates, although GNMA guarantees timely payment
 even if homeowners delay or default, tracking the "pass-through" payments
 may, at times, be difficult. Expected payments may be delayed due to the de-
 lays in registering the newly traded paper securities. The custodian's poli-
 cies for crediting missed payments while errant receipts are tracked down may
 vary. Other mortgage-backed securities such as those of FHLMC and FNMA
 
                                      40
<PAGE>
 
 DESCRIPTION OF SECURITIES AND INVESTMENT TECHNIQUES (CONTINUED)
 
 trade in book-entry form and are not subject to this risk of delays in timely
 payment of income.
 
OTHER ASSET-BACKED SECURITIES
Any Series other than the Liquid Asset, Capital Appreciation, Rising Divi-
dends, and Emerging Markets Series may purchase other asset-backed securities
(unrelated to mortgage loans) such as "CARSSM" ("Certificates for Automobile
Receivables") and Credit Card Receivable Securities and any other asset-backed
securities that may be developed in the future. See the Statement of Addi-
tional Information for a description of these instruments.
 
HIGH YIELD BONDS
The Real Estate Series may invest up to 20% of its assets in high yield con-
vertible bonds and the Fully Managed Series and Emerging Markets Series may
invest up to 5% and 10% of their assets, respectively, in high yield bonds.
Generally, high yield/high risk debt securities are those rated lower than Baa
or BBB, or, if not rated by Moody's or Standard & Poor's, of equivalent qual-
ity and which are commonly referred to as "junk bonds." Investment in such se-
curities generally provides greater income and increased opportunity for capi-
tal appreciation than investments in higher quality debt securities, but they
also typically entail greater potential price volatility and principal and in-
come risk.
 
In general, high yield bonds are not considered to be investment grade. They
are regarded as predominately speculative with respect to the issuing
company's continuing ability to meet principal and interest payments. The
prices of high yield bonds have been found to be less sensitive to interest
rate changes than higher-rated investments, but more sensitive to adverse eco-
nomic downturns or individual corporate developments. A projection of an eco-
nomic downturn or of a period of rising interest rates, for example, could
cause a decline in high yield bond prices. In the case of high yield bonds
structured as zero-coupon or pay-in-kind securities, their market prices are
affected to a greater extent by interest rate changes, and therefore tend to
be more volatile than securities which pay interest periodically and in cash.
 
The secondary market on which high yield bonds are traded is generally less
liquid than the market for higher grade bonds. Less liquidity in the secondary
trading market could adversely affect the price at which a Series could sell a
high yield bond, and could adversely affect the daily net asset value of the
Series' shares. At times of less liquidity, it may be more difficult to value
the high yield bonds because such valuation may require more research, and el-
ements of judgment may play a greater role in the valuation because there is
less reliable, objective data available.
 
REPURCHASE AGREEMENTS
All Series may enter into repurchase agreements. Repurchase agreements permit
an investor to maintain liquidity and earn income over periods of time as
short as overnight. Repurchase agreements may be characterized as loans col-
lateralized by the underlying securities. In these transactions, a Series pur-
chases securities such as U.S. Treasury obligations or U.S. Government securi-
ties (the "underlying securities") from a broker or bank, which agrees to re-
purchase the underlying securities on a certain date or on demand and at a
fixed price calculated to produce a previously agreed-upon return to the Se-
ries. If the broker or bank were to default on its repurchase obligation and
the underlying securities were sold for a lesser amount, the Series would re-
alize a loss, and may incur disposition costs in connection with liquidating
the collateral. In the event bankruptcy proceedings are commenced with respect
to the seller, realization of the collateral by a Series may be delayed or
limited, and a loss may be incurred if the collateral securing the repurchase
agreement declines in value during the bankruptcy proceedings.
 
A Series may engage in repurchase transactions in accordance with guidelines
approved by the Board of Trustees of the Trust, which include monitoring the
creditworthiness of the parties with which the Series engages in repurchase
transactions, obtaining collateral at least equal in value to the repurchase
obligation, and marking the collateral to market on a daily basis. See the
Statement of Additional Information "Description of Securities and Investment
Techniques" for further information regarding repurchase agreements.
 
RESTRICTED AND ILLIQUID SECURITIES
The Multiple Allocation, Fully Managed, Limited Maturity Bond, Hard Assets,
Real Estate, All-Growth, Capital Appreciation, and Liquid Asset Series may in-
vest up to 10% of their net assets in illiquid securities. The Rising Divi-
dends, Emerging Markets, Value Equity, Strategic Equity, Small Cap and Managed
Global Series may invest up to 15% of their net assets in illiquid securities.
All Series except the Liquid Asset, Capital Appreciation, and Rising Dividends
Series may invest in restricted securities such as private placements. Re-
stricted securities owned by a Series that are deter-
 
                                      41
<PAGE>
 
 DESCRIPTION OF SECURITIES AND INVESTMENT TECHNIQUES (CONTINUED)
 
mined to be illiquid are subject to that Series' illiquidity cap. Restricted
securities may be sold only in privately negotiated transactions, in a public
offering with respect to which a registration statement is in effect under the
Securities Act of 1993, or in a transaction that is exempt from such registra-
tion. Where registration is required, a Series may be obligated to pay all or
part of the registration expenses and a considerable period may elapse between
the time of the decision to sell and the time the Series may be permitted to
sell a security under an effective registration statement. If, during such a
period adverse market conditions were to develop, the Series might obtain a
less favorable price than prevailed when it decided to sell. Restricted secu-
rities may be priced at fair value as determined in good faith by the Series'
Portfolio Manager.
 
SHORT SALES
The Multiple Allocation, Hard Assets, All-Growth, Capital Appreciation, Stra-
tegic Equity, Small Cap and Managed Global Series may make short sales of se-
curities. A short sale is a transaction in which the Series sells a security
it does not own in anticipation of a decline in market price. The Multiple Al-
location Series' Portfolio Manager expects that, even during normal or favora-
ble market conditions, the Series may make short sales in an attempt to main-
tain portfolio flexibility and facilitate the rapid implementation of invest-
ment strategies if the Portfolio Manager believes that the price of a particu-
lar security or group of securities is likely to decline.
 
When a Series makes a short sale, the proceeds it receives are retained by the
broker until the Series replaces the borrowed security. In order to deliver
the security to the buyer, the Series must arrange through a broker to borrow
the security and, in so doing, the Series becomes obligated to replace the se-
curity borrowed at its market price at the time of replacement, whatever that
price may be. The Series may have to pay a premium to borrow the security. The
Series must also pay any dividends or interest payable on the security until
the Series replaces the security.
 
The Series' obligation to replace the security borrowed in connection with the
short sale will be secured by collateral deposited with the broker, consisting
of cash or securities acceptable to the broker. In addition, with respect to
any short sale, other than short sales against the box, the Series will be re-
quired to deposit collateral consisting of cash, cash items, or U.S. Govern-
ment securities in a segregated account with its custodian in an amount such
that the value of the sum of both collateral deposits is at all times equal to
at least 100% of the current market value of the securities sold short. The
deposits do not necessarily limit the Series' potential loss on a short sale,
which may exceed the entire amount of the collateral.
 
The Series may make a short sale only if, at the time the short sale is made
and after giving effect thereto, the market value of all securities sold short
is 25% or less of the value of its net assets. In addition, the Multiple Allo-
cation, Hard Assets, All-Growth, Capital Appreciation, and Strategic Equity
Series may make a short sale only if, at the time the short sale is made and
after giving effect thereto, the market value of securities sold short which
are not listed on a national securities exchange does not exceed 10% of the
Series' net assets. The Multiple Allocation, Hard Assets, All-Growth, Capital
Appreciation, and Strategic Equity Series also will not make short sales of
the securities of any one issuer to the extent of more than 2% of the Series'
net assets, nor will the Series make short sales of more than 2% of the out-
standing securities of one class of any issuer. A Series is not required to
liquidate an existing short sale position solely because a change in market
values has caused one or more of these percentage limitations to be exceeded.
For more information on short sales, see the Statement of Additional Informa-
tion.
 
FOREIGN SECURITIES
The Multiple Allocation, Fully Managed, Hard Assets, All-Growth, Rising Divi-
dends, Emerging Markets, Value Equity, Strategic Equity, Small Cap and Managed
Global Series may invest in equity securities of foreign issuers. The Fully
Managed Series may invest up to 20% of its net assets in such securities. The
All-Growth Series may invest up to 10% of its net assets in such securities.
Under normal circumstances, the Managed Global Series will have a significant
portion of its net assets in such securities, and the Emerging Markets Series
will normally invest at least 65% of its net assets in equity securities of
foreign issuers. The Value Equity Series may invest without limit in equity
securities of foreign issuers; however, it is expected that under ordinary
circumstances, the Series will not invest more than 25% of its assets in for-
eign issuers, measured at the time of investment. The Multiple Allocation,
Fully Managed, Hard Assets, All-Growth, Capital Appreciation, Rising Divi-
dends, Emerging Markets, Value Equity, Strategic Equity, Small Cap and Managed
Global Series may invest in American Depositary Receipts ("ADRs"), Euro-
 
                                      42
<PAGE>
 
 DESCRIPTION OF SECURITIES AND INVESTMENT TECHNIQUES (CONTINUED)
 
pean Depositary Receipts ("EDRs") and Global Depositary Receipts ("GDRs")
(collectively, "Depositary Receipts") which are described below. The Capital
Appreciation Series may invest up to 20% of its total assets in Depositary Re-
ceipts and the Value Equity Series may invest without limit in Depositary Re-
ceipts, although it is expected that under ordinary circumstances, the Series
will not invest more than 25% of its assets in foreign issuers, including De-
positary Receipts. The Multiple Allocation, Limited Maturity Bond, Liquid As-
set, Emerging Markets, Strategic Equity, Small Cap, and Managed Global Series
may invest in foreign government securities that are denominated in U.S. dol-
lars, although the Multiple Allocation, Limited Maturity Bond, Liquid Asset,
Strategic Equity, and Small Cap Series will not purchase foreign government
securities if, as a result, more than 10% of the value of its total assets
would be invested in such securities. The Emerging Markets and Managed Global
Series may also invest in foreign government and corporate debt securities
that are not denominated in U.S. dollars. The Multiple Allocation, Liquid As-
set, Emerging Markets, Strategic Equity, Small Cap and Managed Global Series
may invest in foreign branches of commercial banks and foreign banks. See the
"Banking Industry and Savings Industry Obligations" discussion in the State-
ment of Additional Information for further description of these securities.
 
Each Series is subject to the following guidelines for diversification of for-
eign security investments. If a Series has less than 20% of its assets in for-
eign issuers, then all of such investment may be in issuers located in one
country. If a Series has at least 20% but less than 40% of its assets in for-
eign issuers, then such investment must be allocated to issuers located in at
least two different countries. Similarly, if a Series has at least 40% but
less than 60% of its assets in foreign issuers, such investment must be allo-
cated in at least three different countries. Foreign investments must be allo-
cated to at least four different countries if at least 60% of a Series' assets
is in foreign issuers, and to at least five different countries if at least
80% is in foreign issuers. For purposes of allocating a Series' investments, a
company will be considered located in the country in which it is domiciled, in
which it is primarily traded, from which it derives a significant portion of
its revenues, or in which a significant portion of its goods or services are
produced.
Except for the Hard Assets Series, each Series may have no more than 20% of
its net assets invested in securities of issuers located in any one country,
except that a Series may have an additional 15% of its net assets invested in
securities of issuers located in any one of the following countries: Austra-
lia, Canada, France, Japan, the United Kingdom, or Germany. In addition, the
Hard Assets Series may invest up to 35% of its net assets in securities of is-
suers located in South Africa. A Series' investments in United States issuers
are not subject to the foreign country diversification guidelines.
 
Investments in foreign securities offer potential benefits not available
solely in securities of domestic issuers by offering the opportunity to invest
in foreign issuers that appear to offer growth potential, or in foreign coun-
tries with economic policies or business cycles different from those of the
United States, or to reduce fluctuations in portfolio value by taking advan-
tage of foreign stock markets that may not move in a manner parallel to U.S.
markets. Investments in securities of foreign issuers involve certain risks
not ordinarily associated with investments in securities of domestic issuers.
Such risks include fluctuations in foreign exchange rates, future political
and economic developments, and the possible imposition of exchange controls or
other foreign governmental laws or restrictions. Since each of these Series
may invest in securities denominated or quoted in currencies other than the
U.S. dollar, changes in foreign currency exchange rates will affect the value
of securities in the portfolio and the unrealized appreciation or depreciation
of investments so far as U.S. investors are concerned. In addition, with re-
spect to certain countries, there is the possibility of expropriation of as-
sets, confiscatory taxation, other foreign taxation, political or social in-
stability, or diplomatic developments that could adversely affect investments
in those countries.
 
There may be less publicly available information about a foreign company than
about a U.S. company, and foreign companies may not be subject to accounting,
auditing, and financial reporting standards and requirements comparable to or
as uniform as those of U.S. companies. Foreign securities markets, while grow-
ing in volume, have, for the most part, substantially less volume than U.S.
markets. Securities of many foreign companies are less liquid and their prices
more volatile than securities of comparable U.S. companies. Transactional
costs in non-U.S. securities markets are generally higher
 
                                      43
<PAGE>
 
 DESCRIPTION OF SECURITIES AND INVESTMENT TECHNIQUES (CONTINUED)
 
than in U.S. securities markets. There is generally less government supervi-
sion and regulation of exchanges, brokers, and issuers than there is in the
United States. A Series might have greater difficulty taking appropriate legal
action with respect to foreign investments in non-U.S. courts than with re-
spect to domestic issuers in U.S. courts. In addition, transactions in foreign
securities may involve greater time from the trade date until settlement than
domestic securities transactions and involve the risk of possible losses
through the holding of securities by custodians and securities depositories in
foreign countries.
 
The Emerging Markets Series may invest in debt obligations ("sovereign debt")
of governmental issuers in emerging market countries and industrialized coun-
tries. The sovereign debt issued or guaranteed by certain emerging market gov-
ernmental entities and corporate issuers in which the Series may invest poten-
tially involves a high degree of risk and may be deemed the equivalent in
terms of quality to high risk, low rated securities (i.e., high yield bonds)
and subject to many of the same risks as such securities. Similarly, the Se-
ries may have difficulty disposing of certain of these debt obligations be-
cause there may be a thin trading market for such securities. In the event a
governmental issuer defaults on its obligations, the Series may have limited
legal recourse against the issuer or guarantor, if any. Remedies must, in some
cases, be pursued in the courts of the defaulting party itself, and the abil-
ity of the holder of foreign government debt securities to obtain recourse may
be subject to the political climate in the relevant country. The issuers of
the government debt securities in which the Series may invest have in the past
experienced substantial difficulties in servicing their external debt obliga-
tions, which has led to defaults on certain obligations and the restructuring
of certain indebtedness. See "Description of Securities and Investment Tech-
niques -- High Yield Bonds" in this Prospectus and "Debt Securities -- Sover-
eign Debt" in the Statement of Additional Information.
 
Dividend and interest income from foreign securities may generally be subject
to withholding taxes by the country in which the issuer is located and may not
be recoverable by a Series or its investors.
 
ADRs are Depositary Receipts typically issued by a U.S. bank or trust company
which evidence ownership of underlying securities issued by a foreign corpora-
tion. EDRs and GDRs are typically issued by foreign banks or trust companies,
although they also may be issued by U.S. banks or trust companies, and evi-
dence ownership of underlying securities issued by either a foreign or U.S.
corporation. Generally, Depositary Receipts in registered form are designed
for use in the U.S. securities market and Depositary Receipts in bearer form
are designed for use in securities markets outside the United States. Deposi-
tary Receipts may not necessarily be denominated in the same currency as the
underlying securities into which they may be converted. In addition, the is-
suers of the securities underlying unsponsored Depositary Receipts are not ob-
ligated to disclose material information in the United States and, therefore,
there may be less information available regarding such issuers and there may
not be a correlation between such information and the market value of the De-
positary Receipts. Depositary Receipts also involve the risks of other invest-
ments in foreign securities.
 
INDEXED SECURITIES AND STRUCTURED NOTES
The Hard Asset Series may invest in indexed securities whose value is linked
to one or more currencies, interest rates, commodities, or financial or com-
modity indices. An indexed security enables the investor to purchase a note
whose coupons and/or principal redemption are linked to the performance of an
underlying asset. Indexed securities may be positively or negatively indexed
(i.e., their value may increase or decrease if the underlying instrument ap-
preciates). Indexed securities may have return characteristics similar to di-
rect investments in the underlying instrument or to one or more options on the
underlying instrument. Indexed securities may be more volatile than the under-
lying instrument itself, and present many of the same risks as investing in
futures and options. Indexed securities are also subject to credit risks asso-
ciated with the issuer of the security with respect to both principal and in-
terest. Only securities linked to one or more non-agricultural commodities or
commodity indices will be considered a Hard Asset security.
 
Indexed securities may be publicly traded or may be two-party contracts (such
two-party agreements are referred to here collectively as structured notes).
When the Series purchases a structured note, a type of derivative, it will
make a payment of principal to the counterparty. Some structured notes have a
guaranteed repayment of principal while others place a portion (or all) of the
principal at risk. The Series will purchase structured notes only from
counterparties rated A or better by S&P, Moody's or another nationally recog-
nized statistical rating organization. The Portfolio Manager will monitor the
liquidity of structured notes under the supervision of the Board of Trustees,
and notes determined to be illiquid will be aggregated with
 
                                      44
<PAGE>
 
 DESCRIPTION OF SECURITIES AND INVESTMENT TECHNIQUES (CONTINUED)
 
other illiquid securities and limited to 15% of the total net assets of the
Series.
 
INVESTMENT IN GOLD AND
OTHER PRECIOUS METALS
The Hard Assets Series may invest up to 10% of its total assets in gold bul-
lion and coins and other precious metals (silver or platinum) bullion and in
futures contracts with respect to such metals. The Multiple Allocation and
Strategic Equity Series may engage in gold futures contracts. (See "Gold
Futures Contracts" in the Statement of Additional Information for further ex-
planation of this investment technique.) The Series may further restrict the
level of their metal investments in order to comply with applicable regulatory
requirements. In order to qualify as a regulated investment company under
Subchapter M of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, each Series in-
tends to manage its metal investments and/or futures contracts on metals so
that less than 10% of the gross income of the Series for tax purposes during
any fiscal year (the current limit on so-called non-qualifying income) is de-
rived from these and other sources that produce such non-qualifying income.
 
Metals will not be purchased in any form that is not readily marketable, and
gold coins will be purchased for their intrinsic value only, i.e., coins will
not be purchased for their numismatic value. Any metals purchased by the Se-
ries will be delivered to and stored with a qualified custodian bank. Metal
investments do not generate interest or dividend income.
 
Metal investments are considered speculative and are affected by various
worldwide economic, financial, and political factors. Prices may fluctuate
sharply over short time periods due to changes in inflation expectations in
various countries, metal sales by central banks of governments or interna-
tional agencies, speculation, changes in industrial and commercial demand, and
governmental prohibitions or restriction on the private ownership of certain
precious metals or minerals. Furthermore, at the present time, there are four
major producers of gold bullion: the Republic of South Africa, the United
States, Canada, and Australia. Political and economic conditions in these
countries will have a direct effect on the mining and distribution of gold
and, consequently, on its price. Many of these risks also may affect the value
of securities of companies engaged in operations respecting gold and other
precious metals.
 
FUTURES CONTRACTS
The Multiple Allocation, Fully Managed, Limited Maturity Bond, Hard Assets,
All-Growth, Capital Appreciation, Emerging Markets, Value Equity, Strategic
Equity, Small Cap and Managed Global Series may engage in futures contracts.
The Multiple Allocation, Limited Maturity Bond, Hard Assets, Emerging Markets,
Value Equity, Strategic Equity, Small Cap and Managed Global Series may pur-
chase and sell interest rate futures contracts. The Limited Maturity Bond,
Emerging Markets, and Value Equity Series may also purchase and write options
on such futures contracts and the Small Cap Series may only purchase options
on such futures contracts. The Multiple Allocation, Fully Managed, Hard As-
sets, All-Growth, Capital Appreciation, Emerging Markets, Value Equity, Stra-
tegic Equity, Small Cap and Managed Global Series may purchase and sell stock
index futures contracts and futures contracts based upon other financial in-
struments, and purchase options on such contracts. In addition, the Managed
Global Series may also write options on such financial futures contracts. The
Multiple Allocation, Hard Assets, and Strategic Equity Series may also engage
in gold and other futures contracts. The Fully Managed Series will not write
options on any futures contracts. For a general description of these futures
contracts and options thereon, including information on margin requirements,
see the Statement of Additional Information.
 
These Series may engage in such futures transactions as an adjunct to their
securities activities. The transactions in futures contracts must constitute
bona fide hedging or other strategies under regulations promulgated by the
Commodities Futures Trading Commission (the "CFTC"), under which a Series en-
gaging in futures transactions would not be a "commodity pool."
 
At the time a Series purchases a futures contract, an amount of cash and/or
securities equal to the fair market value less initial and variation margin of
the futures contract will be deposited in a segregated account with the
Trust's custodian to collateralize the position and thereby ensure that such
futures contract is covered. In addition, each Series will comply with certain
regulations of the CFTC to qualify for an exclusion from being a "commodity
pool," which require a Series to set aside cash and short-term obligations
with respect to long positions in a futures contract or a futures option.
These requirements are described in the Statement of Additional Information.
 
                                      45
<PAGE>
 
 DESCRIPTION OF SECURITIES AND INVESTMENT TECHNIQUES (CONTINUED)
 
 
RISKS ASSOCIATED WITH
FUTURES AND FUTURES OPTIONS
 There are several risks associated with the use of futures and futures op-
 tions. The value of a futures contract may decline. While a Series' transac-
 tions in futures may protect the Series against adverse movements in the gen-
 eral level of interest rates or other economic conditions, such transactions
 could also preclude the Series from the opportunity to benefit from favorable
 movements in the level of interest rates or other economic conditions. With
 respect to transactions for hedging, there can be no guarantee that there
 will be correlation between price movements in the hedging vehicle and in the
 portfolio securities being hedged. An incorrect correlation could result in a
 loss on both the hedged securities in a Series and the hedging vehicle so
 that the Series' return might have been better if hedging had not been at-
 tempted. The degree of imperfection of correlation depends on circumstances
 such as variations in speculative market demand for futures and futures op-
 tions on securities, including technical influences in futures trading and
 futures options, and differences between the financial instruments being
 hedged and the instruments underlying the standard contracts available for
 trading in such respects as interest rate levels, maturities, and creditwor-
 thiness of issuers. A decision as to whether, when, and how to hedge involves
 the exercise of skill and judgment and even a well-conceived hedge may be un-
 successful to some degree because of market behavior or unexpected interest
 rate trends.
 
 There can be no assurance that a liquid market will exist at a time when a
 Series seeks to close out a futures contract or a futures option position.
 Most futures exchanges and boards of trade limit the amount of fluctuation
 permitted in futures contract prices during a single day; once the daily
 limit has been reached on a particular contract, no trades may be made that
 day at a price beyond that limit. In addition, certain of these instruments
 are relatively new and without a significant trading history. As a result,
 there is no assurance that an active secondary market will develop or con-
 tinue to exist. The daily limit governs only price movements during a partic-
 ular trading day and therefore does not limit potential losses because the
 limit may work to prevent the liquidation of unfavorable positions. For exam-
 ple, futures prices have occasionally moved to the daily limit for several
 consecutive trading days with little or no trading, thereby preventing prompt
 liquidation of positions and subjecting some holders of futures contracts to
 substantial losses. Lack of a liquid market for any reason may prevent the
 Series from liquidating an unfavorable position and the Series would remain
 obligated to meet margin requirements and continue to incur losses until the
 position is closed.
 
 Any Series, other than the Emerging Market Series and Managed Global Series,
 will only enter into futures contracts or futures options which are standard-
 ized and traded on a U.S. exchange or board of trade, or, in the case of
 futures options, for which an established over-the-counter market exists. A
 Series will not enter into a futures contract or purchase a futures option if
 immediately thereafter the initial margin deposits for futures contracts held
 by the Series plus premiums paid by it for open futures options positions,
 less the amount by which any such positions are "in-the-money," would exceed
 5% of the Series' total assets.
 
 The Emerging Markets Series may engage in futures contracts and options on
 futures contracts not only on U.S. domestic markets, but also on exchanges
 and other markets outside of the United States. The Managed Global Series
 will only enter into futures contracts of options on futures contracts which
 are standardized and traded on a U.S. or foreign exchange or board of trade,
 or similar entity, or quoted on an automated quotation system, or in the case
 of futures options, for which an established over-the-counter market exists.
 Foreign markets may offer advantages such as trading in indices that are not
 currently traded in the United States. Foreign markets, however, may have
 greater risk potential than domestic markets. Unlike trading on domestic com-
 modity exchanges, trading on foreign commodity markets is not regulated by
 the CFTC and may be subject to greater risk than trading on domestic ex-
 changes. For example, some foreign exchanges are principal markets so that no
 common clearing facility exists and a trader may look only to the broker for
 performance of the contract. Trading in foreign futures or foreign options
 contracts may not be afforded certain of the protective measures provided by
 the Commodity Exchange Act, the CFTC's regulations, and the rules of the Na-
 tional Futures Association and any domestic exchange, including the right to
 use reparations proceedings before the CFTC and arbitration proceedings pro-
 vided by the National Futures Association or any domestic futures exchange.
 Amounts received for foreign futures or foreign options transactions may not
 be provided the same
 
                                      46
<PAGE>
 
 DESCRIPTION OF SECURITIES AND INVESTMENT TECHNIQUES (CONTINUED)
 
 protections as funds received in respect of transactions on United States
 futures exchanges. In addition, the Emerging Markets Series and Managed
 Global Series could incur losses or lose any profits that had been realized
 in trading by adverse changes in the exchange rate of the currency in which
 the transaction is denominated. Transactions on foreign exchanges may include
 both commodities that are traded on domestic exchanges and boards of trade
 and those that are not.
 
 The Trust reserves the right to engage in other types of futures transactions
 in the future and to use futures and related options for other than hedging
 purposes to the extent permitted by regulatory authorities.
 
OPTIONS ON SECURITIES
The following Series may engage in transactions on options on securities: the
Multiple Allocation, the Fully Managed, Limited Maturity Bond, Hard Assets,
Real Estate, All-Growth, Capital Appreciation, Emerging Markets, Value Equity,
Strategic Equity, Small Cap and Managed Global Series. The Multiple Alloca-
tion, Fully Managed, All-Growth, Capital Appreciation, Emerging Markets, Value
Equity, Small Cap and Managed Global Series may purchase and write put and
call options on securities and on stock indexes at such times as the Series'
Portfolio Manager deems appropriate and consistent with the Series' investment
objective. The Hard Assets and Real Estate Series may purchase and write put
and call options on securities. These Series will write call and put options
only if they are covered or secured, and may purchase or sell options to ef-
fect closing transactions. The Strategic Equity Series may buy covered listed
put equity options and sell covered listed call equity options, including op-
tions on stock indices. The Multiple Allocation Series will not purchase
listed put or call options if, immediately after such purchase, the premiums
paid for all such options owned at that time would exceed 2% of the Series'
net assets. The Fully Managed, All-Growth, Capital Appreciation and Value Eq-
uity Series may write covered call or put options with respect to not more
than 25% of its net assets, may purchase protective puts with a value of up to
25% of its net assets, and may purchase calls and puts other than protective
puts with a value of up to 5% of the Series' net assets. The Emerging Markets
Series may engage in options transactions not only on U.S. domestic markets
but also on exchanges and other markets outside the United States. The Managed
Global Series will only purchase and write options that are standardized and
traded on a U.S. or foreign exchange or board of trade, or for which an estab-
lished over-the-counter market exists.
 
The Limited Maturity Bond Series may write covered call options and purchase
put options, and purchase call and write put options to close out options pre-
viously written by the Series. The Series may engage in options transactions
to reduce the effect of price fluctuations of securities owned by the Series
(and involved in the options) on the Series' net asset value per share. This
Series will purchase put options involving portfolio securities only when the
Portfolio Manager believes that a temporary defensive position is desirable in
light of market conditions, but does not desire to sell the portfolio securi-
ty.
 
Any of these Series may enter into closing transactions in order to terminate
its obligations either as a writer or a purchaser of an option prior to the
expiration of the option. For a general description of purchasing and writing
options on securities and securities indexes, see "Options on Securities and
Securities Indexes" in the Statement of Additional Information.
 
RISKS OF OPTIONS TRANSACTIONS
 The purchase and writing of options involves certain risks. During the option
 period, the covered call writer has, in return for the premium on the option,
 given up the opportunity to profit from a price increase in the underlying
 securities above the exercise price, but, as long as its obligation as a
 writer continues, has retained the risk of loss should the price of the un-
 derlying security decline. The writer of an option has no control over the
 time when it may be required to fulfill its obligation as a writer of the op-
 tion. Once an option writer has received an exercise notice, it cannot effect
 a closing purchase transaction in order to terminate its obligation under the
 option and must deliver the underlying securities at the exercise price. If a
 put or call option purchased by the Series is not sold when it has remaining
 value, and if the market price of the underlying security, in the case of a
 put, remains equal to or greater than the exercise price or, in the case of a
 call, remains less than or equal to the exercise price, the Series will lose
 its entire investment in the option. Also, where a put or call option on a
 particular security is purchased to hedge against price movements in a re-
 lated security, the price of the put or call option may move more or less
 than the price of the related security.
 
                                      47
<PAGE>
 
 DESCRIPTION OF SECURITIES AND INVESTMENT TECHNIQUES (CONTINUED)
 
 
 There can be no assurance that a liquid market will exist when a Series seeks
 to close out an option position. Furthermore, if trading restrictions or sus-
 pensions are imposed on the options markets, a Series may be unable to close
 out a position. If a Series cannot effect a closing transaction, it will not
 be able to sell the underlying security while the previously written option
 remains outstanding, even though it might otherwise be advantageous to do so.
 Possible reasons for the absence of a liquid secondary market on a national
 securities exchange could include: insufficient trading interest, restric-
 tions imposed by national securities exchanges, trading halts or suspensions
 with respect to call options or their underlying securities, inadequacy of
 the facilities of national securities exchanges or The Options Clearing Cor-
 poration due to a high trading volume or other event, and a decision by one
 or more national securities exchanges to discontinue the trading of call op-
 tions or to impose restrictions on types of orders.
 
 Since option premiums paid or received by a Series, as compared to underlying
 investments, are small in relation to the market value of such investments,
 buying and selling put and call options offer large amounts of leverage.
 Thus, the leverage offered by trading in options could result in the Series'
 net asset value being more sensitive to changes in the value of the under-
 lying securities.
 
 No Series except the Multiple Allocation Series will write a covered call op-
 tion or purchase a put option if, as a result, the aggregate market value of
 all portfolio securities covering call options or subject to put options ex-
 ceeds 25% of the market value of the Series' net assets. Unless otherwise in-
 dicated above, as in the case of the Emerging Markets and Managed Global Se-
 ries, a Series will enter only into options which are standardized and traded
 on a U.S. exchange or board of trade, or for which an established over-the-
 counter market exists.
 
FOREIGN CURRENCY TRANSACTIONS
The Multiple Allocation, Fully Managed, Hard Assets, Emerging Markets, All-
Growth, Rising Dividends, Value Equity, Strategic Equity, Small Cap and Man-
aged Global Series may enter into forward currency contracts and enter into
currency exchange transactions on a spot (i.e., cash) basis. A forward cur-
rency contract is an obligation to purchase or sell a currency against another
currency at a future date and price as agreed upon by the parties. A Series
may either accept or make delivery of the currency at the maturity of the for-
ward contract or, prior to maturity, enter into a closing transaction involv-
ing the purchase or sale of an offsetting contract. A Series will engage in
forward currency transactions in anticipation of or to protect itself against
fluctuations in currency exchange rates, as further described in the Statement
of Additional Information. None of the Series will commit more than 15% of the
total assets of the Series computed at market value at the time of commitment
to forward contracts for hedging purposes, and none will purchase and sell
foreign currency as an investment.
 
A Series will not enter into a forward contract with a term of greater than
one year. At the maturity of a forward contract, a Series may either sell the
portfolio security and make delivery of the foreign currency, or it may retain
the security and terminate its contractual obligation to deliver the foreign
currency by purchasing an "offsetting" contract with the same currency trader
obligating it to purchase, on the same maturity date, the same amount of the
foreign currency. If the Series retains the portfolio security and engages in
an offsetting transaction, the Series will incur a gain or a loss to the ex-
tent that there has been movement in forward contract prices. For more infor-
mation on closing a forward currency position, including information on asso-
ciated risks, see the Statement of Additional Information.
 
Forward contracts are not traded on regulated commodities exchanges. There can
be no assurance that a liquid market will exist when a Series seeks to close
out a forward currency position, in which case a Series might not be able to
effect a closing purchase transaction at any particular time. In addition, a
Series entering into a forward foreign currency contract incurs the risk of
default by the counter party to the transaction.
 
While forward foreign currency contracts tend to minimize the risk of loss due
to a decline in the value of the hedged currency, at the same time, they tend
to limit any potential gain which might result should the value of such cur-
rency increase.
 
Although the Series values its assets daily in terms of U.S. dollars, it does
not intend physically to convert its holdings of foreign currencies into U.S.
dollars on a daily basis. The Series may do so from time to time, and invest-
ors should be aware of the costs of currency conversion. Although foreign ex-
change dealers do not charge a fee for conversion, they do realize a profit
based on the difference (the "spread") between the prices at which they are
buy-
 
                                      48
<PAGE>
 
 DESCRIPTION OF SECURITIES AND INVESTMENT TECHNIQUES (CONTINUED)
 
ing and selling various currencies. Thus, a dealer may offer to sell a foreign
currency to the Series at one rate, while offering a lesser rate of exchange
should the Series desire to resell that currency to the dealer.
 
OPTIONS ON FOREIGN CURRENCIES
The Multiple Allocation, Hard Assets, Emerging Markets, Value Equity, Strate-
gic Equity, Small Cap and Managed Global Series may engage in transactions in
options on foreign currencies. The Hard Assets Series may invest up to 5% of
its assets, taken at market value at the time of investment, in call and put
options on domestic and foreign securities and foreign currencies. For a de-
scription of options on securities, see "Options on Securities."
 
A Series may purchase call and put options on foreign currencies as a hedge
against changes in the value of the U.S. dollar (or another currency) in rela-
tion to a foreign currency in which portfolio securities of the Series may be
denominated. For a general description and other information on options on
foreign currencies, see "Options on Foreign Currencies" in the Statement of
Additional Information. Hedging against a change in the value of a foreign
currency does not eliminate fluctuations in the prices of portfolio securities
or prevent losses if the prices of such securities decline. Furthermore, such
hedging transactions reduce or preclude the opportunity for gain if the value
of the hedged currency should change relative to the U.S. dollar. A Series
will not speculate in options on foreign currencies. A Series may invest in
options on foreign currency which are either listed on a domestic securities
exchange or traded on a recognized foreign exchange.
 
An option position may be closed out only on an exchange which provides a sec-
ondary market for an option of the same series. Although a Series will pur-
chase only exchange-traded options, there is no assurance that a liquid sec-
ondary market on an exchange will exist for any particular option, or at any
particular time. In the event no liquid secondary market exists, it might not
be possible to effect closing transactions in particular options. If a Series
cannot close out an exchange-traded option which it holds, it would have to
exercise its option in order to realize any profit and would incur transac-
tional costs on the sale of the underlying assets.
 
BORROWING
Each Series may borrow up to 10% of the value of its net assets. For temporary
purposes, such as to facilitate redemptions, a Series may increase its
borrowings up to 25% of its net assets. Leveraging by means of borrowing will
exaggerate the effect of any increase or decrease in the value of portfolio
securities on a Series' net asset value; money borrowed will be subject to in-
terest and other costs (which may include commitment fees and/or the cost of
maintaining minimum average balances), which may or may not exceed the income
received from the securities purchased with borrowed funds. The use of borrow-
ing tends to result in a faster than average movement, up or down, in the net
asset value of the Series' shares. A Series also may be required to maintain
minimum average balances in connection with such borrowing or to pay a commit-
ment or other fee to maintain a line of credit; either of these requirements
would increase the cost of borrowing over the stated interest rate.
 
Reverse repurchase agreements, short sales of securities, and short sales of
securities against the box will be included as borrowing subject to the bor-
rowing limitations described above, except that the Multiple Allocation, Hard
Assets, Strategic Equity, Small Cap and Managed Global Series are permitted to
engage in short sales of securities with respect to an additional 15% of the
Series' net assets in excess of the limits otherwise applicable to borrowing.
Securities purchased on a when-issued or delayed delivery basis will not be
subject to the Series' borrowing limitations to the extent that a Series es-
tablishes and maintains liquid assets in a segregated account with the Trust's
custodian equal to the Series' obligations under the when-issued or delayed
delivery arrangement.
 
The Multiple Allocation, Fully Managed, Limited Maturity Bond, All-Growth,
Capital Appreciation, Strategic Equity, Small Cap, Liquid Asset and Managed
Global Series may, in connection with permissible borrowings, transfer as col-
lateral securities owned by the Series.
 
HARD ASSET SECURITIES
The Hard Assets Series has a fundamental policy of concentrating in Hard Asset
sector industries and up to 50% of the Series' assets may be invested in any
one of the Hard Asset sectors. As a result, the Series may be subject to
greater risks and market fluctuations than other investment companies with
more diversified portfolios. The production and marketing of Hard Assets may
be affected by actions and changes in governments. In addition, Hard Asset
Companies and securities of hard asset companies may be cyclical in nature.
During periods of economic or financial instability, the securities of
 
                                      49
<PAGE>
 
 DESCRIPTION OF SECURITIES AND INVESTMENT TECHNIQUES (CONTINUED)
 
some Hard Asset Companies may be subject to broad price fluctuations, reflect-
ing volatility of energy and basic materials prices and possible instability
of supply of various Hard Assets. In addition, some Hard Asset Companies may
also be subject to the risks generally associated with extraction of natural
resources, such as the risks of mining and oil drilling, and the risks of the
hazards associated with natural resources, such as fire, drought, increased
regulatory and environmental costs, and others. Securities of Hard Asset Com-
panies may also experience greater price fluctuations than the relevant Hard
Asset. In periods of risk Hard Asset prices, such securities may rise at a
faster rate, and, conversely, in time of falling Hard Asset prices, such secu-
rities may suffer a greater price decline.
 
REAL ESTATE SECURITIES
The Real Estate Series will invest not less than 65% of its assets in equity
securities of real estate investment trusts ("REITs") and other companies in
the real estate industry or companies with substantial real estate invest-
ments, and Hard Assets Series may invest up to 50% of its assets in such secu-
rities. Other Series may also invest in such securities. A Series investing in
such real estate securities may be subject to the risks associated with the
direct ownership of real estate because of its policy of concentration in the
securities of companies which own, construct, manage, or sell residential,
commercial, or industrial real estate. These risks include: declines in the
value of real estate, adverse changes in the climate for real estate, risks
related to general and local economic conditions, over-building and increased
competition, increases in property taxes and operating expenses, changes in
zoning laws, casualty or condemnation losses, limitations on rents, changes in
neighborhood values, the appeal of properties to tenants, leveraging of inter-
ests in real estate, and increases in interest rates. The value of securities
of companies which service the real estate industry may also be affected by
such risks.
 
In addition to the risks discussed above, REITs may be affected by any changes
in the value of the underlying property owned by the trusts or by the quality
of any credit extended. REITs are dependent upon management skill, are not di-
versified, and are therefore subject to the risk of financing single or a lim-
ited number of projects. REITs are also subject to heavy cash flow dependency,
defaults by borrowers, self liquidation, and the possibility of failing to
qualify for special tax treatment under Subchapter M of the Internal Revenue
Code of 1986 and to maintain an exemption under the Investment Company Act of
1940. Finally, certain REITs may be self-liquidating in that a specific term
of existence is provided for in the trust document and such REITs run the risk
of liquidating at an economically inopportune time.
 
SWAPS
The Hard Assets Series may invest in swaps. Swap agreements are two-party con-
tracts entered into primarily by institutional investors for periods ranging
from a few weeks to more than one year. In a standard swap transaction, two
parties agree to exchange the returns (or differential in rates of return)
earned or realized on particular predetermined investments or instruments,
which may be adjusted for an interest factor. The gross returns to be ex-
changed or "swapped" between the parties are generally calculated with respect
to a "notional amount," i.e., the return on or increase in value of a particu-
lar dollar amount invested at a particular interest rate, or in a "basket" of
securities representing a particular index.
 
The use of swaps is a highly specialized activity which involved investment
techniques and risks different from those associated with ordinary portfolio
transactions. Whether the Series' use of swap agreements will be successful in
furthering its investment objective will depend on the portfolio manager's
ability to predict correctly whether certain types of investments are likely
to produce greater returns than other investments. Moreover, the Series bears
the risk of loss of the amount expected to be received under a swap agreement
in the event of the default or bankruptcy of a swap agreement counterparty.
Swaps are generally considered illiquid and will be aggregated with other il-
liquid positions for purposes of the limitation on illiquid investments.
 
The swaps market is a relatively new market and is largely unregulated. It is
possible that developments in the swaps market, including potential government
regulation, could adversely affect the Series' ability to terminate existing
swap agreements or to realize amounts to be received under such agreements.
 
 INVESTMENT RESTRICTIONS
 
The Series are subject to investment restrictions that are described in the
Statement of Additional Information. Those investment restrictions so desig-
nated and the investment objective of each Series are "fundamental policies"
of the Series, which means that they may not be changed without a ma-
 
                                      50
<PAGE>
 
 INVESTMENT RESTRICTIONS (CONTINUED)
 
jority vote of the shareholders of the affected Series. Except for those re-
strictions specifically identified as fundamental and each Series' investment
objective, all other investment policies and practices described in this Pro-
spectus and the Statement of Additional Information are not fundamental, mean-
ing that the Board of Trustees may change them without shareholder approval.
The vote of a majority of the outstanding voting securities of a Series means
the vote, at an annual or special meeting, of (a) 67% or more of the voting
securities present at such meeting, if the holders of more than 50% of the
outstanding voting securities of such Series are present or represented by
proxy; or (b) more than 50% of the outstanding voting securities of such Se-
ries, whichever is less.
 
The investment restrictions are stated in full in the Statement of Additional
Information, and a brief description of some of them follows. A Series will
not, with respect to 75% of its assets, invest more than 5% of its assets
(taken at market value at the time of such investment) in securities of any
one issuer, except that this restriction does not apply to U.S. Government se-
curities and does not apply to the Hard Assets and Managed Global Series. A
Series will not, with respect to 75% of its assets, invest more than 10%
(taken at market value at the time of such investment) of any one issuer's
outstanding voting securities, except that this restriction does not apply to
U.S. Government securities and does not apply to the Hard Assets Series. No
Series will concentrate more than 25% of its assets in any particular indus-
try, except that this restriction does not apply to (a) U.S. Government secu-
rities, (b) with respect to the Liquid Asset Series, to securities or obliga-
tions issued by U.S. banks, and (c) with respect to the Real Estate Series,
which will normally invest more than 25% of its total assets in securities of
issuers in the real estate and related industries, or with respect to the Hard
Assets Series, which will normally invest more than 25% of its total assets in
the group of industries engaged in natural resources activities, provided that
such concentration for these two Series is permitted under tax law require-
ments for regulated investment companies that are investment vehicles for
variable contracts.
 
 PURCHASE OF SHARES
 
Shares of the Series may be offered for purchase by separate accounts of in-
surance companies to serve as an investment medium for the Variable Contracts
issued by the insurance companies and to certain qualified pension and retire-
ment plans, as permitted under the federal tax rules relating to the Series
serving as investment mediums for Variable Contracts. Shares of the Series are
sold to insurance company separate accounts funding both variable annuity con-
tracts and variable life insurance contracts and may be sold to insurance com-
panies that are not affiliated. The Trust currently does not foresee any dis-
advantages to Variable Contract Owners or other investors arising from offer-
ing the Trust's shares to separate accounts of unaffiliated insurers, separate
accounts funding both life insurance policies and annuity contracts, or cer-
tain qualified pension and retirement plans; however, due to differences in
tax treatment or other considerations, it is theoretically possible that the
interests of owners of various contracts or pension and retirement plans par-
ticipating in the Trust might at some time be in conflict. However, the Board
of Trustees and insurance companies whose separate accounts invest in the
Trust are required to monitor events in order to identify any material con-
flicts between variable annuity contract owners and variable life policy own-
ers, between separate accounts of unaffiliated insurers, and between various
contract owners and pension and retirement plans. The Board of Trustees will
determine what action, if any, should be taken in the event of such a con-
flict. If such a conflict were to occur, one or more insurance company sepa-
rate accounts might withdraw their investment in the Trust. This might force
the Trust to sell securities at disadvantageous prices.
 
Shares of each Series are sold at their respective net asset values (without a
sales charge) next computed after receipt of a purchase order by an insurance
company whose separate account invests in the Trust.
 
 NET ASSET VALUE
 
A Series' net asset value is determined by dividing the value of each Series'
net assets by the number of its shares outstanding. That determination is made
once each business day, Monday through Friday, at or about 4:00 p.m., New York
City time, on each day that the New York Stock Exchange is open for trading.
The Board of Trustees has established procedures to value each Series' assets
to determine net asset value. In general, these valuations are based on actual
or estimated market value, with special provisions for assets not having read-
ily available market quotations and short-term debt securities. The net asset
values per share of each Series will fluctuate in response to changes in mar-
ket conditions and other factors, except that
 
                                      51
<PAGE>
 
 NET ASSET VALUE (CONTINUED)
 
the net asset value of the shares of the Liquid Asset Series will not fluctu-
ate in response to changes in market conditions for so long as the Series is
using the amortized cost method of valuation.
 
The Liquid Asset Series' portfolio securities are valued using the amortized
cost method of valuation. This involves valuing a security at cost on the date
of acquisition and thereafter assuming a constant accretion of a discount or
amortization of a premium to maturity. See the Statement of Additional Infor-
mation for a description of certain conditions and procedures followed by the
Series in connection with amortized cost valuation.
 
All other Series are valued as follows:
 
Portfolio securities for which market quotations are readily available are
stated at market value. Market value is determined on the basis of last re-
ported sales price, or, if no sales are reported, the mean between representa-
tive bid and asked quotations obtained from a quotation reporting system or
from established market makers. In other cases, securities are valued at their
fair value as determined in good faith by the Board of Trustees, although the
actual calculations will be made by persons acting under the direction of the
Board and subject to the Board's review. Money market instruments are valued
at market value, except that instruments maturing in sixty days or less may be
valued using the amortized cost method of valuation. The value of a foreign
security is determined in its national currency based upon the price on the
foreign exchange as of its close of business immediately preceding the time of
valuation. Securities traded in over-the-counter markets outside the United
States are valued at the last available price in the over-the-counter market
prior to the time of valuation.
 
Debt securities, including those to be purchased under firm commitment agree-
ments (other than obligations having a maturity sixty days or less at their
date of acquisition valued under the amortized cost method), are normally val-
ued on the basis of quotes obtained from brokers and dealers or pricing serv-
ices, which take into account appropriate factors such as institutional-size
trading in similar groups of securities, yield, quality, coupon rate, maturi-
ty, type of issue, trading characteristics, and other market data. Debt obli-
gations having a maturity of sixty days or less may be valued at amortized
cost unless the Portfolio Manager believes that amortized cost does not ap-
proximate market value.
 
When a Series writes a put or call option, the amount of the premium is in-
cluded in the Series' assets and an equal amount is included in its liabili-
ties. The liability thereafter is adjusted to the current market value of the
option. The premium paid for an option purchased by the Series is recorded as
an asset and subsequently adjusted to market value. Futures and options
thereon which are traded on commodities exchanges or boards of trade will be
valued at their closing settlement price on such exchange or board of trade.
Foreign securities quoted in foreign currencies generally are valued at appro-
priately translated foreign market closing prices.
 
Trading in securities on exchanges and over-the-counter markets in European
and Pacific Basin countries is normally completed well before 4:00 p.m., New
York City time. Trading on these exchanges may not take place on all New York
business days and in addition, trading takes place in various foreign markets
on days which are not business days in New York and on which the Trust's net
asset value is not calculated. As a result, the calculation of the net asset
value of a Series investing in foreign securities may not take place contempo-
raneously with the determination of the prices of the securities included in
the calculation. Further, under the Trust's procedures, the prices of foreign
securities are determined using information derived from pricing services and
other sources. Prices derived under these procedures will be used in determin-
ing daily net asset value. Information that becomes known to the Trust or its
agents after the time that the net asset value is calculated on any business
day may be assessed in determining net asset value per share after the time of
receipt of the information, but will not be used to retroactively adjust the
price of the security so determined earlier or on a prior day. Events that may
affect the value of these securities that occur between the time their prices
are determined and the time the Series' net asset value is determined may not
be reflected in the calculation of net asset value of the Series unless the
Manager or the Portfolio Manager, acting under authority delegated by the
Board of Trustees, deems that the particular event would materially affect net
asset value. In this event, the securities would be valued at fair market
value as determined in good faith by the Board of Trustees of the Trust, al-
though the actual calculations will be made by the Manager or the Portfolio
Manager acting under the direction of the Board and subject to the Board's re-
view.
 
 REDEMPTION OF SHARES
 
Shares of any Series may be redeemed on any business day. Redemptions are ef-
fected at the per share net asset value next determined after receipt of the
 
                                      52
<PAGE>
 
 REDEMPTION OF SHARES (CONTINUED)
 
redemption request by an insurance company whose separate account invests in
the Series. Redemption proceeds normally will be paid within seven days fol-
lowing receipt of instructions in proper form. The right of redemption may be
suspended by the Trust or the payment date postponed beyond seven days when
the New York Stock Exchange is closed (other than customary weekend and holi-
day closings) or for any period during which trading thereon is restricted be-
cause an emergency exists, as determined by the SEC, making disposal of port-
folio securities or valuation of net assets not reasonably practicable, and
whenever the SEC has by order permitted such suspension or postponement for
the protection of shareholders.
 
If the Board of Trustees should determine that it would be detrimental to the
best interests of the remaining shareholders of a Series to make payment
wholly or partly in cash, the Series may pay the redemption price in whole or
part by a distribution in kind of securities from the portfolio of the Series,
in lieu of cash, in conformity with applicable rules of the SEC. If shares are
redeemed in kind, the redeeming shareholder might incur brokerage costs in
converting the assets into cash.
 
 EXCHANGES
 
Shares of any one Series may be exchanged for shares of any of the other Se-
ries described in this Prospectus. Exchanges are treated as a redemption of
shares of one Series and a purchase of shares of one or more of the other Se-
ries and are effected at the respective net asset values per share of each Se-
ries on the date of the exchange. The Trust reserves the right to modify or
discontinue its exchange privilege at any time without notice. Variable Con-
tract Owners do not deal directly with the Trust with respect to the purchase,
redemption, or exchange of shares of the Series, and should refer to the pro-
spectus for the applicable Variable Contract for information on allocation of
premiums and on transfers of account value among divisions of the pertinent
insurance company separate account that invest in the Series.
 
The Trust reserves the right to discontinue offering shares of one or more Se-
ries at any time. In the event that a Series ceases offering its shares, any
investments allocated by an insurance company to such Series will be invested
in the Liquid Asset Series or any successor to such Series.
 
 PORTFOLIO TRANSACTIONS
 
 
BROKERAGE SERVICES
Pursuant to the Portfolio Management Agreements, the Portfolio Manager places
orders for the purchase and sale of portfolio investments for the Series' ac-
counts with brokers or dealers selected by the Portfolio Manager in its dis-
cretion. In executing transactions, the Portfolio Manager will attempt to ob-
tain the best execution for a Series, taking into account such factors as
price (including the applicable brokerage commission or dollar spread), size
of order, the nature of the market for the security, the timing of the trans-
action, the reputation, the experience and financial stability of the broker-
dealer involved, the quality of the service, the difficulty of execution, exe-
cution capabilities, and operational facilities of the firms involved, and the
firm's risk in positioning a block of securities. In transactions on stock ex-
changes in the United States, payments of brokerage commissions are negotiat-
ed. In effecting purchases and sales of portfolio securities in transactions
on U.S. stock exchanges for the account of a Series, the Portfolio Manager may
pay higher commission rates than the lowest available when the Portfolio Man-
ager believes it is reasonable to do so in light of the value of the brokerage
and research services provided by the broker effecting the transaction. In the
case of securities traded on some foreign stock exchanges, brokerage commis-
sions may be fixed and the Portfolio Manager may be unable to negotiate com-
mission rates for these transactions. In the case of securities traded on the
over-the-counter markets, there is generally no stated commission, but the
price includes an undisclosed commission or markup.
 
Some securities considered for investment by the Series may also be considered
for other clients served by the Portfolio Manager and/or its affiliates. For
information on trade allocation, see "Portfolio Transactions and Brokerage--
Investment Decisions" in the Statement of Additional Information.
 
A Portfolio Manager may place orders for the purchase and sale of portfolio
securities with itself, acting as broker-dealer, or with a broker-dealer that
is an affiliate of the Portfolio Manager or the Trust where, in the judgment
of the Portfolio Manager, such firm will be able to obtain a price and execu-
tion at least as favorable as other qualified brokers. SEC rules further re-
quire that commission paid to such an affiliated broker-dealer or Portfolio
Manager by a Series on exchange transactions not exceed "usual and customary
brokerage commissions."
 
                                      53
<PAGE>
 
 PORTFOLIO TRANSACTIONS (CONTINUED)
 
 
PORTFOLIO TURNOVER
For reporting purposes, each Series' portfolio turnover rate is calculated by
dividing the value of the lesser of purchases or sales of portfolio securities
for the fiscal year by the monthly average of the value of portfolio securi-
ties owned by the Series during the fiscal year. In determining such portfolio
turnover, all securities whose maturities at the time of acquisition were one
year or less are excluded. A 100% portfolio turnover rate would occur, for ex-
ample, if all of the securities in the portfolio (other than short-term secu-
rities) were replaced once during the fiscal year. The portfolio turnover rate
for each of the Series will vary from year to year, and depending on market
conditions, turnover could be greater in periods of unusual market movement
and volatility. A higher turnover rate would result in higher brokerage com-
missions or other transactional expenses which must be borne, directly or in-
directly, by a Series and ultimately by the Series' shareholders. The portfo-
lio turnover rates for each Series are presented in the data shown in "Finan-
cial Highlights" in this Prospectus.
 
 DIVIDENDS AND DISTRIBUTIONS
 
Net investment income of the Liquid Asset Series is declared as a dividend
daily and paid monthly. For all other Series, net investment income will be
paid annually, except that the Limited Maturity Bond Series may declare a div-
idend monthly or quarterly. Any net realized long-term capital gains (the ex-
cess of net long-term capital gains over net short-term capital losses) for
any Series will be declared and paid at least once annually. Net realized
short-term capital gains may be declared and paid more frequently.
 
Any distributions made by any Series will be automatically reinvested in addi-
tional shares of that Series, unless an election is made by a shareholder to
receive distributions in cash. Dividends or distributions by a Series other
than the Liquid Asset Series (which attempts to maintain a constant $1.00 per
share net asset value) will reduce the per share net asset value by the per
share amount so paid.
 
 FEDERAL INCOME TAX STATUS
 
Each Series intends to qualify each year and elect to be treated as a regu-
lated investment company under Subchapter M of the Internal Revenue Code of
1986, as amended (the "Code"). Accordingly, a Series generally expects not to
be subject to federal income tax if it meets certain source of income, diver-
sification of assets, income distribution, and other requirements, to the ex-
tent it distributes its investment company taxable income and its net capital
gains. Distributions of investment company taxable income and net realized
capital gains are automatically reinvested in additional shares of the Series,
unless an election is made by a shareholder to receive distributions in cash.
Tax consequences to the Variable Contract Owners are described in the prospec-
tuses for the pertinent separate accounts.
 
Certain requirements relating to the qualification of a Series as a regulated
investment company under the Code may limit the extent to which a Series will
be able to engage in transactions in options, futures contracts, or forward
contracts.
 
To comply with regulations under Section 817(h) of the Code, each Series gen-
erally will be required to diversify its investments, so that on the last day
of each quarter of a calendar year, no more than 55% of the value of its as-
sets is represented by any one investment, no more than 70% is represented by
any two investments, no more than 80% is represented by any three investments,
and no more than 90% is represented by any four investments. For this purpose,
securities of a single issuer are treated as one investment and each U.S. Gov-
ernment agency or instrumentality is treated as a separate issuer. Any secu-
rity issued, guaranteed, or insured (to the extent so guaranteed or insured)
by the United States or an agency or instrumentality of the United States is
treated as a security issued by the U.S. Government or its agency or instru-
mentality, whichever is applicable. These regulations will limit the ability
of a Series to invest more than 55% of its assets in direct obligations of the
U.S. Treasury or in obligations which are deemed to be issued by a particular
agency or instrumentality of the U.S. Government. If a Series fails to meet
the diversification requirements under Code Section 817(h), income with re-
spect to Variable Contracts invested in the Series at any time during the cal-
endar quarter in which the failure occurred could become currently taxable to
the owners of such Variable Contracts and income for prior periods with re-
spect to such Contracts also would be taxable, most likely in the year of the
failure to achieve the required diversification. Other adverse tax conse-
quences also could ensue. If a Series failed to qualify as a regulated invest-
ment company, the results would be substantially the same as a failure to meet
the diversification requirements under Code Section 817(h).
 
 
                                      54
<PAGE>
 
 FEDERAL INCOME TAX STATUS (CONTINUED)
 
In connection with the issuance of the regulations governing diversification
under Section 817(h) of the Code, the Treasury Department announced that it
would issue future regulations or rulings addressing the circumstances in
which a Variable Contract Owner's control of the investments of a separate ac-
count may cause the contract owner, rather than the insurance company, to be
treated as the owner of the assets held by the separate account. If the Vari-
able Contract Owner is considered the owner of the securities underlying the
separate account, income and gains produced by those securities would be in-
cluded currently in the Variable Contract Owner's gross income. It is not
known what standards will be incorporated in future regulations or other
pronouncements.
 
In the event that unfavorable rules or regulations are adopted, there can be
no assurance that the Series will be able to operate as currently described in
the Prospectus, or that a Series will not have to change its investment objec-
tives, investment policies, or investment restrictions. While a Series' in-
vestment objective is fundamental and may be changed only by a vote of a ma-
jority of its outstanding shares, the Trustees have reserved the right to mod-
ify the investment policies of a Series as necessary to prevent any such pro-
spective rules and regulations from causing the Variable Contract Owners to be
considered the owners of the Series underlying the separate accounts.
 
See "Taxation" in the Trust's Statement of Additional Information for more in-
formation on taxes, including information on the taxation of distributions
from a Series. Reference is made to the prospectus or offering memorandum of
the applicable separate account for information regarding the federal income
tax treatment respecting a Variable Contract.
 
 OTHER INFORMATION
 
CAPITALIZATION
The Trust was organized as a Massachusetts business trust on August 3, 1988,
and currently consists of sixteen portfolios that are operational, fourteen of
which are described in this Prospectus. Other portfolios may be offered by
means of a separate prospectus. The Board of Trustees may establish additional
portfolios in the future. The capitalization of the Trust consists solely of
an unlimited number of shares of beneficial interest with a par value of
$0.001 each. When issued in accordance with the terms of the Trust's Agreement
and Declaration of Trust ("Declaration of Trust"), shares of the Trust are
fully paid, freely transferable, and non-assessable by the Trust.
 
Under Massachusetts law, shareholders could, under certain circumstances, be
held personally liable for the obligations of the Trust. However, the Declara-
tion of Trust disclaims liability of the shareholders, Trustees, or officers
of the Trust for acts or obligations of the Trust, which are binding only on
the assets and property of the Trust and requires that notice of the dis-
claimer be given in each contract or obligation entered into or executed by
the Trust or the Trustees. The Declaration of Trust provides for indemnifica-
tion out of Trust property for all loss and expense of any shareholder held
personally liable for the obligations of the Trust. The risk of a shareholder
incurring financial loss on account of shareholder liability is limited to
circumstances in which the Trust itself would be unable to meet its obliga-
tions and thus should be considered remote.
 
VOTING RIGHTS
Shareholders of the Series are given certain voting rights. Each share of each
Series will be given one vote, unless a different allocation of voting rights
is required under applicable law for a mutual fund that is an investment me-
dium for variable insurance products.
 
Massachusetts business trust law does not require the Trust to hold annual
shareholder meetings, although special meetings may be called for a specific
Series, or for the Trust as a whole, for purposes such as electing or removing
Trustees, changing fundamental policies, or approving a contract for invest-
ment advisory services. In the case of Variable Contracts, in accordance with
current laws, it is anticipated that an insurance company issuing a Variable
Contract funded by a Separate Account that invests in a Series and that is
registered with the SEC as a unit investment trust will request voting in-
structions from Variable Contract Owners and will vote shares or other voting
interests in the separate account in proportion to the voting instructions re-
ceived.
 
HISTORY OF THE MANAGED GLOBAL SERIES
The Managed Global Series is a successor for accounting purposes to the Man-
aged Global Account (the "Managed Global Account") of Separate Account D of
Golden American. As of September 3, 1996, pursuant to an Agreement and Plan of
Reorganization (the "Plan") among Golden American (by itself and on behalf of
Separate Account B of Golden American), Separate Account D of Golden
 
                                      55
<PAGE>
 
 OTHER INFORMATION (CONTINUED)
 
American, and the Trust, the investment-related assets of the Managed Global
Account were transferred to a newly created division of Separate Account B.
Separate Account B is a separate account of Golden American that serves as a
funding vehicle for variable annuity contracts. Simultaneously, Separate Ac-
count B exchanged the investment-related assets for shares of the Managed
Global Series, a newly created series of the Trust.
 
CHANCELLOR ADMINISTRATIVE ORDER
On October 18, 1994, Chancellor Capital Management, Inc. ("CCM"), the parent
of Chancellor Trust Company, Parag Saxena, one of CCM's managing directors in
his capacity as a CCM employee and who has no involvement in managing the
Trust's assets, and James A. Long, IV, in his capacity as CCM employee, con-
sented to the filing of an administrative order by the SEC without admitting
or denying the allegations or substance of the order. See In the Matter of
Chancellor Capital Management, Inc., Parag Saxena and James A. Long, Iv, In-
vestment Advisers Act of 1940 Release No. 1447, October 18, 1994.
 
The SEC's order alleges that, during the period October 1988 through August
1992, CCM and Messrs. Saxena and Long did not adequately disclose the conflict
of interest arising from certain personal trades by Mr. Saxena and that CCM
did not maintain all required records of Mr. Saxena's personal trades. Specif-
ically, the SEC order states that (i) CCM should have disclosed that its em-
ployees purchased privately issued securities for their personal accounts and
subsequently invested for clients in publicly traded securities of the same
issuers, and (ii) CCM and Mr. Saxena should have disclosed, when investing for
clients in companies founded by a venture capitalist that over a year earlier,
Mr. Saxena had invested for his own account, at nominal prices, in securities
of two of those companies and a third company founded by the venture capital-
ist after providing advice to the venture capitalist. The SEC did not allege
that these acts were intended to harm CCM's clients and acknowledged that cli-
ents profited from the transactions examined.
 
The order censured CCM and Messrs. Saxena and Long and ordered them to comply
with certain provisions of the Investment Advisers Act and fined Mr. Saxena.
 
PERFORMANCE INFORMATION
The Trust may, from time to time, include the yield and effective yield of its
Liquid Asset Series, the current yield of the remaining Series, and the total
return of all Series in advertisements and sales literature. In the case of
Variable Contracts, performance information for the Series will not be adver-
tised or included in sales literature unless accompanied by comparable perfor-
mance information for a separate account to which the Series offers their
shares.
 
Current yield for the Liquid Asset Series will be based on income received by
a hypothetical investment over a given 7-day period (less expenses accrued
during the period), and then "annualized" (i.e., assuming that the 7-day yield
would be received for 52 weeks, stated in terms of an annual percentage return
on the investment). "Effective yield" for the Liquid Asset Series is calcu-
lated in a manner similar to that used to calculate yield, but reflects the
compounding effect of earnings on reinvested dividends.
 
For the remaining Series, any quotations of yield will be based on all invest-
ment income per share earned during a given 30-day period (including dividends
and interest), less expenses accrued during the period ("net investment in-
come"), and will be computed by dividing net investment income by the maximum
public offering price per share on the last day of the period.
 
Quotations of average annual total return for any Series will be expressed in
terms of the average annual compounded rate of return on a hypothetical in-
vestment in the Series over a period of one, five, or ten years (or, if less,
up to the life of the Series), will reflect the deduction of a proportional
share of Series expenses (on an annual basis), and will assume that all divi-
dends and distributions are reinvested when paid. Quotations of total return
may also be shown for other periods.
 
Quotations of yield or total return for the Series will not take into account
charges or deductions against any separate account to which the Series' shares
are sold or charges and deductions against the pertinent Variable Contract,
although comparable performance information for the separate account will take
such charges into account. Performance information for any Series reflects
only the performance of a hypothetical investment in the Series during the
particular time period on which the calculations are based. Performance infor-
mation should be considered in light of the Series' investment objectives and
policies, characteristics, and quality of the portfolios, and the market con-
ditions during the given time period, and should not be considered as a repre-
sentation of what may be achieved in the future. For a description of the
 
                                      56
<PAGE>
 
 OTHER INFORMATION (CONTINUED)
 
methods used to determine yield and total return for the Series, see the
Statement of Additional Information.
 
 LEGAL COUNSEL
 
Dechert Price & Rhoads, Washington, D.C., has passed upon certain legal mat-
ters in connection with the shares offered by this Prospectus, and also acts
as outside counsel to the Trust.
 
 INDEPENDENT AUDITORS
 
Ernst & Young LLP, 200 Clarendon Street, Boston, MA 02116-5072, serves as in-
dependent auditors of the Trust.
 
 FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 
The Trust's audited financial statements dated as of December 31, 1996 for all
Series including notes thereto, are incorporated by reference in the Statement
of Additional Information from the Trust's Annual Report dated as of December
31, 1996. Information in the financial statements for all Series except the
Managed Global Series for the years ended December 31, 1995, 1994 and 1993 has
been audited by Ernst & Young LLP. Information in the financial statements for
all Series except the Managed Global Series for the years ended December 31,
1992, 1991, 1990, and 1989 was audited by another independent auditor.
 
The information in the financial statements for the Managed Global Series is
presented as if the reorganization described under "Other Information -- His-
tory of the Managed Global Series" had always been in effect. Information in
the financial statements of the Managed Global Series for the period of Octo-
ber 21, 1992 (commencement of operations) to December 31, 1995 has been exam-
ined by Ernst & Young LLP.
 
 
                                      57
<PAGE>

 
                           EQUI-SELECT SERIES TRUST
                               699 WALNUT STREET
                            DES MOINES, IOWA 50309
 
                                ---------------
 
  Equi-Select Series Trust (the "Trust") is an open-end, series management
investment company which currently offers shares of beneficial interest of
nine series (the "Portfolios"), each of which has a different investment
objective and represents the entire interest in a separate portfolio of
investments. These Portfolios are currently available to the public only
through certain variable annuity contracts and variable life insurance
policies ("Variable Contracts") issued by Equitable Life Insurance Company of
Iowa and/or its affiliated life insurance companies (collectively, the "Life
Companies"). This Prospectus contains information pertaining to the Research
Portfolio, Total Return Portfolio, OTC Portfolio, Growth & Income Portfolio
and the Value + Growth Portfolio which are the only Portfolios of the Trust
offered under the Variable Contracts described in the accompanying Variable
Contract prospectus.
 
  This Prospectus sets forth concisely the information about the Trust that a
prospective investor should know before investing. Please read it carefully
and retain it for future reference. A Statement of Additional Information
("SAI") dated May 1, 1997, as amended, is available without charge upon
request and may be obtained by calling Equitable Life Insurance Company of
Iowa at (800) 344-6864 or by writing to Equitable Life Insurance Company of
Iowa, P.O. Box 9271, Des Moines, Iowa 50306-9271. Some of the discussions
contained in this Prospectus refer to the more detailed descriptions contained
in the SAI, which is incorporated by reference into this Prospectus and has
been filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission. The Securities and
Exchange Commission maintains a Web site (http:\\www.sec.gov) that contains
the SAI, material incorporated by reference, and other information regarding
the Trust.
 
                                ---------------
 
 THESE  SECURITIES HAVE NOT  BEEN APPROVED OR  DISAPPROVED BY THE  SECURITIES
   AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION  OR ANY STATE SECURITIES COMMISSION  NOR HAS THE
     SECURITIES  AND   EXCHANGE  COMMISSION   OR  ANY   STATE  SECURITIES
       COMMISSION  PASSED  UPON  THE   ACCURACY  OR  ADEQUACY  OF  THIS
         PROSPECTUS. ANY REPRESENTATION TO THE CONTRARY IS A  CRIMINAL
          OFFENSE.
 
                         PROSPECTUS DATED MAY 1, 1997
<PAGE>
 
                               TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                            PAGE
                                                                            ----
<S>                                                                         <C>
SUMMARY....................................................................   1
 The Trust.................................................................   1
 Investment Adviser and Sub-Advisers.......................................   1
 The Portfolios............................................................   1
 Investment Risks..........................................................   2
 Sales and Redemptions.....................................................   2
FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS.......................................................   3
INVESTMENT OBJECTIVES AND POLICIES OF THE PORTFOLIOS.......................   5
 Portfolios Seeking Capital Growth.........................................   5
  OTC Portfolio............................................................   5
  Research Portfolio.......................................................   7
  Value + Growth Portfolio.................................................   8
 Portfolios Seeking Total Return...........................................  10
  Total Return Portfolio...................................................  10
  Growth & Income Portfolio................................................  12
MANAGEMENT OF THE TRUST....................................................  14
 Investment Adviser........................................................  14
 Advisory Fee Waiver and Expense Cap.......................................  14
 Expenses of the Trust.....................................................  15
 Sub-Advisers..............................................................  15
SALES AND REDEMPTIONS......................................................  16
NET ASSET VALUE............................................................  16
PERFORMANCE INFORMATION....................................................  17
TAX STATUS, DIVIDENDS, AND DISTRIBUTIONS...................................  17
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION.....................................................  17
APPENDIX................................................................... A-1
</TABLE>
<PAGE>
 
                                    SUMMARY
 
THE TRUST
 
  The Trust is an open-end management investment company established as a
Massachusetts business trust under a Declaration of Trust dated May 11, 1994.
Each Portfolio issues a separate class of shares. The Declaration of Trust
permits the Trustees to issue an unlimited number of full or fractional shares
of each class of stock.
 
  Each Portfolio has distinct investment objectives and policies. (See
"Investment Objectives and Policies of the Portfolios.") Additional Portfolios
may be added to the Trust in the future. This Prospectus will be supplemented
to reflect the addition of new Portfolios.
 
INVESTMENT ADVISER AND SUB-ADVISERS
 
  Subject to the authority of the Board of Trustees of the Trust, Equitable
Investment Services, Inc. (the "Adviser") serves as the Trust's investment
adviser and has responsibility for the overall management of the investment
strategies and policies of the Portfolios. The Adviser has engaged Sub-
Advisers for certain of the Portfolios to make investment decisions and place
orders. The Sub-Advisers for these Portfolios are:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                          SUB-ADVISER                        NAME OF PORTFOLIO
                          -----------                        -----------------
   <S>                                                       <C>
   Massachusetts Financial Services Company.................  OTC
                                                              Research
                                                              Total Return
   Robertson, Stephens & Company Investment Management,       Growth & Income
    L.P.....................................................  Value + Growth
</TABLE>
 
  For additional information concerning the Adviser and the Sub-Advisers,
including a description of advisory and sub-advisory fees, see "Management of
the Trust."
 
THE PORTFOLIOS
 
  GROWTH & INCOME PORTFOLIO. The Growth & Income Portfolio seeks long-term
total return by investing in equity securities and debt securities, focusing
on small- and mid-cap companies that offer the potential for capital
appreciation, current income, or both.
 
  OTC PORTFOLIO. The primary investment objective of the OTC Portfolio is to
seek to obtain long-term growth of capital. The Portfolio seeks to achieve
this objective by investing at least 65% of its total assets, under normal
circumstances, in securities principally traded on the over-the-counter (OTC)
securities market. The Portfolio is intended for investors who understand and
are willing to accept the risks entailed in seeking long-term growth of
capital. The Portfolio may invest 20% or more of its net assets in foreign
securities (not including American Depositary Receipts ("ADRs"); however,
under normal market conditions, the Portfolio expects to invest less than 35%
of its net assets in foreign securities. The Portfolio may invest up to 10% of
its net assets in emerging markets or countries with limited or developing
capital markets. (See "Appendix -- Foreign Investments" and the SAI for a
discussion of the risks involved in foreign investing.) The Portfolio may
invest a portion of its assets in lower-grade corporate debt securities
commonly known as "junk bonds." Investors should be aware that such
investments involve a significant degree of risk. (See "Appendix -- Lower-
Rated Securities" and the SAI for a discussion of the risks involved in
investing in lower-rated securities.)
 
  RESEARCH PORTFOLIO. The Research Portfolio seeks to provide long-term growth
of capital and future income by investing a substantial portion of its assets
in common stocks or securities convertible into common stocks of companies
believed to possess better than average prospects for long-term growth. A
smaller proportion of the assets may be invested in bonds, short-term
obligations, preferred stocks or common stocks whose principal characteristic
is income production rather than growth. The Portfolio may invest up to 20%
(and generally expects to invest between 0% and 20%) of its net assets in
foreign securities (not including ADRs). (See "Appendix -- Foreign
Investments" and the SAI for a discussion of the risks involved in foreign
investing.) The Portfolio may invest up to 10% of its net assets in lower-
grade corporate debt securities commonly known as "junk bonds." Investors
should be aware that such investments involve a significant degree of risk.
(See "Appendix -- Lower-Rated Securities" and the SAI for a discussion of the
risks involved in investing in lower-rated securities.)
 
  TOTAL RETURN PORTFOLIO. The Total Return Portfolio primarily seeks to obtain
above-average income (compared to a portfolio entirely invested in equity
securities) consistent with the prudent employment of capital. The Portfolio's
secondary objective is to take advantage of opportunities for growth of
capital and income. Under normal market conditions, at least
 
                                       1
<PAGE>
 
25% of the Portfolio's assets will be invested in fixed income securities and
at least 40% and no more than 75% of the Portfolio's assets will be invested
in equity securities, which include: common and preferred stocks; securities
such as bonds, warrants or rights that are convertible into stock; and
depository receipts for those securities. The Portfolio may invest up to 20%
(and generally expects to invest between 5% and 20%) of its net assets in
foreign securities (not including ADRs). (See "Appendix -- Foreign
Investments" and the SAI for a discussion of the risks involved in foreign
investing.) The Portfolio may invest a portion of its assets in lower-grade
corporate debt securities commonly known as "junk bonds." Investors should be
aware that such investments involve a significant degree of risk. (See
"Appendix --Lower-Rated Securities" and the SAI for a discussion of the risks
involved in investing in lower-rated securities.)
 
  VALUE + GROWTH PORTFOLIO. The Value + Growth Portfolio seeks capital
appreciation by investing primarily in growth companies with favorable
relationships between price/earnings ratios and growth rates, in sectors
offering the potential for above-average returns.
 
  The investment objectives of a Portfolio and policies and restrictions
specifically cited as fundamental may not be changed without the approval of a
majority of the outstanding shares of that Portfolio. Other investment
policies and practices described in this Prospectus and the SAI are not
fundamental, and the Board of Trustees may change them without shareholder
approval. A complete list of investment restrictions, including those
restrictions which cannot be changed without shareholder approval, is
contained in the SAI. There is no assurance that a Portfolio will meet its
stated objective.
 
INVESTMENT RISKS
 
  The value of a Portfolio's shares will fluctuate with the value of the
underlying securities in its portfolio, and in the case of debt securities,
with the general level of interest rates. When interest rates decline, the
value of an investment portfolio invested in fixed-income securities can be
expected to rise. Conversely, when interest rates rise, the value of an
investment portfolio invested in fixed-income securities can be expected to
decline. In the case of foreign currency denominated securities, these trends
may be offset or amplified by fluctuations in foreign currencies. Investments
by a Portfolio in foreign securities may be affected by adverse political,
diplomatic, and economic developments, changes in foreign currency exchange
rates, taxes or other assessments imposed on distributions with respect to
those investments, and other factors affecting foreign investments generally.
High-yielding fixed-income securities, which are commonly known as "junk
bonds", are subject to greater market fluctuations and risk of loss of income
and principal than investments in lower yielding fixed-income securities.
Certain of the Portfolios intend to employ, from time to time, certain
investment techniques which are designed to enhance income or total return or
hedge against market or currency risks but which themselves involve additional
risks. These techniques include options on securities, futures, options on
futures, options on indexes, options on foreign currencies, foreign currency
exchange transactions, lending of securities and when-issued securities and
delayed-delivery transactions. The Portfolios may have higher-than-average
portfolio turnover which may result in higher-than-average brokerage
commissions and transaction costs.
 
  The investment strategies and portfolio investments of the Growth & Income
Portfolio and Value + Growth Portfolio will differ from those of most other
mutual funds. Robertson, Stephens & Company Investment Management, L.P., the
Sub-Adviser to each of these two Portfolios, seeks aggressively to identify
favorable securities, economic and market sectors, and investment
opportunities that other investors and investment advisers may not have
identified. When Robertson, Stephens & Company Investment Management, L.P.
identifies such an investment opportunity, it may devote more of a Portfolio's
assets to pursuing that opportunity, or at different times, than many other
mutual funds, and may select investments for a Portfolio that would be
inappropriate for less aggressive mutual funds.
 
SALES AND REDEMPTIONS
 
  The Trust sells shares only to the separate accounts of the Life Companies
as a funding vehicle for the Variable Contracts offered by the Life Companies.
No fee is charged upon the sale or redemption of the Trust's shares. Expenses
of the Trust are passed through to the separate accounts of the Life
Companies, and therefore, are ultimately borne by Variable Contract owners. In
addition, other fees and expenses are assessed by the Life Companies at the
separate account level. (See the Prospectus for the Variable Contract for a
description of all fees and charges relating to the Variable Contract.)
 
                                       2
<PAGE>
 
                             FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS
 
                           EQUI-SELECT SERIES TRUST
 
  The following tables which have been audited by Ernst & Young LLP,
independent auditors, include selected data, derived from the Financial
Statements, for a share outstanding throughout the period shown for each of
the Portfolios at December 31, 1996. The tables should be read in conjunction
with the Financial Statements and notes thereto included in the Trust's Annual
Report to Contractholders which is incorporated by reference in the Statement
of Additional Information. The Financial Statements of the Trust at December
31 1996, are incorporated herein by reference in reliance upon the report of
Ernst & Young LLP such report given upon the authority of such firm as experts
in accounting and auditing.
 
  Further information about the performance of the Trust is contained in the
Trust's December 31, 1996 Annual Report which may be obtained without charge
by calling Equitable Life Insurance Company of Iowa at (800) 344-6864.
 
                                       3
<PAGE>

 
                           EQUI-SELECT SERIES TRUST
 
   OTC PORTFOLIO, RESEARCH PORTFOLIO, TOTAL RETURN PORTFOLIO,VALUE + GROWTH
                    PORTFOLIO AND GROWTH & INCOME PORTFOLIO
 
                             FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS
      (FOR A SHARE OF STOCK OUTSTANDING THROUGHOUT THE PERIOD INDICATED)
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                    NET REALIZED
                              NET ASSET    NET     AND UNREALIZED   TOTAL    DISTRIBUTIONS
                              VALUE AT  INVESTMENT  GAIN (LOSS)      FROM      FROM NET         NET
                              BEGINNING   INCOME         ON       INVESTMENT  INVESTMENT   CAPITAL GAINS
                              OF PERIOD (LOSS)(1)   INVESTMENTS   OPERATIONS    INCOME     DISTRIBUTIONS
                              --------- ---------- -------------- ---------- ------------- -------------
<S>                           <C>       <C>        <C>            <C>        <C>           <C>
OTC Portfolio                 
 Year ended December 31,                   
 1996......................    $12.08     $(0.03)      $2.52        $2.49        $0.00        $(0.75)
 Year ended December 31,                   
 1995......................     10.36      (0.02)       3.07         3.05         0.00         (1.33)
 Period ended December 31,                 
 1994*.....................     10.00       0.00        0.36         0.36         0.00          0.00
Research Portfolio                           
 Year ended December 31,                   
 1996......................     12.88       0.00        3.00         3.00         0.00 (6)     (0.45)
 Year ended December 31,                   
 1995......................      9.59       0.03        3.48         3.51        (0.03)        (0.19)
 Period ended December 31,                 
 1994*.....................     10.00       0.09       (0.41)       (0.32)       (0.09)         0.00
Total Return Portfolio                     
 Year ended December 31,                   
 1996......................     11.90       0.26        1.37         1.63        (0.26)        (0.12)
 Year ended December 31,                   
 1995......................      9.76       0.21        2.19         2.40        (0.21)        (0.05)
 Period ended December 31,                 
 1994*.....................     10.00       0.09       (0.24)       (0.15)        0.09          0.00
Value + Growth Portfolio                     
 Period ended December 31,                 
 1996** ...................     10.00      (0.04)       1.59         1.55         0.00         (0.12)
Growth & Income Portfolio                     
 Period ended December 31,                 
 1996** ...................     10.00       0.02        2.61         2.63        (0.02)        (0.02)

<CAPTION>
                                                                               RATIO       RATIO OF NET
                                          NET ASSET                         OF OPERATING    INVESTMENT
                                          VALUE AT            NET ASSETS      EXPENSES     INCOME (LOSS) PORTFOLIO  AVERAGE
                                TOTAL        END      TOTAL       END        TO AVERAGE     TO AVERAGE   TURNOVER  COMMISSION
                            DISTRIBUTION  OF PERIOD RETURN(2)  OF PERIOD  NET ASSETS(1)(3) NET ASSETS(3)  RATE(4)   RATE(5)
                            ------------  --------- --------- ----------- ---------------- ------------- --------- ----------
<S>                         <C>           <C>       <C>       <C>         <C>              <C>           <C>       <C> 
OTC Portfolio                 
 Year ended December 31,                     
 1996.....................    $(0.75)     $13.82     20.68%   $43,321,580      1.35%          (0.65)%      122%     $.0402   
 Year ended December 31,                                                     
 1995.....................     (1.33)      12.08     29.23      9,054,622      1.07           (0.22)       111          --  
 Period ended December 31,                                                   
 1994*....................      0.00       10.36      3.59      1,695,685      0.75            0.16          6          --   
Research Portfolio                                                           
 Year ended December 31,                                                     
 1996.....................     (0.45)      15.43     23.37     75,178,840      1.31            0.05         68       .0281 
 Year ended December 31,                                                     
 1995.....................     (0.22)      12.88     36.58     16,185,802      1.12            0.58         83          -- 
 Period ended December 31,                                                   
 1994*....................     (0.09)       9.59     (3.22)     1,626,521      0.75            4.65         85          -- 
Total Return Portfolio                                                       
 Year ended December 31,                                                     
 1996.....................     (0.38)      13.15     13.70     57,301,963      1.25            3.29        131       .0510 
 Year ended December 31,                                                     
 1995.....................     (0.26)      11.90     24.51     15,502,907      1.11            3.88         89          -- 
 Period ended December 31,                                                   
 1994*....................     (0.09)       9.76     (1.47)     1,298,365      0.75            4.58         45          -- 
Value + Growth Portfolio                                                     
 Period ended December 31,                                                   
 1996** ..................     (0.12)      11.43     15.49     19,721,864      1.70           (0.90)       143       .0523 
Growth & Income Portfolio                                                    
 Period ended December 31,                                                   
 1996** ..................     (0.04)      12.59     26.19     42,400,808      1.64            0.38        115       .0551 
</TABLE> 

(1) Net investment income is after reimbursement of certain fees and expenses by
    Equitable Investment Services, Inc. ("EISI"). Had EISI not undertaken to
    reimburse expenses related to the Portfolios, net investment income (loss)
    per share and ratio of operating expenses to average net assets would have
    been as follows for the years ended December 31, 1996 and 1995 and the
    period ended December 31, 1994, respectively: OTC Portfolio, $(0.03) and
    1.35%, $(0.10) and 2.52%, $(0.12) and 7.10%; Research Portfolio, $0.00 and
    1.31%, $(0.04) and 2.48%, $(0.04) and 7.48%; and Total Return Portfolio,
    $0.26 and 1.25%, $0.14 and 2.36%, $(0.06) and 8.31%.
(2) Total return figures are not annualized for periods less than one year.
    Total return does not reflect expenses that apply to the separate account or
    related variable insurance contracts and inclusion of these charges would
    result in reducing the total return figures for the period shown.
(3) Annualized for periods less than one year. 
(4) Portfolio turnover rates are not annualized.
(5) The average commission rate paid is applicable to Portfolios that invest
    greater than 10% of average net assets in equity security transactions for
    which commissions are charged. This disclosure is required for fiscal
    periods beginning on or after September 1, 1995.
(6) Amount is less than $0.003 per share.    
 *  For the period October 4, 1994 (commencement of investment operations) 
    through December 31, 1994.                                             
 ** For the period April 1, 1996 (commencement of investment operations)   
    through December 31, 1996.                                             
<PAGE>
 
             INVESTMENT OBJECTIVES AND POLICIES OF THE PORTFOLIOS
 
  Each Portfolio of the Trust has a different investment objective or
objectives which it pursues through separate investment policies as described
below. The differences in objectives and policies among the Portfolios can be
expected to affect the return of each Portfolio and the degree of market and
financial risk to which each Portfolio is subject. An investment in a single
Portfolio should not be considered a complete investment program. The
investment objective(s) and policies of each Portfolio, unless otherwise
specifically stated, are non-fundamental and may be changed by the Trustees of
the Trust without a vote of the shareholders. Such changes may result in a
Portfolio having an investment objective(s) which differs from that which an
investor may have considered at the time of investment. There is no assurance
that any Portfolio will achieve its objective(s). United States Treasury
Regulations applicable to portfolios that serve as the funding vehicles for
variable annuity and variable life insurance contracts generally require that
such portfolios invest no more than 55% of the value of their assets in one
investment, 70% in two investments, 80% in three investments, and 90% in four
investments. The Portfolios intend to comply with the requirements of these
Regulations.
 
  In order to comply with regulations which may be issued by the U.S.
Treasury, the Trust may be required to limit the availability or change the
investment policies of one or more Portfolios or to take steps to liquidate
one or more Portfolios. The Trust will not change any fundamental investment
policy of a Portfolio without a vote of shareholders of that Portfolio.
 
  Except as otherwise noted herein, if the securities rating of a debt
security held by a Portfolio declines below the minimum rating for securities
in which the Portfolio may invest, the Portfolio will not be required to
dispose of the security, but the Portfolio's Adviser or Sub-Adviser will
consider whether continued investment in the security is consistent with the
Portfolio's investment objective.
 
  In implementing its investment objectives and policies, each Portfolio uses
a variety of instruments, strategies and techniques which are described in
more detail in the Appendix and the SAI. With respect to each Portfolio's
investment policies, use of the term "primarily" means that under normal
circumstances, at least 65% of such Portfolio's assets will be invested as
indicated. A description of the ratings systems used by the following
nationally recognized statistical rating organizations ("NRSROs") is also
contained in the SAI: Moody's Investors Service, Inc. ("Moody's"), Standard &
Poor's Corporation ("S&P"), Duff & Phelps, Inc. ("Duff"), Fitch Investors
Service, Inc. ("Fitch"), Thomson Bankwatch, Inc., IBCA Limited and IBCA Inc.
New instruments, strategies and techniques, however, are evolving continually
and the Trust reserves authority to invest in or implement them to the extent
consistent with its investment objectives and policies. If new instruments,
strategies or techniques would involve a material change to the information
contained herein, they will not be purchased or implemented until this
Prospectus is appropriately supplemented.
 
PORTFOLIOS SEEKING CAPITAL GROWTH
 
 OTC PORTFOLIO
 
  The investment objective of the OTC Portfolio is to seek to obtain long-term
growth of capital.
 
INVESTMENT POLICIES AND RISKS -- OTC PORTFOLIO
 
  The Portfolio seeks to achieve its objective by investing at least 65% of
its total assets, under normal circumstances, in securities principally traded
on the over-the-counter (OTC) securities market. OTC securities tend to be
securities of companies which are smaller or newer than those listed on the
New York or American Stock Exchanges. Issuers of the securities of companies
which are traded on the OTC market include, among others, industrial
corporations, financial service institutions, public utilities, and
transportation companies. OTC securities include both equity and debt
securities (including obligations of the U.S. government). The Portfolio may
also invest in securities of companies that are not traded on the OTC
securities market that represent opportunities for capital appreciation. The
Portfolio will seek to invest in companies that are undervalued relative to
present or future earnings, cash flow or book value. While the Portfolio
intends to invest primarily in equity securities, the Portfolio may also
invest in fixed income securities as described below. Equity securities
include: common stocks and preferred stocks; securities such as bonds,
warrants or rights that are convertible into stock; and depositary receipts
for those securities.
 
  The Portfolio will not purchase a security, under normal circumstances, if
it would result in less than 65% of its total assets being invested in OTC
securities (the "65% limitation"). Securities that were principally traded on
the OTC securities market when purchased but which have since been listed on
the New York or American Stock Exchange or a foreign exchange will be
considered to fall within the Portfolio's 65% limitation for 12 months after
the date the security was listed on an exchange.
 
 
                                       5
<PAGE>
 
  Debt securities of issuers in which the Portfolio may invest include all
types of long- or short-term debt obligations, such as bonds, debentures,
notes and commercial paper. Fixed income securities in which the Portfolio may
invest include securities in the lower rating categories of recognized rating
agencies (and comparable unrated securities). Fixed income securities in which
the Portfolio may invest also include zero coupon bonds, deferred interest
bonds and bonds on which the interest is payable in kind. Such investments
involve certain risks. See "Appendix--Lower-Rated Securities" and the SAI for
a discussion of the risks involved in investing in lower-rated securities.
 
  Investing in securities traded on the OTC securities market can involve
greater risk than is customarily associated with investing in securities
traded on the New York or American Stock Exchanges since OTC securities are
generally securities of companies which are smaller or newer than those listed
on the New York or American Stock Exchange. For example, these companies often
have limited product lines, markets, or financial resources, may be dependent
for management on one or a few key persons, and can be more susceptible to
losses. Also, their securities may be thinly traded (and therefore have to be
sold at a discount from current prices or sold in small lots over an extended
period of time), may be followed by fewer investment research analysts and may
be subject to wider price swings and thus may create a greater risk of loss
than securities of larger capitalization or established companies. Shares of
the Portfolio, therefore, are subject to greater fluctuation in value than
shares of a conservative equity fund or of a growth fund which invests
entirely in proven growth stocks. Therefore, the Portfolio is intended for
long-term investors who understand and can accept the risks entailed in
seeking long-term growth of capital. The Portfolio is not meant to provide a
vehicle for those who wish to play short-term swings in the stock market.
Accordingly, an investment in shares of the Portfolio should not be considered
a complete investment program. Each prospective purchaser should take into
account his investment objectives as well as his other investments when
considering the purchase of shares of the Portfolio.
 
  When the Sub-Adviser believes that investing for temporary defensive
purposes is appropriate, such as during periods of unusual market conditions,
part or all of the Portfolio's assets may be temporarily invested in cash
(including foreign currency) or cash equivalent short-term obligations
including, but not limited to, certificates of deposit, commercial paper,
short-term notes, obligations issued or guaranteed by the U.S. government or
any of its agencies or instrumentalities and repurchase agreements.
 
  The Portfolio may invest 20% or more of its net assets in foreign securities
(not including ADRs); however, under normal market conditions, the Portfolio
expects to invest less than 35% of its net assets in foreign securities. The
Portfolio may invest up to 10% of its net assets in emerging markets or
countries with limited or developing capital markets. Investing in securities
of foreign issuers generally involves risks not ordinarily associated with
investing in securities of domestic issuers. (See "Appendix--Foreign
Investments" and the SAI for a discussion of the risks involved in foreign
investing.)
 
  The Portfolio may invest in ADRs which are certificates issued by a U.S.
depository (usually a bank) and represent a specified quantity of shares of an
underlying non-U.S. stock on deposit with a custodian bank as collateral.
Although ADRs are issued by a U.S. depository, they are subject to many of the
risks of foreign securities such as changes in exchange rates and more limited
information about foreign issuers.
 
  The Portfolio may also purchase securities that are not registered under the
Securities Act of 1933 ("1933 Act") ("restricted securities"), including those
that can be offered and sold to "qualified institutional buyers" under Rule
144A under the 1933 Act ("Rule 144A securities"). The Trust's Board of
Trustees confirms based upon information and recommendations provided by the
Sub-Adviser that a specific Rule 144A security is liquid and thus not subject
to the Portfolio's limitation on investing not more than 15% of its net assets
in illiquid investments. The Board of Trustees has adopted guidelines and
delegated to the Sub-Adviser the daily function of determining and monitoring
the liquidity of Rule 144A securities. The Board, however, will retain
sufficient oversight and be ultimately responsible for the determinations.
This investment practice could have the effect of decreasing the level of
liquidity in a Portfolio to the extent that qualified institutional buyers
become for a time uninterested in purchasing Rule 144A securities held in the
investment portfolio.
 
  The Portfolio is classified as a "non-diversified" investment company. As a
result, the Portfolio is limited as to the percentage of its assets which may
be invested in the securities of any one issuer only by its own investment
restrictions and the diversification requirements imposed by the Internal
Revenue Code of 1986, as amended. U.S. Government securities which are
generally considered free of credit risk and are assured as to payment of
principal and interest if held to maturity are not subject to any investment
limitation. Since the Portfolio may invest a relatively high percentage of its
assets in a limited number of issuers, the Portfolio may be more susceptible
to any single economic, political or regulatory occurrence and to the
financial conditions of the issuers in which it invests. For these reasons, an
investment in shares of the Portfolio should not be considered to constitute a
complete investment program.
 
 
                                       6
<PAGE>
 
  While it is not generally the Portfolio's policy to invest or trade for
short-term profits, the Portfolio may dispose of a portfolio security whenever
the Sub-Adviser is of the opinion that such security no longer has an
appropriate appreciation potential or when another security appears to offer
relatively greater appreciation potential. Portfolio changes are made without
regard to the length of time a security has been held, or whether a sale would
result in a profit or loss. Therefore, the rate of portfolio turnover is not a
limiting factor when a change in the portfolio is otherwise appropriate.
Because the Portfolio is expected to have a portfolio turnover rate of over
100%, transaction costs incurred by the Portfolio and the realized capital
gains and losses of the Portfolio may be greater than that of a portfolio with
a lesser turnover rate. The portfolio turnover rates of the Portfolio for the
periods ended December 31, 1996, 1995 and 1994 are set forth herein under
"Financial Highlights." (See also "Portfolio Turnover" in the SAI.)
 
  Additional Portfolio Investments and Transactions. The Portfolio may enter
into repurchase agreements to earn income on available cash or as a temporary
defensive measure. The Portfolio may seek to increase its income by lending
portfolio securities. The Portfolio may purchase securities on a "when issued"
or on a "forward delivery" basis, which means that the securities will be
delivered to the Portfolio at a future date usually beyond customary
settlement time.
 
  The Portfolio may invest in indexed securities whose value is linked to
foreign currencies, commodities, indices, or other financial indicators. The
Portfolio may enter into mortgage "dollar roll" transactions with selected
banks and broker-dealers.
 
  The Portfolio also may purchase restricted securities, corporate asset-
backed securities, options on securities, options on stock indices, options on
foreign currencies, futures contracts, options on futures contracts and
forward foreign currency exchange contracts.
 
  All of the Portfolio investments and transactions described in this section
are described in greater detail in the Appendix and the SAI.
 
RESEARCH PORTFOLIO
 
  The investment objective of the Research Portfolio is to provide long-term
growth of capital and future income.
 
  The portfolio securities of the Research Portfolio are selected by a
committee of investment research analysts. This committee includes investment
analysts employed not only by the Sub-Adviser but also by a wholly-owned
international subsidiary of the Sub-Adviser. The Portfolio's assets are
allocated among industries by the analysts acting together as a group.
Individual analysts are then responsible for selecting what they view as the
securities best suited to meet the Portfolio's investment objective within
their assigned industry responsibility.
 
INVESTMENT POLICIES AND RISKS -- RESEARCH PORTFOLIO
 
  The Portfolio's policy is to invest a substantial proportion of its assets
in the common stocks or securities convertible into common stocks of companies
believed to possess better than average prospects for long-term growth. A
smaller proportion of the assets may be invested in bonds, short-term
obligations, preferred stocks or common stocks whose principal characteristic
is income production rather than growth. Such securities may also offer
opportunities for growth of capital as well as income. In the case of both
growth stocks and income issues, emphasis is placed on the selection of
progressive, well-managed companies. The Portfolio's debt investments, if any,
may consist of "investment grade" securities (e.g., rated Baa or better by
Moody's or BBB or better by S&P or Fitch), and, with respect to no more than
10% of its net assets, securities in the lower rated categories (e.g., rated
Ba or lower by Moody's or BB or lower by S&P or Fitch), or securities which
the Sub-Adviser believes to be of similar quality to these lower rated
securities (commonly known as "junk bonds"). For a description of bond
ratings, see the SAI. It is not the Portfolio's policy to rely exclusively on
ratings issued by established credit rating agencies but rather to supplement
such ratings with the Sub-Adviser's own independent and ongoing review of
credit quality. The Portfolio's achievement of its investment objective may be
more dependent on the Sub-Adviser's own credit analysis than in the case of a
fund investing in primarily higher quality bonds. From time to time, the
Portfolio's management will exercise its judgment with respect to the
proportions invested in growth stocks, income-producing securities or cash
(including foreign currency) and cash equivalents depending on its view of
their relative attractiveness.
 
  The Portfolio may enter into repurchase agreements in order to earn income
on available cash or as a temporary defensive measure. The Portfolio may make
loans of its fixed income portfolio securities. (See "Appendix" for a further
description of these investments.)
 
  The Portfolio may invest in ADRs which are certificates issued by a U.S.
depository (usually a bank) and represent a specified quantity of shares of an
underlying non-U.S. stock on deposit with a custodian bank as collateral.
Although ADRs
 
                                       7
<PAGE>
 
are issued by a U.S. depository, they are subject to many of the risks of
foreign securities such as changes in exchange rates and more limited
information about foreign issuers.
 
  The Portfolio may invest up to 20% (and generally expects to invest between
0% and 20%) of its net assets in foreign securities (not including ADRs). The
Portfolio may invest in emerging markets or countries with limited or
developing capital markets. Investing in securities of foreign issuers
generally involves risks not ordinarily associated with investing in
securities of domestic issuers. (See "Appendix--Foreign Investments" and the
SAI for a discussion of the risks involved in foreign investing.)
 
  As described above, the Portfolio may invest in fixed income (i.e., debt)
securities rated Baa by Moody's or BBB by S&P or Fitch and comparable unrated
securities. These securities, while normally exhibiting adequate protection
parameters, have speculative characteristics and changes in economic
conditions or other circumstances are more likely to lead to a weakened
capacity to make principal and interest payments than in the case of higher
grade fixed income securities. (See "Appendix--Lower-Rated Securities" and the
SAI for a discussion of the risks involved in investing in lower-rated
securities.)
 
  The Portfolio may also purchase securities that are not registered under the
Securities Act of 1933 ("1933 Act") ("restricted securities"), including those
that can be offered and sold to "qualified institutional buyers" under Rule
144A under the 1933 Act ("Rule 144A securities"). The Trust's Board of
Trustees confirms based upon information and recommendations provided by the
Sub-Adviser that a specific Rule 144A security is liquid and thus not subject
to the Portfolio's limitation on investing not more than 10% of its net assets
in illiquid investments. The Board of Trustees has adopted guidelines and has
delegated to the Sub-Adviser the daily function of determining and monitoring
the liquidity of Rule 144A securities. The Board, however, will retain
sufficient oversight and be ultimately responsible for the determinations.
This investment practice could have the effect of decreasing the level of
liquidity in the Portfolio to the extent that qualified institutional buyers
become for a time uninterested in purchasing Rule 144A securities held in the
investment portfolio. Subject to the Portfolio's 10% limitation on investments
in illiquid investments and subject to the diversification requirements of the
Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the "Code"), the Portfolio may also
invest in restricted securities that may not be sold under Rule 144A, which
presents certain risks. As a result, the Portfolio might not be able to sell
these securities when the Sub-Adviser wishes to do so, or might have to sell
them at less than fair value. In addition, market quotations are less readily
available. Therefore, judgment may at times play a greater role in valuing
these securities than in the case of unrestricted securities.
 
  While it is not generally the Portfolio's policy to invest or trade for
short-term profits, the Portfolio may dispose of a portfolio security whenever
the Sub-Adviser is of the opinion that such security no longer has an
appropriate appreciation potential or when another security appears to offer
relatively greater appreciation potential. Portfolio changes are made without
regard to the length of time a security has been held, or whether a sale would
result in a profit or loss. Therefore, the rate of portfolio turnover is not a
limiting factor when a change in the portfolio is otherwise appropriate. The
portfolio turnover rates of the Portfolio for the periods ended December 31,
1996, 1995 and 1994 are set forth herein under "Financial Highlights." (See
also "Portfolio Turnover" in the SAI.)
 
 VALUE + GROWTH PORTFOLIO
 
  The investment objective of the Value + Growth Portfolio is capital
appreciation. The Portfolio invests primarily in growth companies with
favorable relationships between price/earnings ratios and growth rates, in
sectors offering the potential for above-average returns.
 
INVESTMENT POLICIES AND RISKS -- VALUE + GROWTH PORTFOLIO
 
  In selecting investments for the Portfolio, the primary emphasis of
Robertson, Stephens & Company Investment Management, L.P., the Portfolio's
Sub-Adviser, is typically on evaluating a company's management, growth
prospects, business operations, revenues, earnings, cash flows, and balance
sheet in relationship to its share price. Robertson, Stephens & Company
Investment Management, L.P. may select stocks which it believes are
undervalued relative to the current stock price. Undervaluation of a stock can
result from a variety of factors, such as a lack of investor recognition of
(1) the value of a business franchise and continuing growth potential, (2) a
new, improved or upgraded product, service or business operation, (3) a
positive change in either the economic or business condition for a company,
(4) expanding or changing markets that provide a company with either new
earnings direction or acceleration, or (5) a catalyst, such as an impending or
potential asset sale or change in management, that could draw increased
investor attention to a company. Robertson, Stephens &
 
                                       8
<PAGE>
 
Company Investment Management, L.P. also may use similar factors to identify
stocks which it believes to be overvalued and may engage in short sales of
such securities.
 
  The Portfolio may invest a substantial portion of its assets in securities
issued by small companies. Such companies may offer greater opportunities for
capital appreciation than larger companies, but investments in such companies
may involve certain special risks. See "Appendix--Small Companies" for a
discussion of such risks.
 
  The Portfolio may invest in securities principally traded in foreign markets
and may buy or sell foreign currencies and options and futures contracts on
foreign currencies for hedging purposes in connection with its foreign
investments. The Portfolio also may at times invest a substantial portion of
its assets in securities of issuers in developing countries. The Portfolio may
at times invest a substantial portion of its assets in securities traded in
the over-the-counter markets in such countries and not on any exchange, which
may affect the liquidity of the investment and expose the Portfolio to the
credit risk of its counterparties in trading those investments.
 
  International investing in general may involve greater risks than U.S.
investments. These risks may be intensified in the case of investments in
emerging markets or countries with limited or developing capital markets. (See
"Appendix--Foreign Investments" and the SAI for a discussion of the risks
involved in foreign investing and see "Appendix--Strategic Transactions--
Futures and Options on Futures" and "Options on Foreign Currencies" for a
discussion of the risks involved in investing in foreign currencies, options
and futures contracts.)
 
  The Portfolio may invest in debt securities from time to time if the Sub-
Adviser believes that it might help achieve the Portfolio's objective. The
Portfolio may invest in debt securities to the extent consistent with its
investment policies, although the Sub-Adviser expects that under normal
circumstances, the Portfolio would not likely invest a substantial portion of
its assets in debt securities.
 
  The Portfolio will invest only in securities rated "investment grade" or
considered by the Sub-Adviser to be of comparable quality. Investment grade
securities are rated Baa or higher by Moody's or BBB or higher by S&P.
Securities rated Baa or BBB lack outstanding investment characteristics, have
speculative characteristics, and are subject to greater credit and market
risks than higher-rated securities. Descriptions of the securities ratings
assigned by Moody's and S&P are contained in the SAI.
 
  The Portfolio may at times invest in so-called "zero-coupon" bonds and
"payment-in-kind" bonds. Zero-coupon bonds are issued at a significant
discount from face value and pay interest only at maturity rather than at
intervals during the life of the security. Payment-in-kind bonds allow the
issuer, at its option, to make current interest payments on the bonds either
in cash or in additional bonds. The values of zero-coupon bonds and payment-
in-kind bonds are subject to greater fluctuation in response to changes in
market interest rates than bonds which pay interest currently, and may involve
greater credit risk than such bonds. See "Zero Coupon Securities and Pay-in-
Kind Securities" in the SAI.
 
  The Portfolio will not necessarily dispose of a security when its debt
rating is reduced below its rating at the time of purchase, although the Sub-
Adviser will monitor the investment to determine whether continued investment
in the security will assist in meeting the Portfolio's investment objective.
 
  The Portfolio may buy and sell call and put options to hedge against changes
in net asset value or to attempt to realize a greater current return. In
addition, through the purchase and sale of futures contracts and related
options, a Portfolio may at times seek to hedge against fluctuations in net
asset value and to attempt to increase its investment return. Although the
Portfolio will only engage in options and futures transactions for limited
purposes, those transactions involve certain risks which are described in the
Appendix and SAI.
 
  The Portfolio may buy and sell index futures contracts ("index futures") and
options on index futures and on indices for hedging purposes or to increase
its investment return (or may purchase warrants whose value is based on the
value from time to time of one or more foreign securities indices). See the
SAI for a further description of index futures and options including risks.
 
  The Value + Growth Portfolio may purchase long-term exchange-traded equity
options called Long-Term Equity Anticipation Securities ("LEAPs") and Buy-
Write Options Unitary Derivatives ("BOUNDs"). LEAPs provide a holder the
opportunity to participate in the underlying securities' appreciation in
excess of a fixed dollar amount, and BOUNDs provide a holder the opportunity
to retain dividends on the underlying securities while potentially
participating in the underlying securities' capital appreciation up to a fixed
dollar amount. The Value + Growth Portfolio will not purchase these options
with respect to more than 25% of the value of its net assets.
 
                                       9
<PAGE>
 
  The Portfolio may purchase and sell options in the over-the-counter markets
but only when appropriate exchange-traded transactions are unavailable and
when, in the opinion of the Sub-Adviser, the pricing mechanism and liquidity
of the over-the-counter markets are satisfactory and the participants are
responsible parties likely to meet their obligations. (See "Appendix -- Over-
the-Counter Options.")
 
  The Portfolio will not purchase futures or options on futures or sell
futures if, as a result, the sum of the initial margin deposits on the
Portfolio's existing futures positions and premiums paid for outstanding
options on futures contracts would exceed 5% of the Portfolio's assets. (For
options that are "in-the-money" at the time of purchase, the amount by which
the option is "in-the-money" is excluded from this calculation.)
 
  At times the Portfolio may invest more than 25% of its assets in securities
of issuers in one or more market sectors such as, for example, the technology
sector. A market sector may be made up of companies in a number of related
industries. The Portfolio would only concentrate its investments in a
particular market sector if the Portfolio's Sub-Adviser were to believe the
investment return available from concentration in that sector justifies any
additional risk associated with concentration in that sector. When the
Portfolio concentrates its investments in a market sector, financial,
economic, business, and other developments affecting issuers in that sector
will have a greater effect on the Portfolio than if it had not concentrated
its assets in that sector.
 
  The Portfolio may lend portfolio securities to broker-dealers and may enter
into repurchase agreements. These transactions must be fully collateralized at
all times, but involve some risk to the Portfolio if the other party should
default on its obligations and the Portfolio is delayed or prevented from
recovering the collateral.
 
  At times, the Portfolio's Sub-Adviser may judge that market conditions make
pursuing the Portfolio's basic investment strategy inconsistent with the best
interests of its shareholders. At such times, the Portfolio's Sub-Adviser may
temporarily use alternative strategies, primarily designed to reduce
fluctuations in the values of the Portfolio's assets. In implementing these
"defensive" strategies, the Portfolio may invest in U.S. Government
securities, other high-quality debt instruments, and other securities the
Portfolio's Sub-Adviser believes to be consistent with the Portfolio's best
interests.
 
  The length of time a Portfolio has held a particular security is not
generally a consideration in investment decisions. The investment policies of
a Portfolio may lead to frequent changes in the Portfolio's investments,
particularly in periods of volatile market movements. A change in the
securities held by a Portfolio is known as "portfolio turnover." Portfolio
turnover generally involves some expense to a Portfolio, including brokerage
commissions or dealer markups and other transaction costs on the sale of
securities and reinvestment in other securities. Such sales may result in
realization of taxable capital gains. The Portfolio's turnover rate for the
period ended December 31, 1996 is set forth herein under "Financial
Highlights." (See also "Portfolio Turnover" in the SAI.)
 
PORTFOLIOS SEEKING TOTAL RETURN
 
 TOTAL RETURN PORTFOLIO
 
  The primary investment objective of the Total Return Portfolio is to obtain
above-average income (compared to a portfolio entirely invested in equity
securities) consistent with the prudent employment of capital. While current
income is the primary objective, the Portfolio believes that there should also
be a reasonable opportunity for growth of capital and income, since many
securities offering a better than average yield may also possess growth
potential. Thus, in selecting securities for its portfolio, the Portfolio
considers each of these objectives. Under normal market conditions, at least
25% of the Portfolio's assets will be invested in fixed income securities and
at least 40% and no more than 75% of the Portfolio's assets will be invested
in equity securities.
 
INVESTMENT POLICIES AND RISKS -- TOTAL RETURN PORTFOLIO
 
  The Portfolio's policy is to invest in a broad list of securities, including
short-term obligations. The list may be diversified not only by companies and
industries, but also by type of security. Fixed income securities and equity
securities (which include: common stocks and preferred stocks; securities such
as bonds, warrants or rights that are convertible into stock; and depository
receipts for those securities) may be held by the Portfolio. Some fixed income
securities may also have a call on common stock by means of a conversion
privilege or attached warrants. The Portfolio may vary the percentage of
assets invested in any one type of security in accordance with the Sub-
Adviser's interpretation of economic and money market conditions, fiscal and
monetary policy and underlying security values. The Portfolio's debt,
investments may consist of both "investment grade" securities (rated Baa or
better by Moody's or BBB or better by S&P, Fitch or Duff & Phelps Credit
Rating Co. ("Duff")) and securities that are unrated or are in the lower
rating categories (rated Ba or lower by
 
                                      10
<PAGE>
 
Moody's or BB or lower by S&P, Fitch or Duff) (commonly known as "junk bonds")
including up to 20% of its assets in nonconvertible fixed income securities
that are in these lower rating categories and comparable unrated securities.
Generally, most of the Portfolio's long-term debt investments will consist of
"investment grade" securities. See the SAI for a description of these ratings.
It is not the Portfolio's policy to rely exclusively on ratings issued by
established credit rating agencies but rather to supplement such ratings with
the Sub-Adviser's own independent and ongoing review of credit quality.
 
  U.S. Government Securities. The Portfolio may also invest in U.S. government
securities, including: (1) U.S. Treasury obligations, which differ only in
their interest rates, maturities and times of issuance; U.S. Treasury bills
(maturities of one year or less); U.S. Treasury notes (maturities of one to
ten years); and U.S. Treasury bonds (generally maturities of greater than ten
years), all of which are backed by the full faith and credit of the U.S.
Government; and (2) obligations issued or guaranteed by U.S. Government
agencies or instrumentalities, some of which are backed by the full faith and
credit of the U.S. Treasury, e.g., direct pass-through certificates of GNMA;
some of which are supported by the right of the issuer to borrow from the U.S.
Government, e.g., obligations of Federal Home Loan Banks; and some of which
are backed only by the credit of the issuer itself, e.g., obligations of the
Student Loan Marketing Association.
 
  MORTGAGE PASS-THROUGH SECURITIES. The Portfolio may invest in mortgage pass-
through securities. Mortgage pass-through securities are securities
representing interests in "pools" of mortgage loans. Monthly payments of
interest and principal by the individual borrowers on mortgages are passed
through to the holders of the securities (net of fees paid to the issuer or
guarantor of the securities) as the mortgages in the underlying mortgage pools
are paid off. Payment of principal and interest on some mortgage pass-through
securities (but not the market value of the securities themselves) may be
guaranteed by the full faith and credit of the U.S. government (in the case of
securities guaranteed by GNMA); or guaranteed by U.S. government-sponsored
corporations (such as FNMA or FHLMC, which are supported only by the
discretionary authority of the U.S. government to purchase the agency's
obligations). Mortgage pass-through securities may also be issued by non-
governmental issuers (such as commercial banks, savings and loan institutions,
private mortgage insurance companies, mortgage bankers and other secondary
market issuers). See the Appendix for a further discussion of these
securities.
 
  ZERO COUPON BONDS, DEFERRED INTEREST BONDS AND PIK BONDS. Fixed income
securities that the Portfolio may invest in also include zero coupon bonds,
deferred interest bonds and bonds on which the interest is payable in kind
("PIK bonds"). Zero coupon and deferred interest bonds are debt obligations
which are issued or purchased at a significant discount from face value. The
discount approximates the total amount of interest the bonds will accrue and
compound over the period until maturity or the first interest payment date at
a rate of interest reflecting the market rate of the security at the time of
issuance. While zero coupon bonds do not require the periodic payment of
interest, deferred interest bonds provide that the issuer thereof may, at its
option, pay interest on such bonds in cash or in the form of additional debt
obligations. Such investments benefit the issuer by mitigating its need for
cash to meet debt service, but also require a higher rate of return to attract
investors who are willing to defer receipt of such cash. Such investments may
experience greater volatility in market value due to changes in interest rates
than debt obligations which make regular payments of interest. The Portfolio
will accrue income on such investments for tax and accounting purposes, as
required, which is distributable to shareholders and which, because no cash is
received at the time of accrual, may require the liquidation of other
portfolio securities to satisfy the Portfolio's distribution obligations.
 
  AMERICAN DEPOSITARY RECEIPTS. The Portfolio may invest in ADRs which are
certificates issued by a U.S. depository (usually a bank), that represent a
specified quantity of shares of an underlying non-U.S. stock on deposit with a
custodian bank as collateral. Although ADRs are issued by a U.S. depository,
they are subject to many of the risks of foreign securities such as changes in
exchange rates and more limited information about foreign issuers.
 
  The Portfolio may invest up to 20% (and generally expects to invest between
5% and 20%) of its net assets in foreign securities (including investments in
emerging markets or countries with limited or developing capital markets) (not
including ADRs). Investing in securities of foreign issuers generally involves
risks not ordinarily associated with investing in securities of domestic
issuers. (See "Appendix--Foreign Investments" and the SAI for a discussion of
the risks involved in foreign investing.)
 
  In order to protect the value of the Portfolio's investments from interest
rate fluctuations, the Portfolio may enter into various hedging transactions,
such as interest rate swaps, and the purchase or sale of interest rate caps,
floors and collars. (See the SAI for information relating to these
transactions including related risks.)
 
  The Portfolio may also purchase securities that are not registered under the
1933 Act ("restricted securities"), including those that can be offered and
sold to "qualified institutional buyers" under Rule 144A under the 1933 Act
("Rule 144A securities"). The Trust's Board of Trustees confirms based upon
information and recommendations provided by the Sub-
 
                                      11
<PAGE>
 
Adviser that a specific Rule 144A security is liquid and thus not subject to
the Portfolio's limitation on investing not more than 15% of its net assets in
illiquid investments. The Board of Trustees has adopted guidelines and
delegated to the Sub-Adviser the daily function of determining and monitoring
the liquidity of Rule 144A securities. The Board, however, will retain
sufficient oversight and be ultimately responsible for the determinations.
This investment practice could have the effect of decreasing the level of
liquidity in a Portfolio to the extent that qualified institutional buyers
become for a time uninterested in purchasing Rule 144A securities held in the
investment portfolio. Subject to the Portfolio's 15% limitation on investments
in illiquid investments and subject to the diversification requirements of the
Code, the Portfolio may also invest in restricted securities that may not be
sold under Rule 144A, which presents certain risks. As a result, the Portfolio
might not be able to sell these securities when the Sub-Adviser wishes to do
so, or might have to sell them at less than fair value. In addition, market
quotations are less readily available. Therefore, judgment may at times play a
greater role in valuing these securities than in the case of unrestricted
securities.
 
  While it is not generally the Portfolio's policy to invest or trade for
short-term profits, the Portfolio may dispose of a portfolio security whenever
the Sub-Adviser is of the opinion that such security no longer has an
appropriate appreciation potential or when another security appears to offer
relatively greater appreciation potential. Portfolio changes are made without
regard to the length of time a security has been held, or whether a sale would
result in a profit or loss. Therefore, the rate of portfolio turnover is not a
limiting factor when a change in the portfolio is otherwise appropriate.
Because the Portfolio is expected to have a Portfolio turnover rate of over
100%, transactions costs incurred by the Portfolio and the realized capital
gains and losses of the Portfolio may be greater than that of a portfolio with
a lesser turnover rate. The portfolio turnover rates of the Portfolio for the
periods ended December 31, 1996, 1995 and 1994 are set forth herein under
"Financial Highlights." (See also "Portfolio Turnover" in the SAI.)
 
  ADDITIONAL PORTFOLIO INVESTMENTS AND TRANSACTIONS. The Portfolio may enter
into repurchase agreements to earn additional income on available cash or as a
temporary defensive measure. The Portfolio may seek to increase its income by
lending portfolio securities. The Portfolio may purchase securities on a "when
issued" or on a "delayed delivery" basis, which means that the securities will
be delivered to the Portfolio at a future date usually beyond customary
settlement time.
 
  The Portfolio may invest in indexed securities whose value is linked to
foreign currencies, indices, or other financial indicators. The Portfolio may
enter into mortgage "dollar roll" transactions with selected banks and broker-
dealers. The Portfolio may invest a portion of its assets in loan
participations and other direct indebtedness.
 
  The Portfolio also may purchase restricted securities, corporate asset-
backed securities, options on securities, options on stock indices, options on
foreign currencies, futures contracts, options on futures contracts and
forward foreign currency exchange contracts.
 
  All of the Portfolio investments and transactions described in this section
are described in greater detail in the Appendix and the SAI.
 
 GROWTH & INCOME PORTFOLIO
 
  The investment objective of the Growth & Income Portfolio is long-term total
return. The Portfolio will pursue this objective primarily by investing in
equity and debt securities, focusing on small- and mid-cap companies that
offer the potential for capital appreciation, current income, or both.
 
  The Portfolio will normally invest the majority of its assets in common and
preferred stocks, convertible securities, bonds, and notes. Although the
Portfolio will focus on companies with market capitalizations of up to $3
billion, the Portfolio intends to remain flexible and may invest in securities
of larger companies. The Portfolio may also engage in short sales of
securities it expects to decline in price.
 
INVESTMENT POLICIES AND RISKS -- GROWTH & INCOME PORTFOLIO
 
  Small- and mid-cap companies may present greater opportunities for
investment return, but may also involve greater risks. They may have limited
product lines, markets, or financial resources, or may depend on a limited
management group. Their securities may trade less frequently and in limited
volume. As a result, the prices of these securities may fluctuate more than
prices of securities of larger, widely traded companies. See "Appendix --
 Small Companies."
 
  The Portfolio may invest a substantial portion of its assets in securities
issued by small companies. Such companies may offer greater opportunities for
capital appreciation than larger companies, but investments in such companies
may involve certain special risks. See "Appendix -- Small Companies" for a
discussion of such risks.
 
  The Portfolio may invest in securities principally traded in foreign markets
and may buy or sell foreign currencies and options and futures contracts on
foreign currencies for hedging purposes in connection with its foreign
investments. The
 
                                      12
<PAGE>
 
Portfolio also may at times invest a substantial portion of its assets in
securities of issuers in developing countries. The Portfolio may at times
invest a substantial portion of its assets in securities traded in the over-
the-counter markets in such countries and not on any exchange, which may
affect the liquidity of the investment and expose the Portfolio to the credit
risk of its counterparties in trading those investments.
 
  International investing in general may involve greater risks than U.S.
investments. These risks may be intensified in the case of investments in
emerging markets or countries with limited or developing capital markets. (See
"Appendix -- Foreign Investments" and the SAI for a discussion of the risks
involved in foreign investing and see "Appendix -- Strategic Transactions --
 Futures and Options on Futures" and "Options on Foreign Currencies" for a
discussion of the risks involved in investing in foreign currencies, options
and futures contracts.)
 
  The Portfolio may invest without limit in debt securities and other fixed-
income securities. The Portfolio may invest in lower-quality, high yielding
debt securities. Lower-rated debt securities (commonly called "junk bonds")
are considered to be of poor standing and predominantly speculative. Such
investments involve certain risks. See "Appendix -- Lower Rated Securities"
and the SAI for a discussion of the risks involved in investing in lower-rated
securities.
 
  The Portfolio may at times invest in so-called "zero-coupon" bonds and
"payment-in-kind" bonds. Zero-coupon bonds are issued at a significant
discount from face value and pay interest only at maturity rather than at
intervals during the life of the security. Payment-in-kind bonds allow the
issuer, at its option, to make current interest payments on the bonds either
in cash or in additional bonds. The values of zero-coupon bonds and payment-
in-kind bonds are subject to greater fluctuation in response to changes in
market interest rates than bonds which pay interest currently, and may involve
greater credit risk than such bonds. See "Zero Coupon Securities and Pay-in-
Kind Securities" in the SAI.
 
  The Portfolio will not necessarily dispose of a security when its debt
rating is reduced below its rating at the time of purchase, although the Sub-
Adviser will monitor the investment to determine whether continued investment
in the security will assist in meeting the Portfolio's investment objective.
 
  The Portfolio may buy and sell call and put options to hedge against changes
in net asset value or to attempt to realize a greater current return. In
addition, through the purchase and sale of futures contracts and related
options, a Portfolio may at times seek to hedge against fluctuations in net
asset value and to attempt to increase its investment return. Although the
Portfolio will only engage in options and futures transactions for limited
purposes, those transactions involve certain risks which are described in the
Appendix and SAI.
 
  The Portfolio may buy and sell index futures contracts ("index futures") and
options on index futures and on indices for hedging purposes or to increase
its investment return (or may purchase warrants whose value is based on the
value from time to time of one or more foreign securities indices). See the
SAI for a further description of index futures and options including risks.
 
  The Portfolio may purchase and sell options in the over-the-counter markets
but only when appropriate exchange-traded transactions are unavailable and
when, in the opinion of the Sub-Adviser, the pricing mechanism and liquidity
of the over-the-counter markets are satisfactory and the participants are
responsible parties likely to meet their obligations (See "Appendix -- Over-
the-Counter Options.")
 
  The Portfolio will not purchase futures or options on futures or sell
futures if, as a result, the sum of the initial margin deposits on the
Portfolio's existing futures positions and premiums paid for outstanding
options on futures contracts would exceed 5% of the Portfolio's assets. (For
options that are "in-the-money" at the time of purchase, the amount by which
the option is "in-the-money" is excluded from this calculation.)
 
  At times the Portfolio may invest more than 25% of its assets in securities
of issuers in one or more market sectors such as, for example, the technology
sector. A market sector may be made up of companies in a number of related
industries. The Portfolio would only concentrate its investments in a
particular market sector if the Portfolio's Sub-Adviser were to believe the
investment return available from concentration in that sector justifies any
additional risk associated with concentration in that sector. When the
Portfolio concentrates its investments in a market sector, financial,
economic, business, and other developments affecting issuers in that sector
will have a greater effect on the Portfolio than if it had not concentrated
its assets in that sector.
 
  The Portfolio may lend portfolio securities to broker-dealers and may enter
into repurchase agreements. These transactions must be fully collateralized at
all times, but involve some risk to the Portfolio if the other party should
default on its obligations and the Portfolio is delayed or prevented from
recovering the collateral.
 
                                      13
<PAGE>
 
  At times, the Portfolio's Sub-Adviser may judge that market conditions make
pursuing the Portfolio's basic investment strategy inconsistent with the best
interests of its shareholders. At such times, the Portfolio's Sub-Adviser may
temporarily use alternative strategies, primarily designed to reduce
fluctuations in the values of the Portfolio's assets. In implementing these
"defensive" strategies, the Portfolio may invest in U.S. Government
securities, other high-quality debt instruments, and other securities the
Portfolio's Sub-Adviser believes to be consistent with the Portfolio's best
interests.
 
  The length of time a Portfolio has held a particular security is not
generally a consideration in investment decisions. The investment policies of
a Portfolio may lead to frequent changes in the Portfolio's investments,
particularly in periods of volatile market movements. A change in the
securities held by a Portfolio is known as "portfolio turnover." Portfolio
turnover generally involves some expense to a Portfolio, including brokerage
commissions or dealer markups and other transaction costs on the sale of
securities and reinvestment in other securities. Such sales may result in
realization of taxable capital gains. The Portfolio's turnover rate for the
period ended December 31, 1996 is set forth herein under "Financial
Highlights." (See also "Portfolio Turnover" in the SAI.)
 
                            MANAGEMENT OF THE TRUST
 
INVESTMENT ADVISER
 
  Under an Investment Advisory Agreement dated October 1, 1994, Equitable
Investment Services, Inc., 699 Walnut Street, Des Moines, Iowa 50309 (the
"Adviser"), manages the business and affairs of the Portfolios and the Trust,
subject to the control of the Trustees.
 
  The Adviser is an Iowa corporation which was incorporated in 1969. The
Adviser is engaged in the business of providing investment advice to
affiliated insurance companies.
 
  Under the Investment Advisory Agreement, the Adviser is obligated to
formulate a continuing program for the investment of the assets of each
Portfolio of the Trust in a manner consistent with each Portfolio's investment
objectives, policies and restrictions and to determine from time to time
securities to be purchased, sold, retained or lent by the Trust and implement
those decisions. The Investment Advisory Agreement also provides that the
Adviser shall manage the Trust's business and affairs and shall provide such
services required for effective administration of the Trust as are now
provided by employees or other agents engaged by the Trust. The Investment
Advisory Agreement further provides that the Adviser shall furnish the Trust
with office space and necessary personnel, pay ordinary office expenses, pay
all executive salaries of the Trust and furnish, without expense to the Trust,
the services of such members of its organization as may be duly elected
officers or Trustees of the Trust. The Investment Advisory Agreement provides
that Adviser may retain sub-advisers, at the Adviser's own cost and expense,
for the purpose of making investment recommendations and research information
available to the Trust.
 
  The Adviser retains sub-advisers for each of the Portfolios.
 
  As full compensation for its services under the Investment Advisory
Agreement, the Trust pays the Adviser a monthly fee at the following annual
rates shown in the table below based on the average daily net assets of each
Portfolio.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                 ADVISORY FEE
                               (ANNUAL RATE BASED ON AVERAGE DAILY NET ASSETS
           PORTFOLIO                          OF EACH PORTFOLIO)
           ---------        ------------------------------------------------------
           <S>              <C>
           Growth & Income  .95% of first $200 million
                            .75% of average net assets over and above $200 million
           OTC              .80% of first $300 million
                            .55% of average net assets over and above $300 million
           Research         .80% of first $300 million
                            .55% of average net assets over and above $300 million
           Total Return     .80% of first $300 million
                            .55% of average net assets over and above $300 million
           Value + Growth   .95% of first $500 million
                            .75% of average net assets over and above $500 million
</TABLE>
 
ADVISORY FEE WAIVER AND EXPENSE CAP
 
  The Adviser has undertaken to reimburse each Portfolio for all operating
expenses, excluding management fees, that exceed .40% of the average daily net
assets of each Portfolio. This undertaking is subject to termination at any
time without notice to shareholders. For the year ended December 31, 1996,
with respect to the Value + Growth Portfolio, the Adviser
 
                                      14
<PAGE>
 
had agreed to reimburse the Trust for $16,963 for expenses in excess of the
voluntary expense limitations, all of which was owed to the Trust as of
December 31, 1996.
 
EXPENSES OF THE TRUST
 
  The organizational expenses of the Trust are being amortized on a straight-
line basis over a period of five years (beginning with the commencement of
operations). If any of the initial shares (purchased by Equitable Life
Insurance Company of Iowa through its contribution of the initial "seed money"
to the Trust totaling $10,000 per Portfolio) are redeemed during the
amortization period by the holder thereof, the redemption proceeds will be
reduced by any unamortized organizational expenses in the same proportion as
the number of initial shares being redeemed bears to the number of initial
shares outstanding at the time of the redemption.
 
SUB-ADVISERS
 
  In accordance with a Portfolio's investment objective and policies and under
the supervision of Adviser and the Trust's Board of Trustees, a Portfolio's
Sub-Adviser is responsible for the day to day investment management of the
Portfolio, makes investment decisions for the Portfolio and places orders on
behalf of the Portfolio to effect the investment decisions made as provided in
separate Sub-Advisory Agreements among each Sub-Adviser, the Adviser and the
Trust. The following organizations act as Sub-Advisers to the Portfolios:
 
  MASSACHUSETTS FINANCIAL SERVICES COMPANY ("MFS"), 500 Boylston Street,
Boston, Massachusetts 02116, is the Sub-Adviser for the OTC Portfolio, the
Research Portfolio and the Total Return Portfolio of the Trust.
 
  MFS is America's oldest mutual fund organization. MFS and its predecessor
organizations have a history of money management dating from 1924 and the
founding of the first mutual fund in the United States, Massachusetts
Investors Trust. Net assets under the management of the MFS organization were
approximately $43.9 billion on behalf of approximately 1.9 million investor
accounts as of February 28, 1997. As of such date, the MFS organization
managed approximately $28.9 billion of assets in equity securities and $19.9
billion of assets in fixed income securities. Approximately $4.0 billion of
assets managed by MFS are invested in securities of foreign issuers and non-
U.S. dollar denominated securities of U.S. issuers. MFS is a subsidiary of Sun
Life Assurance Company of Canada (U.S.) which in turn is a wholly-owned
subsidiary of Sun Life Assurance Company of Canada ("Sun Life"). The Directors
of MFS are A. Keith Brodkin, Jeffrey L. Shames, Arnold D. Scott, John D.
McNeil and Donald R. Stewart. Mr. Brodkin is the Chairman, Mr. Shames is the
President and Mr. Scott is the Secretary and a Senior Executive Vice President
of MFS. Messrs. McNeil and Stewart are the Chairman and the President,
respectively, of Sun Life. Sun Life, a mutual life insurance company, is one
of the largest international life insurance companies and has been operating
in the U.S. since 1895, establishing a headquarters office in the U.S. in
1973. The executive officers of MFS report to the Chairman of Sun Life.
 
  Kevin R. Parke is the portfolio manager for the Research Portfolio. Mr.
Parke oversees the selection of portfolio securities made by various equity
research analysts employed by MFS. Mr. Parke is a Senior Vice President--
Investments of MFS and has been employed as a portfolio manager by MFS since
1985.
 
  David M. Calabro heads a team of portfolio managers of MFS for the Total
Return Portfolio. Mr. Calabro is a Vice President--Investments of MFS and
manages the equity portion of the portfolio along with Judith N. Lamb, a Vice
President--Investments of MFS, Lisa B. Nurme, a Vice President--Investments of
MFS and Maura Shaughnessy, a Vice President--Investments of MFS. Geoffrey L.
Kurinsky, a Senior Vice President--Investment manages the fixed income portion
of the portfolio and has been employed as a portfolio manager by MFS since
1987. Mr. Calabro has been employed as a portfolio manager by MFS since 1992.
Ms. Lamb has been employed as a portfolio manager by MFS since 1992. Ms. Nurme
has been employed as a portfolio manager by MFS since 1987. Ms. Shaughnessy
has been employed as a portfolio manager by MFS since 1991.
 
  John W. Ballen and Mark Regan are the portfolio managers for the OTC
Portfolio. Mr. Ballen is a Senior Vice President--Investments and the Chief
Equity Officer of MFS and has been employed by MFS since 1984. Mr. Regan is a
Vice President--Investments at MFS and has been employed as a portfolio
manager by MFS since 1989.
 
  Under the terms of the Sub-Advisory Agreement, the Adviser shall pay to MFS,
as full compensation for services rendered under the Sub-Advisory Agreement
with respect to the OTC, Research and Total Return Portfolios, the following
annual fees:
 
<TABLE>
         <S>               <C>
         OTC Portfolio     .40% of first $300 million
                           .25% of average net assets over and above $300 million
         Research Portfo-  .40% of first $300 million
          lio
                           .25% of average net assets over and above $300 million
         Total Return      .40% of first $300 million
          Portfolio
                           .25% of average net assets over and above $300 million
</TABLE>
 
                                      15
<PAGE>
 
  ROBERTSON, STEPHENS & COMPANY INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT, L.P., 555 California
Street, San Francisco, CA 94104, is the Sub-Adviser for the Growth & Income
and Value + Growth Portfolios of the Trust. Robertson, Stephens & Company
Investment Management, L.P., a California limited partnership, was formed in
1993 and is registered as an investment adviser with the Securities and
Exchange Commission. The general partner of Robertson, Stephens & Company
Investment Management, L.P. is Robertson, Stephens & Company, Inc. Robertson,
Stephens; Company Investment Management, L.P. is affiliated with Robertson,
Stephens & Company, LLC, a major investment banking firm specializing in
emerging growth companies that has developed substantial investment research,
underwriting, and venture capital expertise. Since 1978, Robertson, Stephens &
Company, LLC has managed underwritten public offerings for over $15 billion of
securities of emerging growth companies. Robertson, Stephens & Company
Investment Management, L.P., and its affiliates have in excess of $3.5 billion
under management in public and private investment funds. Robertson, Stephens &
Company, L.P., its general partner, Robertson, Stephens & Company, Inc. and
Sanford R. Robertson may be deemed to be control persons of Robertson,
Stephens & Company Investment Management, L.P.
 
  Ronald E. Elijah joined Robertson, Stephens & Company Investment Management,
L.P. in 1992 and is the portfolio manager for the Value + Growth Portfolio.
From August 1985 to January, 1990, Mr. Elijah was a securities analyst for
Robertson, Stephens & Company, L.P. From January 1990 to January 1992, Mr.
Elijah was an analyst and portfolio manager for Water Street Capital, which
managed short selling investment funds.
 
  John L. Wallace is the portfolio manager for the Growth & Income Portfolio.
Prior to joining Robertson, Stephens & Company Investment Management, L.P.,
Mr. Wallace was Vice President of Oppenheimer Management Corp., where he was
portfolio manager of the Oppenheimer Main Street Income and Growth Fund.
 
  Under the terms of the Sub-Advisory Agreement, the Adviser shall pay to
Robertson, Stephens & Company Investment Management, L.P., as full
compensation for services rendered under the Agreement with respect to the
Growth & Income and Value + Growth Portfolios the following annual fees:
 
<TABLE>
        <S>                       <C>
        Growth & Income Portfo-   .55% of first $200 million
         lio
                                  .45% of average net assets over and above $200 million
        Value + Growth Portfolio  .55% of first $500 million
                                  .45% of average net assets over and above $500 million
</TABLE>
 
                             SALES AND REDEMPTIONS
 
  The separate accounts of the Life Companies place orders to purchase and
redeem shares of each Portfolio based on, among other things, the amount of
premium payments to be invested and surrender and transfer requests to be
effected on that day pursuant to the Variable Contracts issued by the Life
Companies. Orders received by the Trust are effected on days on which the New
York Stock Exchange is open for trading, at the net asset value per share next
determined after receipt of the order. For orders received before 4:00 p.m.
New York time, such purchases and redemptions of shares of each Portfolio are
effected at the respective net asset values per share determined as of 4:00
p.m. New York time on that day. See "Net Asset Value," below and
"Determination of Net Asset Value" in the Trust's SAI. Payment for redemptions
will be made within seven days after receipt of a redemption request in good
order. No fee is charged the separate accounts of the Life Companies when they
redeem Portfolio shares. The Trust may suspend the sale of shares at any time
and may refuse any order to purchase shares.
 
  The Trust may suspend the right of redemption of shares of any Portfolio and
may postpone payment for any period: (i) during which the New York Stock
Exchange is closed other than for customary weekend and holiday closings or
during which trading on the New York Stock Exchange is restricted; (ii) when
the Securities and Exchange Commission determines that a state of emergency
exists which makes the sale of portfolio securities or the determination of
net asset value not reasonably practicable; (iii) as the Securities and
Exchange Commission may by order permit for the protection of the security
holders of the Trust; or (iv) at any time when the Trust may, under applicable
laws and regulations, suspend payment on the redemption of its shares.
 
                                NET ASSET VALUE
 
  Each Portfolio calculates the net asset value of a share by dividing the
total value of its assets, less liabilities, by the number of shares
outstanding. Shares are valued as of 4:00 p.m. New York time on each day the
New York Stock Exchange is open.
 
                                      16
<PAGE>
 
  Because foreign securities are quoted in foreign currencies which will be
translated into U.S. dollars at the New York cable transfer rates or at such
other rates as the Trustees may determine in computing net asset value,
fluctuations in the value of such currencies in relation to the U.S. dollar
will affect the net asset value of shares of a Portfolio investing in foreign
securities even though there has not been any change in the local currency
values of such securities.
 
                            PERFORMANCE INFORMATION
 
  Performance information for each of the Portfolios may be presented from
time to time in advertisements and sales literature. The Portfolios may
advertise several types of performance information. These are the "yield,"
"average annual total return" and "aggregate total return". Each of these
figures is based upon historical results and is not necessarily representative
of the future performance of any Portfolio.
 
  The yield of a Portfolio's shares is determined by annualizing net
investment income earned per share for a stated period (normally one month or
thirty days) and dividing the result by the net asset value per share at the
end of the valuation period. The average annual total return and aggregate
total return figures measure both the net investment income generated by, and
the effect of any realized or unrealized appreciation or depreciation of the
underlying investments in, the Portfolio's portfolio for the period in
question, assuming the reinvestment of all dividends. Thus, these figures
reflect the change in the value of an investment in a Portfolio's shares
during a specified period. Average annual total return will be quoted for at
least the one, five and ten year periods ending on a recent calendar quarter
(or if such periods have not yet elapsed, at the end of a shorter period
corresponding to the life of the Portfolio). Average annual total return
figures are annualized and, therefore, represent the average annual percentage
change over the period in question. Total return figures are not annualized
and represent the aggregate percentage or dollar value change over the period
in question. For more information regarding the computation of yield, average
annual total return and aggregate total return, see "Performance Information"
in the SAI.
 
  Any Portfolio performance information presented will also include
performance information for the separate accounts of the Life Companies
investing in the Trust which will take into account insurance-related charges
and expenses under such insurance policies and contracts.
 
  Advertisements concerning the Trust may from time to time compare the
performance of one or more Portfolios to various indices. Advertisements may
also contain the performance rankings assigned certain Portfolios or their
advisers by various publications and statistical services, including, for
example, SEI, Lipper Analytical Services Mutual Funds Survey, Lipper Variable
Insurance Products Performance Analysis Service, Morningstar, Intersec
Research Survey of Non-U.S. Equity Fund Returns, Frank Russell International
Universe, and Financial Services Week. Any such comparisons or rankings are
based on past performance and the statistical computation performed by
publications and services, and are not necessarily indications of future
performance. Because the Portfolios are managed investment vehicles investing
in a wide variety of securities, the securities owned by a Portfolio will not
match those making up an index.
 
                   TAX STATUS, DIVIDENDS, AND DISTRIBUTIONS
 
  Each Portfolio of the Trust intends to qualify and elect to be treated as a
regulated investment company that is taxed under the rules of Subchapter M of
the Internal Revenue Code. As such an electing regulated investment company, a
Portfolio will not be subject to federal income tax on its net ordinary income
and net realized capital gains to the extent such income and gains are
distributed to the separate accounts of the Life Companies which hold its
shares. For further information concerning federal income tax consequences for
the holders of the Variable Contracts of the Life Companies, investors should
consult the prospectus used in connection with the issuance of their Variable
Contracts.
 
  Each of the Portfolios will declare and distribute dividends from net
ordinary income at least annually and will distribute its net realized capital
gains, if any, at least annually. Distributions of ordinary income and capital
gains will be made in shares of such Portfolios unless an election is made on
behalf of a separate account to receive distributions in cash. The Life
Companies will be informed at least annually about the amount and character of
distributions from the Trust for federal income tax purposes.
 
                            ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
 
  The Trust was established as a Massachusetts business trust under the laws
of Massachusetts by a Declaration of Trust dated May 11, 1994 (the
"Declaration of Trust"). Under Massachusetts law, shareholders of such a trust
may, under certain
 
                                      17
<PAGE>
 
circumstances, be held personally liable as partners for the obligations of
the trust. The Declaration of Trust contains an express disclaimer of
shareholder liability in connection with Trust property or the acts,
obligations, or affairs of the Trust. The Declaration of Trust also provides
for indemnification out of a Portfolio's property of any shareholder of that
Portfolio held personally liable for the claims and liabilities to which a
shareholder may become subject by reason of being or having been a
shareholder. Thus, the risk of a shareholder's incurring financial loss on
account of shareholder liability is limited to circumstances in which the
Portfolio itself would be unable to meet its obligations. A copy of the
Declaration of Trust is on file with the Secretary of State of The
Commonwealth of Massachusetts.
 
  The Trust has an unlimited authorized number of shares of beneficial
interest. Shares of the Trust are entitled to one vote per share (with
proportional voting for fractional shares) and are freely transferable, and,
in liquidation of a Portfolio, shareholders of the Portfolio are entitled to
receive pro rata the net assets of the Portfolio. Although no Portfolio is
required to hold annual meetings of its shareholders, shareholders have the
right to call a meeting to elect or remove Trustees or to take other actions
as provided in the Declaration of Trust. Shareholders have no preemptive
rights. The Trust's custodian, transfer and dividend-paying agent is State
Street Bank and Trust Company.
 
  To mitigate the possibility that a Portfolio will be adversely affected by
personal trading of employees, the Trust, the Adviser and the Sub-Advisers
have adopted policies that restrict securities trading in personal accounts of
the portfolio managers and others who normally come into possession of
information on portfolio transactions. These policies comply, in all material
respects, with the recommendations of the Investment Company Institute.
 
 
                                      18
<PAGE>
 
                                   APPENDIX
 
SECURITIES AND INVESTMENT PRACTICES
 
  In attempting to achieve its investment objective or policies each Portfolio
employs a variety of instruments, strategies and techniques, which are
described in greater detail below. Risks and restrictions associated with
these practices are also described. Policies and limitations are considered at
the time a security or instrument is purchased or a practice initiated.
Generally, securities need not be sold if subsequent changes in market value
result in applicable limitations not being met.
 
  A Portfolio might not buy all of these securities or use all of these
techniques to the full extent permitted unless the Adviser or the Sub-Adviser,
subject to oversight by Adviser, believes that doing so will help the
Portfolio achieve its goal. As a shareholder, you will receive Portfolio
reports every six months detailing the Trust's holdings and describing recent
investment practices.
 
  The investment guidelines set forth below may be changed at any time without
shareholder consent by vote of the Board of Trustees of the Trust. A complete
list of investment restrictions that identifies additional restrictions that
cannot be changed without the approval of a majority of an affected
Portfolio's outstanding shares is contained in the SAI.
 
AMERICAN DEPOSITARY RECEIPTS AND EUROPEAN DEPOSITARY RECEIPTS
 
  Certain of the Portfolios may invest in securities of foreign issuers
directly or in the form of American Depositary Receipts ("ADRs"), European
Depositary Receipts ("EDRs") or other similar securities representing
securities of foreign issuers. These securities may not necessarily be
denominated in the same currency as the securities they represent. ADRs are
receipts typically issued by a United States bank or trust company evidencing
beneficial ownership of the underlying foreign securities. EDRs are receipts
issued by a European financial institution evidencing a similar arrangement.
Generally, ADRs, in registered form, are designed for use in the United States
securities markets, and EDRs, in bearer form, are designed for use in European
securities markets.
 
ASSET-BACKED SECURITIES
 
  Certain of the Portfolios may purchase asset-backed securities, which
represent a participation in, or are secured by and payable from, a stream of
payments generated by particular assets, most often a pool of assets similar
to one another. Assets generating such payments may include motor vehicle
installment purchase obligations, credit card receivables and home equity
loans.
 
BANK OBLIGATIONS
 
  All of the Portfolios may invest in Bank Obligations, which include
certificates of deposit, time deposits and bankers' acceptances of U.S.
commercial banks or savings and loan institutions which are determined by the
Adviser or the Sub-Advisers to present minimal credit risks. Certain of the
Portfolios may invest in foreign-currency denominated Bank Obligations,
including Euro-currency instruments and securities of U.S. and foreign banks
and thrifts.
 
BORROWING
 
  Each of the Portfolios may borrow money (up to 33 1/3% of its assets) for
temporary or emergency purposes. If a Portfolio borrows money, its share price
may be subject to greater fluctuation until the borrowing is paid off. If the
Portfolio makes additional investments while borrowings are outstanding, this
may be construed as a form of leverage.
 
  Borrowing, including reverse repurchase agreements and, in certain
circumstances, dollar rolls, creates leverage which increases a Portfolio's
investment risk. If the income and gains on the securities purchased with the
proceeds of borrowings exceed the cost of the arrangements, the Portfolio's
earnings or net asset value will increase faster than would be the case
otherwise. Conversely, if the income and gains fail to exceed the costs,
earnings or net asset value will decline faster than would otherwise be the
case.
 
BRADY BONDS
 
  Certain Portfolios of the Trust may invest in Brady Bonds, which are
securities created through the exchange of existing commercial bank loans to
public and private entities in certain emerging markets for new bonds in
connection with debt restructurings under a debt restructuring plan introduced
by former U.S. Secretary of the Treasury, Nicholas F. Brady (the "Brady
Plan"). Brady Plan debt restructurings have been implemented to date in
Argentina, Brazil, Bulgaria, Costa Rica, Ecuador, Mexico, Nigeria, the
Philippines, Poland, Uruguay, and Venezuela. Brady Bonds have been issued only
recently, and for that reason do not have a long payment history. Brady Bonds
may be collateralized or uncollateralized, are issued in
 
                                      A-1
<PAGE>
 
various currencies (but primarily the U.S. dollar) and are actively traded in
over-the-counter secondary markets. U.S. dollar denominated, collateralized
Brady Bonds, which may be fixed rate bonds or floating-rate bonds, are
generally collateralized in full as to principal by U.S. Treasury zero coupon
bonds having the same maturity as the bonds. Brady Bonds are often viewed as
having three or four valuation components: the collateralized repayment of
principal at final maturity; the collateralized interest payments; the
uncollateralized interest payments; and any uncollateralized repayment of
principal at maturity (these uncollateralized amounts constituting the
"residual risk"). In light of the residual risk of Brady Bonds and the history
of defaults of countries issuing Brady Bonds with respect to commercial bank
loans by public and private entities, investments in Brady Bonds may be viewed
as speculative.
 
COMMON STOCK AND OTHER EQUITY SECURITIES
 
  Common Stocks represent an equity (ownership) interest in a corporation.
This ownership interest generally gives a Portfolio the right to vote on
measures affecting the company's organization and operations.
 
  Certain of the Portfolios may also buy securities such as convertible debt,
preferred stock, warrants or other securities exchangeable for shares of
Common Stock. In selecting equity investments for a Portfolio, the Adviser or
Sub-Adviser will generally invest the Portfolio's assets in industries and
companies that it believes are experiencing favorable demand for their
products and services and which operate in a favorable competitive and
regulatory climate.
 
CONVERTIBLE SECURITIES
 
  A convertible security is a security that may be converted either at a
stated price or rate within a specified period of time into a specified number
of shares of Common Stock. By investing in Convertible Securities, a Portfolio
seeks the opportunity, through the conversion feature, to participate in the
capital appreciation of the Common Stock into which the securities are
convertible, while earning a higher fixed rate of return than is available in
Common Stocks.
 
CURRENCY MANAGEMENT
 
  A Portfolio's flexibility to participate in higher yielding debt markets
outside of the United States may allow the Portfolio to achieve higher yields
than those generally obtained by domestic money market funds and short-term
bond investments. When a Portfolio invests significantly in securities
denominated in foreign currencies, however, movements in foreign currency
exchange rates versus the U.S. dollar are likely to impact the Portfolio's
share price stability relative to domestic short-term income funds.
Fluctuations in foreign currencies can have a positive or negative impact on
returns. Normally, to the extent that the Portfolio is invested in foreign
securities, a weakening in the U.S. dollar relative to the foreign currencies
underlying a Portfolio's investments should help increase the net asset value
of the Portfolio. Conversely, a strengthening in the U.S. dollar versus the
foreign currencies in which a Portfolio's securities are denominated will
generally lower the net asset value of the Portfolio. Each Portfolio's Adviser
or Sub-Adviser attempts to minimize exchange rate risk through active
portfolio management, including hedging currency exposure through the use of
futures, options and forward currency transactions and attempting to identify
bond markets with strong or stable currencies. There can be no assurance that
such hedging will be successful and such transactions, if unsuccessful, could
result in additional losses or expenses to a Portfolio.
 
DOLLAR ROLL TRANSACTIONS
 
  Certain Portfolios seeking a high level of current income may enter into
dollar rolls or "covered rolls" in which the Portfolio sells securities
(usually Mortgage-Backed Securities) and simultaneously contracts to purchase,
typically in 30 to 60 days, substantially similar, but not identical
securities, on a specified future date. The proceeds of the initial sale of
securities in the Dollar Roll Transactions may be used to purchase long-term
securities which will be held during the roll period. During the roll period,
the Portfolio forgoes principal and interest paid on the securities sold at
the beginning of the roll period. The Portfolio is compensated by the
difference between the current sales price and the forward price for the
future purchase (often referred to as the "drop") as well as by the interest
earned on the cash proceeds of the initial sale. A "covered roll" is a
specific type of dollar roll for which there is an offsetting cash position or
cash equivalent securities position that matures on or before the forward
settlement date of the dollar roll transaction. As used herein the term
"dollar roll" refers to dollar rolls that are not "covered rolls." At the end
of the roll commitment period, the Portfolio may or may not take delivery of
the securities the Portfolio has contracted to purchase.
 
  The Portfolio will establish a segregated account with its custodian in
which it will maintain cash, U.S. Government Securities or other liquid high-
grade debt obligations equal in value at all times to its obligations in
respect of dollar rolls, and, accordingly, the Portfolio will not treat such
obligations as senior securities for purposes of the 1940 Act. "Covered rolls"
are not subject to these segregation requirements. Dollar Roll Transactions
may be considered borrowings and are, therefore, subject to the borrowing
limitations applicable to the Portfolios.
 
 
                                      A-2
<PAGE>
 
EQUITY AND DEBT SECURITIES ISSUED OR GUARANTEED BY SUPRANATIONAL ORGANIZATIONS
 
  Portfolios authorized to invest in securities of foreign issuers may invest
assets in equity and debt securities issued or guaranteed by Supranational
Organizations, such as obligations issued or guaranteed by the Asian
Development Bank, Inter-American Development Bank, International Bank for
Reconstruction and Development (World Bank), African Development Bank,
European Coal and Steel Community, European Economic Community, European
Investment Bank and the Nordic Investment Bank.
 
EXCHANGE RATE-RELATED SECURITIES
 
  Certain of the Portfolios may invest in securities which are indexed to
certain specific foreign currency exchange rates. The terms of such security
would provide that the principal amount or interest payments are adjusted
upwards or downwards (but not below zero) at payment to reflect fluctuations
in the exchange rate between two currencies while the obligation is
outstanding, depending on the terms of the specific security. A Portfolio will
purchase such security with the currency in which it is denominated and will
receive interest and principal payments thereon in the currency, but the
amount of principal or interest payable by the issuer will vary in proportion
to the change (if any) in the exchange rate between the two specific
currencies between the date the instrument is issued and the date the
principal or interest payment is due. The staff of the SEC is currently
considering whether a mutual fund's purchase of this type of security would
result in the issuance of a "senior security" within the meaning of the 1940
Act. The Trust believes that such investments do not involve the creation of
such a senior security, but nevertheless undertakes, pending the resolution of
this issue by the staff, to establish a segregated account with respect to
such investments and to maintain in such account cash not available for
investment or U.S. Government Securities or other liquid high quality debt
securities having a value equal to the aggregate principal amount of
outstanding securities of this type.
 
  Investment in Exchange Rate-Related Securities entails certain risks. There
is the possibility of significant changes in rates of exchange between the
U.S. dollar and any foreign currency to which an Exchange Rate-Related
Security is linked. In addition, there is no assurance that sufficient trading
interest to create a liquid secondary market will exist for a particular
Exchange Rate-Related Security due to conditions in the debt and foreign
currency markets. Illiquidity in the forward foreign exchange market and the
high volatility of the foreign exchange market may from time to time combine
to make it difficult to sell an Exchange Rate-Related Security prior to
maturity without incurring a significant price loss.
 
FIXED-INCOME SECURITIES
 
  The market value of fixed-income obligations held by the Portfolios and,
consequently, the net asset value per share of the Portfolios can be expected
to vary inversely to changes in prevailing interest rates. Investors should
also recognize that, in periods of declining interest rates, the yields of the
Portfolios investing in fixed income obligations will tend to be somewhat
higher than prevailing market rates and, in periods of rising interest rates,
these Portfolios' yields will tend to be somewhat lower. Also, when interest
rates are falling, the inflow of net new money to the Portfolios investing in
fixed income obligations from the continuous sales of their shares will likely
be invested in instruments producing lower yields than the balance of their
assets, thereby reducing current yields. In periods of rising interest rates,
the opposite can be expected to occur. Prices of longer term securities
generally increase or decrease more sharply than those of shorter term
securities in response to interest rate changes. In addition, obligations
purchased by certain of these Portfolios that are rated in the lower
categories are considered to have speculative characteristics and changes in
economic conditions or other circumstances are more likely to lead to a
weakened capacity to make principal and interest payments than is the case
with higher grade securities. (See "Lower Rated Securities" in this Appendix.)
 
FOREIGN CURRENCY EXCHANGE TRANSACTIONS
 
  Certain of the Portfolios may engage in foreign currency exchange
transactions. Portfolios that buy and sell securities denominated in
currencies other than the U.S. dollar, and receive interest, dividends and
sale proceeds in currencies other than the U.S. dollar, may enter into foreign
currency exchange transactions to convert to and from different foreign
currencies and to convert foreign currencies to and from the U.S. dollar. A
Portfolio can either enter into these transactions on a spot (i.e., cash)
basis at the spot rate prevailing in the foreign currency exchange market, or
use forward contracts to purchase or sell foreign currencies.
 
  A forward foreign currency exchange contract is an obligation by a Portfolio
to purchase or sell a specific currency at a future date, which may be any
fixed number of days from the date of the contract. Forward foreign currency
exchange contracts establish an exchange rate at a future date. These
contracts are transferable in the interbank market conducted directly between
currency traders (usually large commercial banks) and their customers. A
forward foreign currency exchange contract generally has no deposit
requirement, and is traded at a net price without a commission. When a
Portfolio engages in forward contracts for the sale or purchase of currencies,
the Portfolio will either cover its position or establish a
 
                                      A-3
<PAGE>
 
segregated account. The Portfolio will consider its position covered if it has
securities in the currency subject to the forward contract, or otherwise has
the right to obtain that currency at no additional cost. In the alternative,
the Trust, on behalf of the Portfolio, will place cash which is not available
for investment, liquid, high-grade debt securities or other securities
(denominated in the foreign currency subject to the forward contract) in a
separate account. The amounts in such separate account will equal the value of
the Portfolio's total assets which are committed to the consummation of
foreign currency exchange contracts. If the value of the securities placed in
the separate account declines, the Trust, on behalf of the Portfolio, will
place additional cash or securities in the account on a daily basis so that
the value of the account will equal the amount of the Portfolio's commitments
with respect to such contracts. Neither spot transactions nor forward foreign
currency exchange contracts eliminate fluctuations in the prices of the
Portfolio's portfolio securities or in foreign exchange rates, or prevent loss
if the prices of these securities should decline.
 
  A Portfolio may enter into foreign currency exchange transactions for
hedging purposes as well as for non-hedging purposes. Transactions are entered
into for hedging purposes in an attempt to protect against changes in foreign
currency exchange rates between the trade and settlement dates of specific
securities transactions or changes in foreign currency exchange rates that
would adversely affect a portfolio position or an anticipated portfolio
position. Although these transactions tend to minimize the risk of loss due to
a decline in the value of the hedged currency, at the same time they tend to
limit any potential gain that might be realized should the value of the hedged
currency increase. The precise matching of the forward contract amounts and
the value of the securities involved will not generally be possible because
the future value of these securities in foreign currencies will change as a
consequence of market movements in the value of those securities between the
date the forward contract is entered into and the date it matures. The
projection of currency market movements is extremely difficult, and the
successful execution of a hedging strategy is highly uncertain. In addition,
when the Adviser or Sub-Adviser believes that the currency of a specific
country may deteriorate against another currency, it may enter into a forward
contract to sell the less attractive currency and buy the more attractive one.
The amount in question could be less than or equal to the value of the
Portfolio's securities denominated in the less attractive currency. The
Portfolio may also enter into a forward contract to sell a currency which is
linked to a currency or currencies in which some or all of the Portfolio's
portfolio securities are or could be denominated, and to buy U.S. dollars.
These practices are referred to as "cross hedging" and "proxy hedging."
 
  A Portfolio may enter into foreign currency exchange transactions for other
than hedging purposes which presents greater profit potential but also
involves increased risk. For example, if the Adviser or Sub-Adviser believes
that the value of a particular foreign currency will increase or decrease
relative to the value of the U.S. dollar, the Portfolio may purchase or sell
such currency, respectively, through a forward foreign currency exchange
contract. If the expected changes in the value of the currency occur, the
Portfolio will realize profits which will increase its gross income. Where
exchange rates do not move in the direction or to the extent anticipated,
however, the Portfolio may sustain losses which will reduce its gross income.
Such transactions, therefore, could be considered speculative.
 
  Forward currency exchange contracts are agreements to exchange one currency
for another -- for example, to exchange a certain amount of U.S. dollars for a
certain amount of Japanese Yen -- at a future date and specified price.
Typically, the other party to a currency exchange contract will be a
commercial bank or other financial institution. Because there is a risk of
loss to the Portfolio if the other party does not complete the transaction,
the Portfolio's Adviser or Sub-Adviser will enter into foreign currency
exchange contracts only with parties approved by the Trust's Board of
Trustees.
 
  A Portfolio may maintain "short" positions in forward currency exchange
transactions in which the Portfolio agrees to exchange currency that it
currently does not own for another currency -- for example, to exchange an
amount of Japanese Yen that it does not own for a certain amount of U.S.
dollars -- at a future date and specified price in anticipation of a decline
in the value of the currency sold short relative to the currency that the
Portfolio has contracted to receive in the exchange.
 
  While such actions are intended to protect the Portfolio from adverse
currency movements, there is a risk that currency movements involved will not
be properly anticipated. Use of this technique may also be limited by
management's need to protect the status of the Portfolio as a regulated
investment company under the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended. The
projection of currency market movements is extremely difficult, and the
successful execution of currency strategies is highly uncertain.
 
FOREIGN INVESTMENTS
 
  Certain Portfolios may invest in securities of foreign issuers. There are
certain risks involved in investing in foreign securities, including those
resulting from fluctuations in currency exchange rates, devaluation of
currencies, future political or economic developments and the possible
imposition of currency exchange blockages or other foreign governmental laws
or restrictions, reduced availability of public information concerning
issuers, and the fact that foreign companies are not generally subject to
uniform accounting, auditing and financial reporting standards or to other
regulatory practices and
 
                                      A-4
<PAGE>
 
requirements comparable to those applicable to domestic companies. Moreover,
securities of many foreign companies may be less liquid and the prices more
volatile than those of securities of comparable domestic companies. With
respect to certain foreign countries, there is the possibility of
expropriation, nationalization, confiscatory taxation and limitations on the
use or removal of funds or other assets of the Portfolios, including the
withholding of dividends.
 
  Because foreign securities generally are denominated and pay dividends or
interest in foreign currencies, and the Portfolios hold various foreign
currencies from time to time, the value of the net assets of the Portfolios as
measured in U.S. dollars will be affected favorably or unfavorably by changes
in exchange rates. The cost of the Portfolio's currency exchange transactions
will generally be the difference between the bid and offer spot rate of the
currency being purchased or sold. In order to protect against uncertainty in
the level of future foreign currency exchange rates, the Portfolios are
authorized to enter into certain foreign currency exchange transactions.
Investors should be aware that exchange rate movements can be significant and
can endure for long periods of time. Extensive research of the economic,
political and social factors that influence global markets is conducted by the
Adviser or Sub-Advisers. Particular attention is given to country-specific
analysis, reviewing the strength or weakness of a country's overall economy,
the government policies influencing business conditions and the outlook for
the country's currency. Certain Portfolios are authorized to engage in foreign
currency options, futures, options on futures and forward currency contract
transactions for hedging and/or other permissible purposes.
 
  In addition, while the volume of transactions effected on foreign stock
exchanges has increased in recent years, in most cases it remains appreciably
below that of the NYSE. Accordingly, the Portfolios' foreign investments may
be less liquid and their prices may be more volatile than comparable
investments in securities of United States companies. Moreover, the settlement
periods for foreign securities, which are often longer than those for
securities of United States issuers, may affect portfolio liquidity. In buying
and selling securities on foreign exchanges, the Portfolio normally pays fixed
commissions that are generally higher than the negotiated commissions charged
in the United States. In addition, there is generally less governmental
supervision and regulation of securities exchanges, brokers and issuers in
foreign countries than in the United States.
 
  Certain of the Portfolios may invest, as described below, in countries or
regions with relatively low gross national product per capita compared to the
world's major economies, and in countries or regions with the potential for
rapid economic growth (emerging markets). Emerging markets will include any
country: (i) having an "emerging stock market" as defined by the International
Finance Corporation; (ii) with low- to middle-income economies according to
the International Bank for Reconstruction and Development (the World Bank);
(iii) listed in World Bank publications as developing; or (iv) determined by
the Adviser or a Sub-Adviser to be an emerging market as defined above. The
Portfolio may invest in securities of: (i) companies the principal securities
trading market for which is an emerging market country; (ii) companies
organized under the laws of, and with a principal office in, an emerging
market country; (iii) companies whose principal activities are located in
emerging market countries; (iv) companies traded in any market that derive 50%
or more of their total revenue from either goods or services produced in an
emerging market or sold in an emerging market; (v) companies that have 50% or
more of their assets in an emerging market country; or (vi) the security is
issued or guaranteed by the government of an emerging market country or any of
its agencies, authorities or instrumentalities.
 
  The risks of investing in foreign securities may be intensified in the case
of investments in emerging markets. Securities prices in emerging markets can
be significantly more volatile than in the more developed nations of the
world, reflecting the greater uncertainties of investing in less established
markets and economies. In particular, countries with emerging markets may have
relatively unstable governments, present the risk of nationalization of
businesses, restrictions on foreign ownership, or prohibitions of repatriation
of assets, and may have less protection of property rights than more developed
countries. The economies of countries with emerging markets may be
predominantly based on only a few industries, may be highly vulnerable to
changes in local or global trade conditions, and may suffer from extreme and
volatile debt burdens or inflation rates. Local securities markets may trade a
small number of securities and may be unable to respond effectively to
increases in trading volume, potentially making prompt liquidation of
substantial holdings difficult or impossible at times. Securities of issuers
located in countries with emerging markets may have limited marketability and
may be subject to more abrupt or erratic price movements.
 
FUTURES AND OPTIONS ON FUTURES
 
  When deemed appropriate by its Adviser or Sub-Adviser, certain Portfolios
may enter into financial or currency futures and related options that are
traded on a U.S. exchange or board of trade or, to the extent permitted by
applicable law, on exchanges located outside the U.S., for hedging purposes or
for non-hedging purposes to the extent permitted by applicable law. A
Portfolio may not enter into futures and options contracts for which aggregate
initial margin deposits and premiums paid for unexpired futures options
entered into for purposes other than "bona fide hedging" positioning as
defined in regulations adopted by the Commodity Futures Trading Commission
exceed 5% of the fair market value of the Portfolio's net assets, after taking
into account unrealized profits and unrealized losses on futures contracts
into which it has entered.
 
                                      A-5
<PAGE>
 
With respect to each long position in a futures contract or option thereon,
the underlying commodity value of such contract will always be covered by cash
and cash equivalents set aside plus accrued profits held at the futures
commission merchant.
 
  A financial or currency futures contract provides for the future sale by one
party and the purchase by the other party of a specified amount of a
particular financial instrument or currency (e.g., debt security or currency)
at a specified price, date, time and place. An index futures contract is an
agreement pursuant to which two parties agree to take or make delivery of an
amount of cash equal to the difference between the value of the index at the
close of the last trading day of the contract and the price at which the index
contract was originally written. An option on a futures contract generally
gives the purchaser the right, in return for the premium paid, to assume a
position in a futures contract at a specified exercise price at any time prior
to the expiration date of the option.
 
  The purpose of entering into a futures contract by a Portfolio is to either
enhance return or to protect the Portfolio from fluctuations in the value of
its securities caused by anticipated changes in interest rates, currency or
market conditions without necessarily buying or selling the securities. The
use of futures contracts and options on futures contracts involves several
risks. There can be no assurance that there will be a correlation between
price movements in the underlying securities, currencies or index, on the one
hand, and price movements in the securities which are the subject of the
futures contract or option on futures contract, on the other hand. Positions
in futures contracts and options on futures contracts may be closed out only
on the exchange or board of trade on which they were entered into, and there
can be no assurance that an active market will exist for a particular contract
or option at any particular time. If a Portfolio has hedged against the
possibility of an increase in interest rates or bond prices adversely
affecting the value of securities held in its portfolio and rates or prices
decrease instead, a Portfolio will lose part or all of the benefit of the
increased value of securities that it has hedged because it will have
offsetting losses in its futures positions. In addition, in such situations,
if a Portfolio had insufficient cash, it may have to sell securities to meet
daily variation margin requirements at a time when it may be disadvantageous
to do so. These sales of securities may, but will not necessarily, be at
increased prices that reflect the decline in interest rates or bond prices, as
the case may be. In addition, the Portfolio would pay commissions and other
costs in connection with such investments, which may increase the Portfolio's
expenses and reduce its return. While utilization of options, futures
contracts and similar instruments may be advantageous to the Portfolio, if the
Portfolio's Adviser or Sub-Adviser is not successful in employing such
instruments in managing the Portfolio's investments, the Portfolio's
performance will be worse than if the Portfolio did not make such investments.
 
  Losses incurred in futures contracts and options on futures contracts and
the costs of these transactions will adversely affect a Portfolio's
performance.
 
GEOGRAPHICAL AND INDUSTRY CONCENTRATION
 
  Where a Portfolio invests at least 25% of its assets in Bank Obligations,
the Portfolio's investments may be subject to greater risk than a Portfolio
that does not concentrate in the banking industry. In particular, Bank
Obligations may be subject to the risks associated with interest rate
volatility, changes in federal and state laws and regulations governing
banking and the inability of borrowers to pay principal and interest when due.
In addition, foreign banks present the risks of investing in foreign
securities generally and are not subject to reserve requirements and other
regulations comparable to those of U.S. Banks.
 
GOVERNMENT STRIPPED MORTGAGE-BACKED SECURITIES
 
  Certain Portfolios may invest in Government Stripped Mortgage-Backed
Securities issued or guaranteed by the Government National Mortgage
Association ("GNMA"), Federal National Mortgage Association ("FNMA") and
Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation ("FHLMC"). These securities represent
beneficial ownership interests in either periodic principal distributions
("principal-only") or interest distributions ("interest-only") on mortgage-
backed certificates issued by GNMA, FNMA or FHLMC, as the case may be. The
certificates underlying the Government Stripped Mortgage-Backed Securities
represent all or part of the beneficial interest in pools of mortgage loans.
The Portfolios will invest in interest-only Government Stripped Mortgage-
Backed Securities in order to enhance yield or to benefit from anticipated
appreciation in value of the securities at times when the Adviser or
appropriate Sub-Adviser believes that interest rates will remain stable or
increase. In periods of rising interest rates, the value of interest-only
Government Stripped Mortgage-Backed Securities may be expected to increase
because of the diminished expectation that the underlying mortgages will be
prepaid. In this situation the expected increase in the value of interest-only
Government Stripped Mortgage-Backed Securities may offset all or a portion of
any decline in value of the portfolio securities of the Portfolios. Investing
in Government Stripped Mortgage-Backed Securities involves the risks normally
associated with investing in mortgage-backed securities issued by government
or government-related entities. See "Mortgage-Backed Securities" below. In
addition, the yields on interest-only and principal-only Government Stripped
Mortgage-Backed Securities are extremely sensitive to the prepayment
experience on the mortgage loans underlying the certificates collateralizing
the securities. If a decline in the level of prevailing interest
 
                                      A-6
<PAGE>
 
rates results in a rate of principal prepayments higher than anticipated,
distributions of principal will be accelerated, thereby reducing the yield to
maturity on interest-only Government Stripped Mortgage-Backed Securities and
increasing the yield to maturity on principal-only Government Stripped
Mortgage-Backed Securities. Conversely, if an increase in the level of
prevailing interest rates results in a rate of principal prepayments lower
than anticipated, distributions of principal will be deferred, thereby
increasing the yield to maturity on interest-only Government Stripped
Mortgage-Backed Securities and decreasing the yield to maturity on principal-
only Government Stripped Mortgage-Backed Securities. Sufficiently high
prepayment rates could result in the Portfolio not fully recovering its
initial investment in an interest-only Government Stripped Mortgage-Backed
Security. Government Stripped Mortgage-Backed Securities are currently traded
in an over-the-counter market maintained by several large investment banking
firms. There can be no assurance that the Portfolio will be able to effect a
trade of a Government Stripped Mortgage-Backed Security at a time when it
wishes to do so. The Portfolios will acquire Government Stripped Mortgage-
Backed Securities only if a liquid secondary market for the securities exists
at the time of acquisition.
 
INTEREST RATE TRANSACTIONS
 
  Certain Portfolios may engage in certain Interest Rate Transactions, such as
swaps, caps, floors and collars. Interest rate swaps involve the exchange with
another party of commitments to pay or receive interest (e.g., an exchange of
floating rate payments for fixed rate payments). The purchase of an interest
rate cap entitles the purchaser, to the extent that a specified index exceeds
a predetermined interest rate, to receive payments of interest on a notional
principal amount from the party selling such interest rate cap. The purchase
of an interest rate floor entitles the purchaser, to the extent that a
specified index falls below a predetermined interest rate, to receive payments
of interest on a notional principal amount from the party selling such
interest rate floor. An interest rate collar combines the elements of
purchasing a cap and selling a floor. The collar protects against an interest
rate rise above the maximum amount but gives up the benefits of an interest
rate decline below the minimum amount. The net amount of the excess, if any,
of a Portfolio's obligations over its entitlements with respect to each
interest rate swap will be accrued on a daily basis and an amount of cash or
liquid securities having an aggregate net asset value at least equal to the
accrued excess will be maintained in a segregated account with the Trust's
custodian. If there is a default by the other party to the transaction, the
Portfolio will have contractual remedies pursuant to the agreements related to
the transactions.
 
ILLIQUID SECURITIES
 
  Up to 10% (15% for the OTC Portfolio and Total Return Portfolio) of the net
assets of a Portfolio may be invested in securities that are not readily
marketable, including, where applicable: (1) Repurchase Agreements with
maturities greater than seven calendar days; (2) time deposits maturing in
more than seven calendar days; (3) to the extent a liquid secondary market
does not exist for the instruments, futures contracts and options thereon; (4)
certain over-the-counter options, as described in the SAI; (5) certain
variable rate demand notes having a demand period of more than seven days; and
(6) securities the disposition of which is restricted under Federal securities
laws (excluding Rule 144A Securities, described below). The Portfolios will
not include for purposes of the restrictions on illiquid investments,
securities sold pursuant to Rule 144A under the Securities Act of 1933, as
amended, so long as such securities meet liquidity guidelines established by
the Trust's Board of Trustees. Under Rule 144A, securities which would
otherwise be restricted may be sold by persons other than issuers or dealers
to qualified institutional buyers.
 
INVESTMENT COMPANIES
 
  When a Portfolio's Adviser or Sub-Adviser believes that it would be
beneficial for the Portfolio and appropriate under the circumstances, up to
10% of the Portfolio's assets may be invested in securities of mutual funds.
As a shareholder in any such mutual fund, the Portfolio will bear its ratable
share of the mutual fund's expenses, including management fees, and will
remain subject to the Portfolio's advisory and administration fees with
respect to the assets so invested.
 
LEASE OBLIGATION BONDS
 
  Lease Obligation Bonds are mortgages on a facility that is secured by the
facility and are paid by a lessee over a long term. The rental stream to
service the debt as well as the mortgage are held by a collateral trustee on
behalf of the public bondholders. The primary risk of such instrument is the
risk of default. Under the lease indenture, the failure to pay rent is an
event of default. The remedy to cure default is to rescind the lease and sell
the assets. If the lease obligation is not readily marketable or market
quotations are not readily available, such lease obligations will be subject
to a Portfolio's limit on Illiquid Securities.
 
 
                                      A-7
<PAGE>
 
LENDING OF SECURITIES
 
  All of the Portfolios have the ability to lend portfolio securities to
brokers and other financial organizations. By lending its securities, a
Portfolio can increase its income by continuing to receive interest on the
loaned securities as well as by either investing the cash collateral in short-
term instruments or obtaining yield in the form of interest paid by the
borrower when U.S. Government Securities are used as collateral. These loans,
if and when made, may not exceed 20% of a Portfolio's total assets taken at
value. Loans of portfolio securities by a Portfolio will be collateralized by
cash, irrevocable letters of credit or U.S. Government Securities that are
maintained at all times in an amount at least equal to the current market
value of the loaned securities. Any gain or loss in the market price of the
securities loaned that might occur during the term of the loan would be for
the account of the Portfolio involved. Each Portfolio's Adviser or Sub-Adviser
will monitor on an ongoing basis the credit worthiness of the institutions to
which the Portfolio lends securities.
 
LOWER-RATED SECURITIES
 
  Certain Portfolios may invest in debt securities rated in the lower NRSRO
categories (e.g., BBB- by S&P or Baa3 by Moody's), or of equivalent quality as
determined by the Adviser or Sub-Adviser. Securities rated BB+, Ba1 or lower
are commonly referred to as high yield securities or "junk bonds."
 
  Securities rated below investment grade as well as unrated securities are
often considered to be speculative and usually entail greater risk (including
the possibility of default or bankruptcy of the issuers). Such securities
generally involve greater price volatility and risk of principal and income,
and may be less liquid, than securities in higher rated categories. Both price
volatility and illiquidity may make it difficult for the Portfolio to value
certain of these securities at certain times and these securities may be
difficult to sell under certain market conditions. Prices for securities rated
below investment grade may be affected by legislative and regulatory
developments. (See SAI for additional information pertaining to lower-rated
securities including risks.)
 
MORTGAGE-BACKED SECURITIES
 
  Certain of the Portfolios may invest in Mortgage-Backed Securities, which
represent an interest in a pool of mortgage loans. The primary government
issuers or guarantors of Mortgage-Backed Securities are GNMA, FHMA and FHLMC.
Mortgage-Backed Securities provide a monthly payment consisting of interest
and principal payments. Additional payments may be made out of unscheduled
repayments of principal resulting from the sale of the underlying residential
property, refinancing or foreclosure, net of fees or costs that may be
incurred. Prepayments of principal on Mortgage-Backed Securities may tend to
increase due to refinancing of mortgages as interest rates decline. Prompt
payment of principal and interest on GNMA mortgage pass-through certificates
is backed by the full faith and credit of the U.S. government. FNMA guaranteed
mortgage pass-through certificates and FHLMC participation certificates are
solely the obligations of those entities but are supported by the
discretionary authority of the U.S. Government to purchase the agencies'
obligations. Collateralized Mortgage Obligations are a type of bond secured by
an underlying pool of mortgages or mortgage pass-through certificates that are
structured to direct payments on underlying collateral to different series or
classes of the obligations.
 
  To the extent that a Portfolio purchases mortgage-related or mortgage-backed
securities at a premium, prepayments may result in some loss of the
Portfolio's principal investment to the extent of the premium paid. The yield
of the Portfolio may be affected by reinvestment of prepayments at higher or
lower rates than the original investment. In addition, like other debt
securities, the value of mortgage-related securities, including government and
government-related mortgage pools, will generally fluctuate in response to
market interest rates.
 
NEW ISSUERS
 
  A Portfolio may invest up to 5% (except for the OTC Portfolio which may
invest without limitation) of its assets in the securities of issuers which
have been in continuous operation for less than three years.
 
 
OPTIONS ON SECURITIES
 
  Option Purchase. Certain Portfolios may purchase put and call options on
portfolio securities in which they may invest that are traded on a U.S. or
foreign securities exchange or in the over-the-counter market. A Portfolio may
utilize up to 10% of its assets to purchase put options on portfolio
securities and may do so at or about the same time that it purchases the
underlying security or at a later time and may also utilize up to 10% of its
assets to purchase call options on securities in which it is authorized to
invest. By buying a put, the Portfolios limit their risk of loss from a
decline in the market value of the security until the put expires. Any
appreciation in the value of the underlying security, however, will be
partially offset by the amount of the premium paid for the put option and any
related transaction costs. Call options may be purchased by the Portfolio in
order to acquire the underlying securities for the Portfolio at a price that
avoids any additional cost that
 
                                      A-8
<PAGE>
 
would result from a substantial increase in the market value of a security.
The Portfolios may also purchase call options to increase their return to
investors at a time when the call is expected to increase in value due to
anticipated appreciation of the underlying security. Prior to their
expirations, put and call options may be sold in closing sale transactions
(sales by the Portfolio, prior to the exercise of options that it has
purchased, of options of the same series), and profit or loss from the sale
will depend on whether the amount received is more or less than the premium
paid for the option plus the related transaction costs.
 
  Covered Option Writing. Certain Portfolios may write put and call options on
securities for hedging purposes. The Portfolios realize fees (referred to as
"premiums") for granting the rights evidenced by the options. A put option
embodies the right of its purchaser to compel the writer of the option to
purchase from the option holder an underlying security at a specified price at
any time during the option period. In contrast, a call option embodies the
right of its purchaser to compel the writer of the option to sell to the
option holder an underlying security at a specified price at anytime during
the option period.
 
  Upon the exercise of a put option written by a Portfolio, the Portfolio may
suffer a loss equal to the difference between the price at which the Portfolio
is required to purchase the underlying security and its market value at the
time of the option exercise, less the premium received for writing the option.
Upon the exercise of a call option written by the Portfolio, the Portfolio may
suffer a loss equal to the excess of the security's market value at the time
of the option exercise over the Portfolio's acquisition cost of the security,
less the premium received for writing the option.
 
  Each Portfolio will comply with regulatory requirements of the SEC and the
Commodity Futures Trading Commission with respect to coverage of options and
futures positions by registered investment companies and, if the guidelines so
require, will set aside cash and/or appropriate liquid assets in a segregated
custodial account in the amount prescribed. Securities held in a segregated
account cannot be sold while the futures or options position is outstanding,
unless replaced with other permissible assets. As a result, there is a
possibility that the segregation of a large percentage of a Portfolio's assets
may force the Portfolio to close out futures and options positions and/or
liquidate other portfolio securities, any of which may occur at
disadvantageous prices, in order for the Portfolio to meet redemption requests
or other current obligations.
 
  The principal reason for writing covered call and put options on a
securities portfolio is to attempt to realize, through the receipt of
premiums, a greater return than would be realized on the securities alone. In
return for a premium, the writer of a covered call option forfeits the rights
to any appreciation in the value of the underlying security above the strike
price for the life of the option (or until a closing purchase transaction can
be effected). Nevertheless, the call writer retains the risk of a decline in
the price of the underlying security. Similarly, the principal reason for
writing covered put options is to realize income in the form of premiums. The
writer of the covered put option accepts the risk of a decline in the price of
the underlying security. The size of the premiums that the Portfolios may
receive may be adversely affected as new or existing institutions, including
other investment companies, engage in or increase their option-writing
activities.
 
  The Portfolios may engage in closing purchase transactions to realize a
profit, to prevent an underlying security from being called or put or, in the
case of a call option, to unfreeze an underlying security (thereby permitting
its sale or the writing of a new option on the security prior to the
outstanding option's expiration). To effect a closing purchase transaction,
the Portfolios would purchase, prior to the holder's exercise of an option
that the Portfolio has written, an option of the same series as that on which
the Portfolio desires to terminate its obligation. The obligation of the
Portfolio under an option that it has written would be terminated by a closing
purchase transaction, but the Portfolio would not be deemed to own an option
as the result of the transaction. There can be no assurance that the Portfolio
will be able to effect closing purchase transactions at a time when it wishes
to do so. The ability of the Portfolio to engage in closing transactions with
respect to options depends on the existence of a liquid secondary market.
While the Portfolio will generally purchase or write options only if there
appears to be a liquid secondary market for the options purchased or sold, for
some options no such secondary market may exist or the market may cease to
exist. To facilitate closing purchase transactions, however, the Portfolio
will ordinarily write options only if a secondary market for the options
exists on a U.S. securities exchange or in the over-the-counter market.
 
  Option writing for the Portfolios may be limited by position and exercise
limits established by U.S. securities exchanges and the National Association
of Securities Dealers, Inc. and by requirements of the Code for qualification
as a regulated investment company. In addition to writing covered put and call
options to generate current income, the Portfolios may enter into options
transactions as hedges to reduce investment risk, generally by making an
investment expected to move in the opposite direction of a portfolio position.
A hedge is designed to offset a loss on a portfolio position with a gain on
the hedge position; at the same time, however, a properly correlated hedge
will result in a gain on the portfolio position's being offset by a loss on
the hedge position. The Portfolios bear the risk that the prices of the
securities being hedged will not move in the same amount as the hedge. A
Portfolio will engage in hedging transactions only when deemed advisable by
its Adviser or Sub-Adviser. Successful use by the Portfolio of options will
depend on its Adviser's or Sub-Adviser's ability to
 
                                      A-9
<PAGE>
 
correctly predict movements in the direction of the stock underlying the
option used as a hedge. Losses incurred in hedging transactions and the costs
of these transactions will adversely affect the Portfolio's performance.
 
OPTIONS ON FOREIGN CURRENCIES
 
  A Portfolio may purchase and write put and call options on foreign
currencies for the purpose of hedging against declines in the U.S. dollar
value of foreign currency-denominated portfolio securities and against
increases in the U.S. dollar cost of such securities to be acquired.
Generally, transactions relating to Options on Foreign Currencies occur in the
over-the-counter market. As in the case of other kinds of options, however,
the writing of an option on a foreign currency constitutes only a partial
hedge, up to the amount of the premium received, and the Portfolio could be
required to purchase or sell foreign currencies at disadvantageous exchange
rates, thereby incurring losses. The purchase of an option on a foreign
currency may constitute an effective hedge against fluctuations in exchange
rates, although, in the event of rate movements adverse to the Portfolio's
position, it may forfeit the entire amount of the premium plus related
transaction costs. There is no specific percentage limitation on the
Portfolio's investments in Options on Foreign Currencies. See the SAI for
further discussion of the use, risks and costs of Options on Foreign
Currencies and Over the Counter Options.
 
OPTIONS ON INDEXES
 
  A Portfolio may, subject to applicable securities regulations, purchase and
write put and call options on stock and fixed-income indexes listed on foreign
and domestic stock exchanges. A stock index fluctuates with changes in the
market values of the stocks included in the index. An example of a domestic
stock index is the Standard and Poor's 500 Stock Index. Examples of foreign
stock indexes are the Canadian Market Portfolio Index (Montreal Stock
Exchange), The Financial Times--Stock Exchange 100 (London Stock Exchange) and
the Toronto Stock Exchange Composite 300 (Toronto Stock Exchange). Examples of
fixed-income indexes include the Lehman Government/Corporate Bond Index and
the Lehman Treasury Bond Index.
 
  Options on Indexes are generally similar to options on securities except
that the delivery requirements are different. Instead of giving the right to
take or make delivery of a security at a specified price, an option on an
index gives the holder the right to receive a cash "exercise settlement
amount" equal to (a) the amount, if any, by which the fixed exercise price of
the option exceeds (in the case of a put) or is less than (in the case of a
call) the closing value of the underlying index on the date of exercise,
multiplied by (b) a fixed "index multiplier." Receipt of this cash amount will
depend upon the closing level of the index upon which the option is based
being greater than, in the case of a call, or less than, in the case of a put,
the exercise price of the option. The amount of cash received will be equal to
such difference between the closing price of the index and the exercise price
of the option expressed in dollars or a foreign currency, as the case may be,
times a specified multiple. The writer of the option is obligated, in return
for the premium received, to make a delivery of this amount. The writer may
offset its position in index options prior to expiration by entering into a
closing transaction on an exchange or the option may expire unexercised.
 
  The effectiveness of purchasing or writing options as a hedging technique
will depend upon the extent to which price movements in the portion of the
securities portfolio of a Portfolio correlate with price movements of the
stock index selected. Because the value of an index option depends upon
movements in the level of the index rather than the price of a particular
stock, whether a Portfolio will realize a gain or loss from the purchase or
writing of options on an index depends upon movements in the level of stock
prices in the stock market generally or, in the case of certain indexes, in an
industry or market segment, rather than movements in the price of a particular
stock. Accordingly, successful use of Options on Indexes by a Portfolio will
be subject to its Adviser's or Sub-Adviser's ability to predict correctly
movements in the direction of the market generally or of a particular
industry. This requires different skills and techniques than predicting
changes in the price of individual stocks.
 
  Options on securities indexes entail risks in addition to the risks of
options on securities. Because exchange trading of options on securities
indexes is relatively new, the absence of a liquid secondary market to close
out an option position is more likely to occur, although a Portfolio generally
will only purchase or write such an option if the Adviser or Sub-Adviser
believes the option can be closed out. Because options on securities indexes
require settlement in cash, a Portfolio may be forced to liquidate portfolio
securities to meet settlement obligations. A Portfolio will engage in stock
index options transactions only when determined by its Adviser or Sub-Adviser
to be consistent with its efforts to control risk. There can be no assurance
that such judgement will be accurate or that the use of these portfolio
strategies will be successful.
 
OVER-THE-COUNTER OPTIONS
 
  Certain Portfolios may write or purchase options in privately negotiated
domestic or foreign transactions ("OTC Options"), as well as exchange-traded
or "listed" options. OTC Options can be closed out only by agreement with the
other party to the transaction, and thus any OTC Options purchased by a
Portfolio will be considered an Illiquid Security. In
 
                                     A-10
<PAGE>
 
addition, certain OTC Options on foreign currencies are traded through
financial institutions acting as market-makers in such options and the
underlying currencies.
 
  The staff of the SEC has taken the position that purchased over-the-counter
options and assets used to cover written over-the-counter options are illiquid
and, therefore, together with other illiquid securities, cannot exceed a
certain percentage of a Portfolio's assets (the "SEC illiquidity ceiling").
Except as provided below, the Portfolios intend to write over-the-counter
options only with primary U.S. Government securities dealers recognized by the
Federal Reserve Bank of New York. Also, the contracts which such Portfolios
have in place with such primary dealers will provide that each Portfolio has
the absolute right to repurchase any option it writes at any time at a price
which represents the fair market value, as determined in good faith through
negotiation between the parties, but which in no event will exceed a price
determined pursuant to a formula in the contract. Although the specific
formula may vary between contracts with different primary dealers, the formula
will generally be based on a multiple of the premium received by the Portfolio
for writing the option, plus the amount, if any, of the option's intrinsic
value (i.e., the amount that the option is in-the-money). The formula may also
include a factor to account for the difference between the price of the
security and the strike price of the option if the option is written out-of-
money. A Portfolio will treat all or a part of the formula price as illiquid
for purposes of the SEC illiquidity ceiling. Certain Portfolios may also write
over-the-counter options with non-primary dealers, including foreign dealers,
and will treat the assets used to cover these options as illiquid for purposes
of such SEC illiquidity ceiling.
 
  OTC Options entail risks in addition to the risks of exchange-traded
options. Exchange-traded options are in effect guaranteed by the Options
Clearing Corporation, while a Portfolio relies on the party from whom it
purchases an OTC Option to perform if the Portfolio exercises the option. With
OTC Options, if the transacting dealer fails to make or take delivery of the
securities or amount of foreign currency underlying an option it has written,
in accordance with the terms of that option, the Portfolio will lose the
premium paid for the option as well as any anticipated benefit of the
transaction. Furthermore, OTC Options are less liquid than exchange-traded
options.
 
REPURCHASE AGREEMENTS
 
  Repurchase Agreements are agreements to purchase underlying debt obligations
from financial institutions, such as banks and broker-dealers, subject to the
seller's agreement to repurchase the obligations at an established time and
price. The collateral for such Repurchase Agreements will be held by the
Portfolio's custodian or a duly appointed sub-custodian. The Portfolio will
enter into Repurchase Agreements only with banks and broker-dealers that have
been determined to be creditworthy by the Trust's Board of Trustees under
criteria established in consultation with the Adviser and the Sub-Adviser. The
seller under a Repurchase Agreement would be required to maintain the value of
the obligations subject to the Repurchase Agreement at not less than the
repurchase price. Default by the seller would, however, expose the Portfolio
to possible loss because of adverse market action or delay in connection with
the disposition of the underlying obligations. In addition, if bankruptcy
proceedings are commenced with respect to the seller of the obligations, the
Portfolio may be delayed or limited in its ability to sell the collateral.
 
REVERSE REPURCHASE AGREEMENTS
 
  Reverse Repurchase Agreements are the same as repurchase agreements except
that, in this instance, the Portfolios would assume the role of
seller/borrower in the transaction. The Portfolios will maintain segregated
accounts with the Custodian consisting of U.S. Government Securities, cash or
money market instruments that at all times are in an amount equal to their
obligations under Reverse Repurchase Agreements. Reverse Repurchase Agreements
involve the risk that the market value of the securities sold by a Portfolio
may decline below the repurchase price of the securities and, if the proceeds
from the reverse repurchase agreement are invested in securities, that the
market value of the securities sold may decline below the repurchase price of
the securities sold. Each Portfolio's Adviser or Sub-Adviser, acting under the
supervision of the Board of Trustees, reviews on an on-going basis the
creditworthiness of the parties with which it enters into Reverse Repurchase
Agreements. Under the 1940 Act, Reverse Repurchase Agreements may be
considered borrowings by the seller. Whenever borrowings by a fund, including
Reverse Repurchase Agreements, exceed 5% of the value of a Portfolio's total
assets, the Portfolio will not purchase any securities.
 
SMALL COMPANIES
 
  Certain of the Portfolios may invest in small companies, some of which may
be unseasoned. Such companies may have limited product lines, markets, or
financial resources and may be dependent on a limited management group. While
the markets in securities of such companies have grown rapidly in recent
years, such securities may trade less frequently and in smaller volume than
more widely held securities. The values of these securities may fluctuate more
sharply than those of other securities, and a Portfolio may experience some
difficulty in establishing or closing out positions in these securities at
prevailing market prices. There may be less publicly available information
about the issuers of these securities or less market
 
                                     A-11
<PAGE>
 
interest in such securities than in the case of larger companies, and it may
take a longer period of time for the prices of such securities to reflect the
full value of their issuers' underlying earnings potential or assets.
 
  Some securities of smaller issuers may be restricted as to resale or may
otherwise be highly illiquid. The ability of a Portfolio to dispose of such
securities may be greatly limited, and a Portfolio may have to continue to
hold such securities during periods when the Adviser or a Sub-Adviser would
otherwise have sold the security. It is possible that the Adviser or a Sub-
Adviser or its affiliates or clients may hold securities issued by the same
issuers, and may in some cases have acquired the securities at different
times, on more favorable terms, or at more favorable prices, than a Portfolio
which it manages.
 
STRATEGIC TRANSACTIONS
 
  Subject to the investment limitations and restrictions for each of the
Portfolios as stated elsewhere in the Prospectus and SAI of the Trust, certain
of the Portfolios may, but are not required to, utilize various investment
strategies as described in this Appendix to hedge various market risks, to
manage the effective maturity or duration of Fixed-Income Securities, or to
seek potentially higher returns. Utilizing these investment strategies, the
Portfolio may purchase and sell, to the extent not otherwise limited or
restricted for such Portfolio, exchange-listed and over-the-counter put and
call options on securities, equity and fixed-income indexes and other
financial instruments, purchase and sell financial futures contracts and
options thereon, enter into various Interest Rate Transactions such as swaps,
caps, floors or collars, and enter into various currency transactions such as
currency forward contracts, currency futures contracts, currency swaps or
options on currencies or currency futures (collectively, all the above are
called "Strategic Transactions").
 
  Strategic Transactions may be used to attempt to protect against possible
changes in the market value of securities held in or to be purchased for the
Portfolio's portfolio resulting from securities markets or currency exchange
rate fluctuations, to protect the Portfolio's unrealized gains in the value of
its portfolio securities, to facilitate the sale of such securities for
investment purposes, to manage the effective maturity or duration of the
Portfolio's portfolio, or to establish a position in the derivatives markets
as a temporary substitute for purchasing or selling particular securities.
Some Strategic Transactions may also be used to seek potentially higher
returns, although no more than 5% of the Portfolio's assets will be used as
the initial margin or purchase price of options for Strategic Transactions
entered into for purposes other than "bona fide hedging" positions as defined
in the regulations adopted by the Commodity Futures Trading Commission. Any or
all of these investment techniques may be used at any time, as use of any
Strategic Transaction is a function of numerous variables including market
conditions. The ability of the Portfolio to utilize these Strategic
Transactions successfully will depend on the Adviser's or Sub-Adviser's
ability to predict, which cannot be assured, pertinent market movements. The
Portfolio will comply with applicable regulatory requirements when utilizing
Strategic Transactions. Strategic Transactions involving financial futures and
options thereon will be purchased, sold or entered into only for bona fide
hedging, risk management or portfolio management purposes.
 
U.S. GOVERNMENT SECURITIES
 
  U.S. Government Securities include direct obligations of the U.S. Treasury
(such as U.S. Treasury bills, notes and bonds) and obligations directly issued
or guaranteed by U.S. Government agencies or instrumentalities. Some
obligations issued or guaranteed by agencies or instrumentalities of the U.S.
Government are backed by the full faith and credit of the U.S. Government
(such as GNMA certificates), others are backed only by the right of the issuer
to borrow from the U.S. Treasury (such as securities of Federal Home Loan
Banks) and still others are backed only by the credit of the instrumentality
(such as FNMA and FHLMC certificates).
 
WHEN ISSUED SECURITIES AND DELAYED-DELIVERY TRANSACTIONS
 
  In order to secure yields or prices deemed advantageous at the time, certain
Portfolios may purchase or sell securities on a when-issued or a delayed-
delivery basis. The Portfolios will enter into a when-issued transaction for
the purpose of acquiring portfolio securities and not for the purpose of
leverage. In such transactions, delivery of the securities occurs beyond the
normal settlement periods, but no payment or delivery is made by, and no
interest accrues to, the Portfolios prior to the actual delivery or payment by
the other party to the transaction. Due to fluctuations in the value of
securities purchased on a when-issued or a delayed-delivery basis, the yields
obtained on such securities may be higher or lower than the yields available
in the market on the dates when the investments are actually delivered to the
buyers. Similarly, the sale of securities for delayed-delivery can involve the
risk that the prices available in the market when delivery is made may
actually be higher than those obtained in the transaction itself. A Portfolio
will establish a segregated account with the Custodian consisting of cash,
U.S. Government-securities or other high grade debt obligations in an amount
equal to the amount of its when-issued and delayed-delivery commitments.
 
                                     A-12
<PAGE>
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
                       GOLDEN AMERICAN LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
          Golden American Life Insurance Company is a stock company 
                       domiciled in Wilmington, Delaware

 
IN 3058 5/97
<PAGE>
                                  THE GCG TRUST


                        1001 Jefferson Street, Suite 400
                           Wilmington, Delaware 19801
                                 (302) 576-3400



                       STATEMENT OF ADDITIONAL INFORMATION





              The date of this Statement of Additional Information
                                 is May 1, 1997.



 
This Statement of Additional Information discusses fifteen portfolios (the
"Series") of The GCG Trust (the "Trust"), which is an open-end management
investment company. The Series described herein are as follows: the Multiple
Allocation Series; the Fully Managed Series; the Limited Maturity Bond Series;
the Hard Assets Series; the Real Estate Series; the All-Growth Series; the
Capital Appreciation Series; the Rising Dividends Series; the Emerging Markets
Series; the Value Equity Series; the Strategic Equity Series; the Small Cap
Series; the Managed Global Series; the Liquid Asset Series and the Market
Manager Series. The Series' Manager is Directed Services, Inc. (the "Manager").

This  Statement  of  Additional   Information  is  intended  to  supplement  the
information  provided  to  investors  in the  Prospectus  of The GCG Trust dated
May 1, 1997 (which  pertains to all Series  other than the Market  Manager
Series) and the  Prospectus of the Market  Manager Series dated May 1, 1997. The
Prospectuses have been filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission as part
of the Trust's Registration Statement. Investors should note, however, that this
Statement of  Additional  Information  is not itself a prospectus  and should be
read  carefully in  conjunction  with the  Prospectuses  and retained for future
reference.  The  contents  of  this  Statement  of  Additional  Information  are
incorporated  by  reference in the  Prospectuses  in their  entirety.  A copy of
either  Prospectus  may be obtained free of charge from the Trust at the address
and telephone number listed above.
 

MANAGER:
DIRECTED SERVICES, INC.
(800) 447-3644

<PAGE>

                                TABLE OF CONTENTS

                                                                       Page
INTRODUCTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    1

DESCRIPTION OF SECURITIES AND INVESTMENT TECHNIQUES. . . . . . . . . .    1
     U.S. Government Securities. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    1
     Debt Securities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    1
     High Yield Bonds. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    2
     Brady Bonds . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    3
     Sovereign Debt. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    4
     Mortgage-Backed Securities. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    5
          GNMA Certificates. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    5
          FNMA and FHLMC Mortgage-Backed Obligations . . . . . . . . .    6
          Collateralized Mortgage Obligations (CMOs) . . . . . . . . .    7
          Other Mortgage-Backed Securities . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    7
     Other Asset-Backed Securities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    8
     Variable and Floating Rate Securities . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    9
     Banking Industry and Savings Industry Obligations . . . . . . . .    9
     Commercial Paper. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   11
     Repurchase Agreements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   11
     Reverse Repurchase Agreements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   12
     Lending Portfolio Securities. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   12
     Warrants. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   13
     Other Investment Companies. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   13
     Short Sales . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   14
     Short Sales Against the Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   14
     Futures Contracts and Options on Futures Contracts. . . . . . . .   14
          General Description of Futures Contracts . . . . . . . . . .   15
          Interest Rate Futures Contracts. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   15
          Options on Futures Contracts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   15
          Stock Index Futures Contracts. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   16
          Gold Futures Contracts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   17
          Limitations. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   18
     Options on Securities and Securities Indexes. . . . . . . . . . .   19
          Purchasing Options on Securities . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   19
          Writing Covered Call and Secured Put Options . . . . . . . .   19
          Options on Securities Indexes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   20
          General. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   20
     When-Issued or Delayed Delivery Securities. . . . . . . . . . . .   21
     Foreign Currency Transactions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   21
     Options on Foreign Currencies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   22

INVESTMENT RESTRICTIONS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   23

MANAGEMENT OF THE TRUST. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   26
     The Management Agreement. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   29
     Distribution of Trust Shares. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   34
     Purchases and Redemptions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   34

                                        i

<PAGE>

PORTFOLIO TRANSACTIONS AND BROKERAGE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   34
     Investment Decisions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   34
     Brokerage and Research Services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   35

NET ASSET VALUE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   37

PERFORMANCE INFORMATION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   38

TAXATION   . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   40
     Distributions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   44
     Other Taxes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   45

OTHER INFORMATION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   45
     Capitalization. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   45
     Voting Rights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   45
     Custodian and Other Service Providers . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   46
     Independent Auditors. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   46
     Counsel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   46
     Registration Statement. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   46

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   46

APPENDIX 1: Description of Bond Ratings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  A-1

                                       ii

<PAGE>

                                  INTRODUCTION

     This Statement of Additional Information is designed to elaborate upon
information contained in the Prospectuses for the Series, including the
discussion of certain securities and investment techniques.  The more detailed
information contained herein is intended solely for investors who have read the
Prospectuses and are interested in a more detailed explanation of certain
aspects of some of the Series' securities and some investment techniques.  Some
of the Series' investment techniques are described only in the Prospectuses and
are not repeated herein.  Captions and defined terms in this Statement of
Additional Information generally correspond to like captions and terms in the
Series' Prospectuses.

               DESCRIPTION OF SECURITIES AND INVESTMENT TECHNIQUES

U.S. GOVERNMENT SECURITIES

     Each Series may invest in U.S. Government securities.  U.S. Government
securities are obligations of, or are guaranteed by, the U.S. Government, its
agencies or instrumentalities.  Treasury bills, notes, and bonds are direct
obligations of the U.S. Treasury.  Securities guaranteed by the U.S. Government
include:  federal agency obligations guaranteed as to principal and interest by
the U.S. Treasury (such as GNMA certificates, described in the section on
"Mortgage-Backed Securities," and Federal Housing Administration debentures). In
guaranteed securities, the payment of principal and interest is unconditionally
guaranteed by the U.S. Government, and thus they are of the highest credit
quality.  Such direct obligations or guaranteed securities are subject to
variations in market value due to fluctuations in interest rates, but, if held
to maturity, the U.S. Government is obligated to or guarantees to pay them in
full.

     Securities issued by U.S. Government instrumentalities and certain federal
agencies are neither direct obligations of nor guaranteed by the Treasury.
However, they involve federal sponsorship in one way or another:  some are
backed by specific types of collateral; some are supported by the issuer's right
to borrow from the Treasury; some are supported by the discretionary authority
of the Treasury to purchase certain obligations of the issuer; others are
supported only by the credit of the issuing government agency or
instrumentality.  These agencies and instrumentalities include, but are not
limited to, Federal Land Banks, Farmers Home Administration, Federal National
Mortgage Association ("FNMA"), Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation ("FHLMC"),
Student Loan Mortgage Association, Central Bank for Cooperatives, Federal
Intermediate Credit Banks, and Federal Home Loan Banks.

     All Series except the Market Manager Series may also purchase obligations
of the International Bank for Reconstruction and Development, which, while
technically not a U.S. Government agency or instrumentality, has the right to
borrow from the participating countries, including the United States.

DEBT SECURITIES

     All Series may invest in U.S. dollar-denominated  corporate debt securities
of domestic issuers and the Multiple Allocation, Fully Managed, Limited Maturity
Bond, Hard Assets,  Liquid Asset, Capital Appreciation,  Emerging Markets,
Strategic  Equity,  Small Cap,    Managed Global,  and Market Manager Series may
invest in debt  securities  of  foreign  issuers  that are  denominated  in U.S.
dollars. The Multiple  Allocation,  Fully Managed,  Hard Assets,  Emerging
Markets, Strategic
                                        1

<PAGE>

Equity,   Small  Cap,   and Managed Global Series  may  invest  in  non-U.S.
dollar-denominated  debt securities of foreign  issuers.  The debt securities in
which the Series may invest are limited to corporate debt securities  (corporate
bonds,  debentures,  notes, and other similar corporate debt instruments)  which
meet the minimum ratings criteria set forth for that particular  Series,  or, if
not so rated,  are, in the  Portfolio  Manager's  determination,  comparable  in
quality to corporate debt securities in which a Series may invest.

     Those Series that do not specify any particular ratings criteria, i.e., the
Multiple Allocation, Hard Assets, All-Growth, Strategic Equity and Small
Cap Series may invest only in debt securities that are 
investment grade, i.e., rated BBB or better by Standard & Poor's Rating Group
("Standard & Poor's") and Baa or better by Moody's Investors Service, Inc. 
("Moody's"), or, if not rated by Standard & Poor's or Moody's, of equivalent 
quality as determined by the Portfolio Manager.

     The investment return on a corporate debt security reflects interest
earnings and changes in the market value of the security.  The market value of
corporate debt obligations may be expected to rise and fall inversely with
interest rates generally.  There also exists the risk that the issuers of the
securities may not be able to meet their obligations on interest or principal
payments at the time called for by an instrument.  Bonds rated BBB or Baa, which
are considered medium-grade category bonds, do not have economic characteristics
that provide the high degree of security with respect to payment of principal
and interest associated with higher rated bonds, and generally have some
speculative characteristics.  A bond will be placed in this rating category
where interest payments and principal security appear adequate for the present,
but economic characteristics that provide longer term protection may be lacking.
Any bond, and particularly those rated BBB or Baa, may be susceptible to
changing conditions, particularly to economic downturns, which could lead to a
weakened capacity to pay interest and principal.

     New issues of certain debt securities are often offered on a when-issued or
firm-commitment basis; that is, the payment obligation and the interest rate are
fixed at the time the buyer enters into the commitment, but delivery and payment
for the securities normally take place after the customary settlement time.  The
value of when-issued securities or securities purchased on a firm-commitment
basis may vary prior to and after delivery depending on market conditions and
changes in interest rate levels.  However, the Series will not accrue any income
on these securities prior to delivery.  The Series will maintain in a segregated
account with its custodian an amount of cash or high quality debt securities
equal (on a daily marked-to-market basis) to the amount of its commitment to
purchase the when-issued securities or securities purchased on a firm-commitment
basis.

     Many securities of foreign issuers are not rated by Moody's or Standard and
Poor's; therefore, the selection of such issuers depends, to a large extent, on
the credit analysis performed or used by the Series' Portfolio Manager.

HIGH YIELD BONDS

     The Real Estate Series may invest up to 20% of its assets in convertible
bonds and the Fully Managed Series and Emerging Markets Series may invest up to
5% and 10% of their assets, respectively, in bonds rated lower than Baa or BBB,
or, if not rated by Moody's or Standard & Poor's, of equivalent quality ("high
yield bonds," which are commonly referred to as "junk bonds").  In general, high
yield bonds are not considered to be investment grade, and investors

                                        2

<PAGE>

should consider the risks associated with high yield bonds before investing in
the pertinent Series.  Investment in such securities generally provides greater
income and increased opportunity for capital appreciation than investments in
higher quality securities, but they also typically entail greater price
volatility and principal and income risk.

     Investment in high yield bonds involves special risks in addition to the
risks associated with investments in higher rated debt securities.  High yield
bonds are regarded as predominately speculative with respect to the issuer's
continuing ability to meet principal and interest payments.  The high yield bond
market is relatively new, and many of the outstanding high yield bonds have not
endured a lengthy business recession.  A long-term track record on bond default
rates, such as that for investment grade corporate bonds, does not exist for the
high yield market.  Analysis of the creditworthiness of issuers of debt
securities, and the ability of a Series to achieve its investment objective may,
to the extent of investment in high yield bonds, be more dependent upon such
creditworthiness analysis than would be the case if the Series were investing in
higher quality bonds.

     High yield bonds may be more susceptible to real or perceived adverse
economic and competitive industry conditions than investment grade bonds.  The
prices of high yield bonds have been found to be less sensitive to interest rate
changes than higher rated investments, but more sensitive to adverse economic
downturns or individual corporate developments.  A projection of an economic
downturn or of a period of rising interest rates, for example, could cause a
decline in high yield bond prices because the advent of a recession could lessen
the ability of a highly leveraged company to make principal and interest
payments on its debt securities.  If an issuer of high yield bonds defaults, in
addition to risking payment of all or a portion of interest and principal, the
Series may incur additional expenses to seek recovery.  In the case of high
yield bonds structured as zero coupon or pay-in-kind securities, their market
prices are affected to a greater extent by interest rate changes, and therefore
tend to be more volatile than securities which pay interest periodically and in
cash.

     The secondary market on which high yield bonds are traded may be less
liquid than the market for higher grade bonds.  Less liquidity in the secondary
trading market could adversely affect the price at which the Series could sell a
high yield bond, and could adversely affect and cause large fluctuations in the
daily net asset value of the Series' shares.  Adverse publicity and investor
perceptions, whether or not based on fundamental analysis, may decrease the
values and liquidity of high yield bonds, especially in a thinly traded market.
When secondary markets for high yield bonds are less liquid than the market for
higher grade bonds, it may be more difficult to value the securities because
such valuation may require more research, and elements of judgment may play a
greater role in the valuation because there is less reliable, objective data
available.

     There are also certain risks involved in using credit ratings for
evaluating high yield bonds.  For example, credit ratings evaluate the safety of
principal and interest payments, not the market value risk of high yield bonds.
Also, credit rating agencies may fail to reflect subsequent events.

BRADY BONDS

     The Emerging Markets Series may invest in certain debt obligations
customarily referred to as "Brady Bonds," which are created through the exchange
of existing commercial bank loans to sovereign entities for new obligations in
connection with debt restructuring under a plan introduced by former U.S.
Secretary of the Treasury, Nicholas F. Brady (the "Brady Plan").  Brady 

                                        3

<PAGE>

Bonds are not considered U.S. Government securities and are considered
speculative.  Brady Plan debt restructurings have been implemented to date in
several countries, including Mexico, Venezuela, Argentina, Uruguay, Costa Rica,
Bulgaria, the Dominican Republic, Jordan, Nigeria, Bolivia, Ecuador, Niger,
Brazil, Peru, PanamaPoland and the Philippines (collectively, the "Brady 
Countries"). It is expected that other countries will undertake a Brady Plan 
debt restructuring in the future.  Brady Bonds have been issued only recently,
and accordingly, do not
have a long payment history.  They may be collateralized or uncollateralized and
issued in various currencies (although most are U.S. dollar-denominated) and
they are actively traded in the over-the-counter secondary market.  

     U.S. dollar-denominated, collateralized Brady Bonds, which may be fixed
rate par bonds or floating rate discount bonds, are generally collateralized in
full as to principal by U.S. Treasury zero coupon bonds which have the same
maturity as the Brady Bonds.  Interest payments on these Brady Bonds generally
are collateralized on a one-year or longer rolling-forward basis by cash or
securities in an amount that, in the case of fixed rate bonds, is equal to at
least one year of interest payments or, in the case of floating rate bonds,
initially is equal to at least one year's interest payments based on the
applicable interest rate at the time and is adjusted at regular intervals
thereafter.

     Certain Brady Bonds are entitled to "value recovery payments" in certain
circumstances, which in effect constitute supplemental interest payments but
generally are not collateralized.  Brady Bonds are often viewed as having three
or four valuation components:  (i) the collateralized repayment of principal at
final maturity; (ii) the collateralized interest payments; (iii) the
uncollateralized interest payments; and (iv) any uncollateralized repayment of
principal at maturity (these uncollateralized amounts constitute the "residual
risk").

     Most Mexican Brady Bonds issued to date have principal repayments at final
maturity fully collateralized by U.S. Treasury zero coupon bonds (or comparable
collateral denominated in other currencies) and interest coupon payments
collateralized on an 18-month rolling-forward basis by funds held in escrow by
an agent for the bondholders. A significant portion of the Venezuelan Brady
Bonds and the Argentine Brady Bonds issued to date have principal repayments at
final maturity collateralized by U.S. Treasury zero coupon bonds (or comparable
collateral denominated in other currencies) and/or interest coupon payments
collateralized on a 14-month (for Venezuela) or 12-month (for Argentina)
rolling-forward basis by securities held by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York
as collateral agent.

     Brady Bonds involve various risk factors including residual risk and the
history of defaults with respect to commercial bank loans by public and private
entities of countries issuing Brady Bonds. There can be no assurance that Brady
Bonds in which the Series may invest will  not be subject  to restructuring
arrangements or to requests for new credit, which may cause the Series to suffer
a loss of interest or principal on any of its holdings.

SOVEREIGN DEBT
    
     The  Emerging  Markets  Series may invest in debt  obligations  ("sovereign
debt") of governmental  issuers in emerging market countries and  industrialized
countries.  The Managed Global Series may invest in debt  obligations  issued or
guaranteed  by a  foreign  government  or  any of  its  political  subdivisions,
authorities,  agencies,  or  instrumentalities,  or by  supranational  entities,
which, at the time of investment,  are rated A or better by Standard & Poor's or
Moody's  or, if not rated by  Standard & Poor's or  Moody's,  determined  by the
Portfolio Manager to be of equivalent quality.

     Certain  emerging  market  countries  are  among  the  largest  debtors  to
commercial banks and foreign governments.  The issuer or governmental  authority
that  controls the  repayment  of  sovereign  debt may not be willing or able to
repay the principal and/or pay interest when due in

                                        4

<PAGE>

accordance with the terms of such obligations.  A governmental entity's
willingness or ability to  repay principal  and pay interest  due in a timely
manner may be  affected by, among  other factors, its  cash flow situation,  the
extent  of its  foreign reserves, the  availability of  sufficient  foreign
exchange on the  date a payment is due, the relative size  of  the debt  service
burden  to the  economy  as  a whole,  the  government's dependence  on expected
disbursements  from  third  parties,  the   government's  policy  toward   the
International  Monetary Fund and the political constraints to which a government
may be subject.   Governmental entities may also  be dependent on  expected
disbursements  from foreign  governments,  multilateral  agencies  and  others 
abroad to  reduce  principal  and interest  arrearages on  their debt.   The
commitment on the  part of these  governments, agencies and  others to make such
disbursements may  be conditioned on  a debtor's implementation of  economic
reforms  or  economic performance and the timely  service of such debtor's
obligations.   Failure to  implement such  reforms, achieve  such  levels of
economic performance  or repay  principal or  interest  when due  may result in
the cancellation of such  third parties'  commitments  to lend funds  to the
government debtor,  which may  further impair  such debtor's  ability or
willingness to  timely  service its debts.  Holders of sovereign debt may be
requested to  participate  in  the rescheduling  of  such  debt and  to  extend
further   loans  to  governmental  entities.    In  addition,  no  assurance can
be  given that the holders of  commercial bank debt  will not  contest  payments
to  the  holders  of  other  foreign  government  debt obligations in the  event
of default under their  commercial bank loan agreements.
 

     The issuers of the government debt securities in which  the  Series  may
invest  have  in  the  past  experienced  substantial difficulties in servicing
their  external debt obligations, which  led to defaults on  certain obligations
and the  restructuring of  certain indebtedness.  Restructuring arrangements
have  included, among  other  things,  reducing  and  rescheduling  interest and
principal   payments  by  negotiating   new  or   amended  credit  agreements or
converting  outstanding  principal   and  unpaid  interest to  Brady  Bonds, and
obtaining new  credit to  finance  interest payments. There can be no assurance
that the Brady Bonds  and other  foreign government debt securities in which the
Series  may  invest  will   not  be  subject  to   similar  restructuring
arrangements or to  requests for new  credit which may  adversely  affect  the
Series' holdings.   Furthermore, certain participants  in the secondary market
for such debt may be directly involved in  negotiating the  terms of  these
arrangements  and may  therefore  have   access  to  information  not  available
to  other  market  participants.

MORTGAGE-BACKED SECURITIES

     All Series except the Market Manager Series may invest in mortgage-backed
securities.

     GNMA CERTIFICATES.  Government National Mortgage Association ("GNMA")
certificates are mortgage-backed securities representing part ownership of a
pool of mortgage loans on which timely payment of interest and principal is
guaranteed by the full faith and credit of the U.S. Government.  GNMA is a
wholly owned U.S. Government corporation within the Department of Housing and
Urban Development.  GNMA is authorized to guarantee, with the full faith and
credit of the U.S. Government, the timely payment of principal and interest on
securities issued by institutions approved by GNMA (such as savings and loan
institutions, commercial banks, and mortgage bankers) and backed by pools of
FHA-insured or VA-guaranteed mortgages.  

     Interests in pools of mortgage-backed securities differ from other forms of
debt securities, which normally provide for periodic payment of interest in
fixed amounts with principal payments at maturity or specified call dates.
Instead, these securities provide a periodic payment which 

                                        5

<PAGE>

consists of both interest and principal payments.  In effect, these payments are
a "pass-through" of the periodic payments made by the individual borrowers on
the residential mortgage loans, net of any fees paid to the issuer or guarantor
of such securities.  Additional payments are caused by repayments of principal
resulting from the sale of the underlying residential property, refinancing or
foreclosure, net of fees or costs which may be incurred.  Mortgage-backed
securities issued by GNMA are described as "modified pass-through" securities.
These securities entitle the holder to receive all interest and principal
payments owed on the mortgage pool, net of certain fees, at the scheduled
payment dates, regardless of whether or not the mortgagor actually makes the
payment.  Although GNMA guarantees timely payment even if homeowners delay or
default, tracking the "pass-through" payments may, at times, be difficult.
Expected payments may be delayed due to the delays in registering the newly
traded paper securities.  The custodian's policies for crediting missed payments
while errant receipts are tracked down may vary.  Other mortgage-backed
securities, such as those of the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation
("FHLMC") and the Federal National Mortgage Association ("FNMA"), trade in book-
entry form and should not be subject to the risk of delays in timely payment of
income.

     Although the mortgage loans in the pool will have maturities of up to 30
years, the actual average life of the GNMA certificates typically will be
substantially less because the mortgages will be subject to normal principal
amortization and may be prepaid prior to maturity.  Early repayments of
principal on the underlying mortgages may expose a Series to a lower rate of
return upon reinvestment of principal.  Prepayment rates vary widely and may be
affected by changes in market interest rates.  In periods of falling interest
rates, the rate of prepayment tends to increase, thereby shortening the actual
average life of the GNMA certificates.  Conversely, when interest rates are
rising, the rate of prepayment tends to decrease, thereby lengthening the actual
average life of the GNMA certificates.  Accordingly, it is not possible to
accurately predict the average life of a particular pool.  Reinvestment of
prepayments may occur at higher or lower rates than the original yield on the
certificates.  Due to the prepayment feature and the need to reinvest
prepayments of principal at current rates, GNMA certificates can be less
effective than typical bonds of similar maturities at "locking in" yields during
periods of declining interest rates, although they may have comparable risks of
decline in value during periods of rising interest rates.

     FNMA AND FHLMC MORTGAGE-BACKED OBLIGATIONS.  Government-related guarantors
(i.e., not backed by the full faith and credit of the U.S. Government) include
the FNMA and the FHLMC.  FNMA, a federally chartered and privately owned
corporation, issues pass-through securities representing interests in a pool of
conventional mortgage loans.  FNMA guarantees the timely payment of principal
and interest, but this guarantee is not backed by the full faith and credit of
the U.S. Government.  FNMA also issues REMIC Certificates, which represent an
interest in a trust funded with FNMA Certificates.  REMIC Certificates are
guaranteed by FNMA, and not by the full faith and credit of the U.S. Government.


     FNMA is a government-sponsored corporation owned entirely by private
stockholders.  It is subject to general regulation by the Secretary of Housing
and Urban Development.  FNMA purchases conventional (i.e., not insured or
guaranteed by any government agency) residential mortgages from a list of
approved seller/servicers which include state and federally chartered savings
and loan associations, mutual savings banks, commercial banks, credit unions,
and mortgage bankers.  FHLMC, a corporate instrumentality of the United States,
was created by Congress in 1970 for the purpose of increasing the availability
of mortgage credit for residential housing.  Its stock is owned by the twelve
Federal Home Loan Banks.  FHLMC issues Participation Certificates ("PCs") which
represent interests in conventional mortgages from 

                                        6

<PAGE>

FHLMC's national portfolio.  FHLMC guarantees the timely payment of interest and
ultimate collection of principal and maintains reserves to protect holders
against losses due to default.  PCs are not backed by the full faith and credit
of the U.S. Government.  As is the case with GNMA certificates, the actual
maturity and realized yield on particular FNMA and FHLMC pass-through securities
will vary based on the prepayment experience of the underlying pool of
mortgages.

     COLLATERALIZED MORTGAGE OBLIGATIONS (CMOS).  A CMO is a hybrid between a
mortgage-backed bond and a mortgage pass-through security.  Similar to a bond,
interest and prepaid principal are paid, in most cases, semiannually.  CMOs may
be collateralized by whole mortgage loans, but are more typically collateralized
by portfolios of mortgage pass-through securities guaranteed by GNMA, FHLMC, or
FNMA, and their income streams.

     CMOs are structured into multiple classes, each bearing a different stated
maturity.  Actual maturity and average life will depend upon the prepayment
experience of the collateral.  CMOs provide for a modified form of call
protection through a de facto breakdown of the underlying pool of mortgages
according to how quickly the loans are repaid.  Monthly payment of principal
received from the pool of underlying investors, including prepayments, is first
returned to investors holding the shortest maturity class.  Investors holding
the longer maturity classes receive principal only after the first class has
been retired.  An investor is partially guarded against a sooner-than-desired
return of principal because of the sequential payments.

     In a typical CMO transaction, a corporation ("issuer") issues multiple
Series (e.g., A, B, C, Z) of CMO bonds ("Bonds").  Proceeds of the Bond offering
are used to purchase mortgages or mortgage pass-through certificates
("Collateral").  The Collateral is pledged to a third-party trustee as security
for the Bonds.  Principal and interest payments from the Collateral are used to
pay principal on the Bonds in the order A, B, C, Z.  The Series A, B, and C
Bonds all bear current interest.  Interest on the Series Z Bond is accrued and
added to the principal; a like amount is paid as principal on the Series A, B,
or C Bond currently being paid off.  When the Series A, B, and C Bonds are paid
in full, interest and principal on the Series Z Bond begin to be paid currently.
With some CMOs, the issuer serves as a conduit to allow loan originators
(primarily builders or savings and loan associations) to borrow against their
loan portfolios.

     OTHER MORTGAGE-BACKED SECURITIES.  Commercial banks, savings and loan
institutions, private mortgage insurance companies, mortgage bankers, and other
secondary market issuers also create pass-through pools of conventional
residential mortgage loans.  In addition, such issuers may be the originators
and/or servicers of the underlying mortgage loans as well as the guarantors of
the mortgage-backed securities.  Pools created by such non-governmental issuers
generally offer a higher rate of interest than government and government-related
pools because there are no direct or indirect government or agency guarantees of
payments in the former pools.  Timely payment of interest and principal of these
pools may be supported by various forms of insurance or guarantees, including
individual loan, title, pool and hazard insurance, and letters of credit.  The
insurance and guarantees are issued by governmental entities, private insurers,
and the mortgage poolers.  Such insurance, guarantees, and the creditworthiness
of the issuers thereof will be considered in determining whether a mortgage-
backed security meets a Series' investment quality standards.  There can be no
assurance that the private insurers or guarantors can meet their obligations
under the insurance policies or guarantee arrangements.  


     All Series other than the Liquid Asset Series, the Capital Appreciation
Series, the Rising Dividends Series, the Emerging Markets Series, and the Market
Manager Series may buy 

                                        7

<PAGE>

mortgage-backed  securities  without  insurance or guarantees,  if the Portfolio
Manager  determines  that  the  securities  meet a  Series'  quality  standards.
Although  the  market  for such  securities  is  becoming  increasingly  liquid,
securities   issued  by  certain  private   organizations  may  not  be  readily
marketable. A Series will not purchase  mortgage-backed  securities or any other
assets  which,  in the opinion of the Portfolio  Manager,  are illiquid if, as a
result,   the  Series  will  exceed  its  illiquidity   cap.  As  new  types  of
mortgage-backed securities are developed and offered to investors, the Portfolio
Manager will,  consistent with a Series' investment  objectives,  policies,  and
quality   standards,   consider   making   investments  in  such  new  types  of
mortgage-backed securities.
 

     It is expected that governmental, government-related, or private entities
may create mortgage loan pools and other mortgage-backed securities offering
mortgage pass-through and mortgage-collateralized investments in addition to
those described above.  As new types of mortgage-backed securities are developed
and offered to investors, investments in such new types of mortgage-backed
securities may be considered for the Series.

OTHER ASSET-BACKED SECURITIES

     All Series other than the Liquid Asset Series, the Capital Appreciation
Series, the Rising Dividends Series, the Emerging Markets Series, and the Market
Manager Series may purchase other asset-backed securities (unrelated to mortgage
loans) such as "CARS-SM-" ("Certificates for Automobile Receivables-SM-") and
Credit Card Receivable Securities.

     CARS-SM- represent undivided fractional interests in a trust ("trust")
whose assets consist of a pool of motor vehicle retail installment sales
contracts and security interests in the vehicles securing the contracts.
Payments of principal and interest on CARS-SM- are "passed-through" monthly to
certificate holders, and are guaranteed up to certain amounts by a letter of
credit issued by a financial institution unaffiliated with the trustee or
originator of the trust.  Underlying sales contracts are subject to prepayment,
which may reduce the overall return to certificate holders.  Certificate holders
may also experience delays in payment or losses on CARS-SM- if the full amounts
due on underlying sales contracts are not realized by the trust because of
unanticipated legal or administrative costs of enforcing the contracts, or
because of depreciation, damage, or loss of the vehicles securing the contracts,
or other factors.  

     If consistent with its investment objective and policies, a Series may
invest in "Credit Card Receivable Securities."  Credit Card Receivable
Securities are asset-backed securities backed by receivables from revolving
credit card agreements.  Credit balances on revolving credit card agreements
("Accounts") are generally paid down more rapidly than are Automobile Contracts.
Most of the Credit Card Receivable Securities issued publicly to date have been
Pass-Through Certificates.  In order to lengthen the maturity of Credit Card
Receivable Securities, most such securities provide for a fixed period during
which only interest payments on the underlying Accounts are passed through to
the security holder and principal payments received on such Accounts are used to
fund the transfer to the pool of assets supporting the related Credit Card
Receivable Securities of additional credit card charges made on an Account.  The
initial fixed period usually may be shortened upon the occurrence of specified
events which signal a potential deterioration in the quality of the assets
backing the security, such as the imposition of a cap on interest rates.  The
ability of the issuer to extend the life of an issue of Credit Card Receivable
Securities thus depends upon the continued generation of additional principal
amounts in the underlying Accounts during the initial period and the non-
occurrence of specified events.  The Tax 

                                        8

<PAGE>

Reform Act of 1986, pursuant to which a taxpayer's ability to deduct consumer
interest in his or her federal income tax calculation was completely phased out
for taxable years beginning in 1991, as well as competitive and general economic
factors, could adversely affect the rate at which new receivables are created in
an Account and conveyed to an issuer, shortening the expected weighted average
life of the related Credit Card Receivable Security, and reducing its yield.  An
acceleration in cardholders' payment rates or any other event which shortens the
period during which additional credit card charges on an Account may be
transferred to the pool of assets supporting the related Credit Card Receivable
Security could have a similar effect on the weighted average life and yield.

     Credit card holders are entitled to the protection of a number of state and
federal consumer credit laws, many of which give such holder the right to set
off certain amounts against balances owed on the credit card, thereby reducing
amounts paid on Accounts.  In addition, unlike most other asset-backed
securities, Accounts are unsecured obligations of the cardholder.

VARIABLE AND FLOATING RATE SECURITIES

     All Series may invest in variable and floating rate securities.  

     Variable rate securities provide for automatic establishment of a new
interest rate at fixed intervals (e.g., daily, monthly, semi-annually, etc.).
Floating rate securities provide for automatic adjustment of the interest rate
whenever some specified interest rate index changes.  The interest rate on
variable or floating rate securities is ordinarily determined by reference to or
is a percentage of a bank's prime rate, the 90-day U.S. Treasury bill rate, the
rate of return on commercial paper or bank certificates of deposit, an index of
short-term interest rates, or some other objective measure.

     Variable or floating rate securities frequently include a demand feature
entitling the holder to sell the securities to the issuer at par value.  In many
cases, the demand feature can be exercised at any time on 7 days' notice; in
other cases, the demand feature is exercisable at any time on 30 days' notice or
on similar notice at intervals of not more than one year.  Some securities which
do not have variable or floating interest rates may be accompanied by puts
producing similar results and price characteristics.

BANKING INDUSTRY AND SAVINGS INDUSTRY OBLIGATIONS

     All  Series may  invest in (i)  certificates  of  deposit,  time  deposits,
bankers' acceptances, and other short-term debt obligations issued by commercial
banks and in (ii) certificates of deposit,  time deposits,  and other short-term
obligations  issued by savings  and loan  associations  ("S&Ls").  The  Multiple
Allocation, Limited Maturity Bond, Liquid Asset, Emerging Markets, Value Equity,
Strategic Equity, Small Cap, and Managed Global Series may invest in obligations
of  foreign  branches  of  commercial  banks  and  foreign  banks so long as the
securities  are U.S.  dollar-denominated,  and the Emerging  Markets  Series and
  Managed Global  Series may also invest in  obligations  of foreign branches of
commercial   banks  and   foreign   banks  if  the   securities   are  not  U.S.
dollar-denominated.  See  "Foreign  Securities"  discussion  in  The  GCG  Trust
Prospectus  for further  information  regarding  risks  attending  investment in
foreign securities.

     Certificates of deposit are negotiable certificates issued against funds
deposited in a commercial bank for a definite period of time and earning a
specified return.  Bankers' acceptances are negotiable drafts or bills of
exchange, which are normally drawn by an importer or exporter to 

                                        9

<PAGE>

pay for specific  merchandise,  and which are "accepted" by a bank,  meaning, in
effect,  that  the bank  unconditionally  agrees  to pay the  face  value of the
instrument on maturity.  Fixed-time  deposits are bank obligations  payable at a
stated maturity date and bearing interest at a fixed rate.  Fixed-time  deposits
may be  withdrawn  on  demand  by the  investor,  but may be  subject  to  early
withdrawal  penalties  which  vary  depending  upon  market  conditions  and the
remaining maturity of the obligation.  There are no contractual  restrictions on
the right to transfer a beneficial  interest in a fixed-time  deposit to a third
party, because there is no market for such deposits. A Series will not invest in
fixed-time  deposits  (i) which are not  subject  to  prepayment  or (ii)  which
provide  for  withdrawal   penalties  upon  prepayment   (other  than  overnight
deposits),  if, in the aggregate,  more than 10% of its assets would be invested
in such deposits, in repurchase agreements maturing in more than seven days, and
in other illiquid  assets,  except that the Rising  Dividends  Series,  Emerging
Markets Series,  Managed Global Series,  and Market Manager Series may invest up
to 15% of assets in such  deposits,  repurchase  agreements,  and other illiquid
assets.

     Obligations of foreign banks involve somewhat different investment risks
than those affecting obligations of U.S. banks, which include:  (i) the
possibility that their liquidity could be impaired because of future political
and economic developments; (ii) their obligations may be less marketable than
comparable obligations of U.S. banks; (iii) a foreign jurisdiction might impose
withholding taxes on interest income payable on those obligations; (iv) foreign
deposits may be seized or nationalized; (v) foreign governmental restrictions,
such as exchange controls, may be adopted which might adversely affect the
payment of principal and interest on those obligations; and (vi) the selection
of those obligations may be more difficult because there may be less publicly
available information concerning foreign banks and/or because the accounting,
auditing, and financial reporting standards, practices and requirements
applicable to foreign banks may differ from those applicable to U.S. banks.
Foreign banks are not generally subject to examination by any U.S. Government
agency or instrumentality.

     Certain of the Series,  including the Fully Managed Series and Liquid Asset
Series,  invest only in bank and S&L  obligations  as  specified in that Series'
investment  policies.  Other Series,  except the Managed Global Series, will not
invest in obligations issued by a commercial bank or S&L unless:

          (i) the bank or S&L has total assets of least $1 billion, or the
     equivalent in other currencies, and the institution has outstanding
     securities rated A or better by Moody's or Standard and Poor's, or, if the
     institution has no outstanding securities rated by Moody's or Standard &
     Poor's, it has, in the determination of the Portfolio Manager, similar
     creditworthiness to institutions having outstanding securities so rated;
     
          (ii) in the case of a U.S. bank or S&L, its deposits are insured by
     the FDIC or the Savings Association Insurance Fund ("SAIF"), as the case
     may be; and
     
          (iii) in the case of a foreign bank, the security is, in the
     determination of the Series' Portfolio Manager, of an investment quality
     comparable with other debt securities which may be purchased by the Series.
     These limitations do not prohibit investments in securities issued by
     foreign branches of U.S. banks, provided such U.S. banks meet the foregoing
     requirements.



                                       10

<PAGE>

The   Managed Global  Series will not invest in  obligations issued by a U.S. or
foreign commercial bank or S&L unless:

               (i)  the  bank or  S&L  has  total assets  of  at least  $10
                    billion (U.S.), or the equivalent in  other currencies,
                    and the institution has  outstanding securities rated A
                    or better by  Moody's or Standard & Poor's,  or, if the
                    institution has  no  outstanding  securities  rated  by
                    Moody's   or  Standard  &   Poor's,  it  has,   in  the
                    determination   of  the   Portfolio  Manager,   similar
                    creditworthiness  to  institutions  having  outstanding
                    securities so rated; and 

               (ii) in the  case or  a U.S. bank  or S&L, its  deposits are
                    insured by the FDIC or the SAIF, as the case may be.
 

COMMERCIAL PAPER

     All of the Series may invest in commercial paper (including variable amount
master demand notes), denominated in U.S. dollars, issued by U.S. corporations
or foreign corporations.  Unless otherwise indicated in the investment policies
for a Series, a Series may invest in commercial paper (i) rated, at the date of
investment, Prime-1 or Prime-2 by Moody's or A-1 or A-2 by Standard & Poor's;
(ii) if not rated by either Moody's or Standard & Poor's, issued by a
corporation having an outstanding debt issue rated Aa or better by Moody's or AA
or better by Standard & Poor's; or (iii) if not rated, are determined to be of
an investment quality comparable to rated commercial paper in which a Series may
invest.  

     Commercial paper obligations may include variable amount master demand
notes.  These notes are obligations that permit the investment of fluctuating
amounts at varying rates of interest pursuant to direct arrangements between a
Series, as lender, and the borrower.  These notes permit daily changes in the
amounts borrowed.  The lender has the right to increase or to decrease the
amount under the note at any time up to the full amount provided by the note
agreement; and the borrower may prepay up to the full amount of the note without
penalty.  Because variable amount master demand notes are direct lending
arrangements between the lender and borrower, and because no secondary market
exists for those notes, such instruments will probably not be traded.  However,
the notes are redeemable (and thus immediately repayable by the borrower) at
face value, plus accrued interest, at any time.  In connection with master
demand note arrangements, the Portfolio Manager will monitor, on an ongoing
basis, the earning power, cash flow, and other liquidity ratios of the borrower
and its ability to pay principal and interest on demand.  The Portfolio Manager
also will consider the extent to which the variable amount master demand notes
are backed by bank letters of credit.  These notes generally are not rated by
Moody's or Standard & Poor's; the Series may invest in them only if the
Portfolio Manager believes that at the time of investment the notes are of
comparable quality to the other commercial paper in which the Series may invest.
Master demand notes are considered by the Series to have a maturity of one day,
unless the Portfolio Manager has reason to believe that the borrower could not
make immediate repayment upon demand.  See the Appendix for a description of
Moody's and Standard & Poor's ratings applicable to commercial paper.

     For purposes of limitations on purchases of restricted securities,
commercial paper issued pursuant to Section 4(2) of the 1933 Act as part of a
private placement that meets liquidity standards under procedures adopted by the
Board shall not be considered to be restricted.

REPURCHASE AGREEMENTS

     All Series may invest in repurchase agreements.  The term of such an
agreement is generally quite short, possibly overnight or for a few days,
although it may extend over a number of months (up to one year) from the date of
delivery.  The resale price is in excess of the purchase price by an amount
which reflects an agreed-upon market rate of return, effective for the period of
time the Series is invested in the security.  This results in a fixed rate of
return protected from market fluctuations during the period of the agreement.
This rate is not tied to the coupon rate on the security subject to the
repurchase agreement.

     The Portfolio Manager to a Series monitors the value of the underlying
securities at the time the repurchase agreement is entered into and at all times
during the term of the agreement to ensure that its value always equals or
exceeds the agreed-upon repurchase price to be paid to 

                                       11
<PAGE>

the Series.  The Portfolio Manager, in accordance with procedures established
by the Board ofTrustees, also evaluates the creditworthiness and financial 
responsibility of the banks and brokers or dealers with which the Series enters
into repurchase agreements.

     A Series may engage in repurchase transactions in accordance with
guidelines approved by the Board of Trustees of the Trust, which include
monitoring the creditworthiness of the parties with which a Series engages in
repurchase transactions, obtaining collateral at least equal in value to the
repurchase obligation, and marking the collateral to market on a daily basis. 


A Series may not enter into a repurchase  agreement  having more than seven
days remaining to maturity if, as a result,  such agreements,  together with any
other  securities that are not readily  marketable,  would exceed 10% of the net
assets of the Series, except that the Rising Dividends,  Emerging Markets, Value
Equity,  Strategic Equity,  Small Cap, Managed Global, and 
Market Manager Series may invest up to 15% of net assets in such securities and
repurchase agreements.  If the seller should become bankrupt or default on its
obligations to repurchase the securities,  a Series may experience delay or 
difficulties in exercising its
rights to the securities  held as collateral and might incur a loss if the value
of the securities should decline. A Series also might incur disposition costs in
connection with liquidating the securities.


REVERSE REPURCHASE AGREEMENTS

     A  reverse  repurchase  agreement  may be  entered  into  by  the  Multiple
Allocation, Fully Managed, Capital Appreciation, Emerging Markets, Value Equity,
Strategic Equity,  Small Cap and Managed Global Series and involves the sale of
a security by the Series and its  agreement to  repurchase  the  instrument at a
specified time and price. A Series will use the proceeds of a reverse repurchase
agreement to purchase  other money market  instruments  which either mature at a
date  simultaneous  with or prior to the  expiration  of the reverse  repurchase
agreement  or which are held under an  agreement  to resell  maturing as of that
time.  A Series will  maintain a segregated  account  consisting  of cash and/or
securities to cover its obligations
under reverse repurchase  agreements.  Under the Investment Company Act of 1940,
reverse repurchase  agreements may be considered to be borrowings by the seller;
accordingly,   a  Series  will  limit  its  investments  in  reverse  repurchase
agreements  consistent with the borrowing limits  applicable to the Series.  See
"Borrowing"  for  further  information  on  these  limits.  The  use of  reverse
repurchase  agreements by a Series creates  leverage  which  increases a Series'
investment  risk.  If the  income  and gains on  securities  purchased  with the
proceeds of reverse repurchase agreements exceed the cost of the agreements, the
Series' earnings or net asset value will increase faster than otherwise would be
the case; conversely, if the income and gains fail to exceed the costs, earnings
or net asset value would decline faster than otherwise would be the case.


LENDING PORTFOLIO SECURITIES

     The Multiple Allocation, Fully Managed, Limited Maturity Bond, Natural
Resources, Capital Appreciation, Rising Dividends, Emerging Markets, Strategic
Equity, and Small Cap Series may lend portfolio securities to broker-dealers or
institutional investors for the purpose of realizing additional income.

     A Series will only enter into this transaction if (1) the loan is fully
collateralized at all times with U.S. Government securities, cash, or cash
equivalents (cash, U.S. Government securities, negotiable certificates of
deposit, bankers' acceptances, or letters of credit) maintained



                                       12

<PAGE>

on a daily marked-to-market basis, in an amount at least equal to the value of
the securities loaned; (2) it may at any time call the loan and obtain the 
return of the securities loaned within five business days; (3) it will receive
any interest or dividends paid on the loaned securities; and (4) the aggregate
market value of securities loaned will not at any time exceed 30% of the total
assets of the Series.  As with other extensions of secured credit, loans of 
portfolio securities involve some risk of loss of rights in the collateral 
should the borrower fail financially.  Accordingly, the Series' Portfolio 
Manager will monitor the value of the collateral, which will be marked-to-
market daily, and will monitor the creditworthiness of the borrowers.  There
is no assurance that a borrower will return any securities loaned; however, as
discussed above, a borrower of securities from a Series must maintain with the
Series cash or U.S. Government securities equal to at least 100% of the market
value of the securities borrowed.  Voting rights attached to the loaned 
securities may pass to the borrower with the lending of portfolio securities; 
however, a Series lending such voting securities may call them if important 
shareholder meetings are imminent.  A Series may only lend portfolio 
securities to entities that are not affiliated with either the Manager or a 
Portfolio Manager.

WARRANTS
 
     Each  of  the  following  Series  may  invest  in  warrants:  the  Multiple
Allocation, Fully Managed, Hard Assets, Real Estate, All-Growth,  Emerging
Markets,  Value Equity,  Strategic Equity, Small Cap and Managed Global Series.
With the exception of the Managed Global Series, each of these 
Series may invest up to 5% of its net  assets in  warrants  (not  including  
those  that have been acquired  in units or  attached  to other  securities),  
measured at the time of acquisition,  and none of these Series,  except the 
Emerging Markets Series, may acquire a warrant not listed on the New York or  
American  Stock  Exchanges  if, after the purchase, more than 2% of the Series'
assets would be invested in such warrants. The Emerging Markets Series is not
subject to this 2% limitation.  The Managed Global Series is not subject to any
limitations on the amount that may be invested in warrants.

     The holder of a warrant has the right to purchase a given number of shares
of a particular issuer at a specified price until expiration of the warrant.
Such investments can provide a greater potential for profit or loss than an
equivalent investment in the underlying security.  Prices of warrants do not
necessarily move in tandem with the prices of the underlying securities, and are
speculative investments.  They pay no dividends and confer no rights other than
a purchase option.  If a warrant is not exercised by the date of its expiration,
the Series will lose its entire investment in such warrant.

OTHER INVESTMENT COMPANIES

     All Series may invest in shares issued by other investment companies.  A
Series is limited in the degree to which it may invest in shares of another
investment company in that it may not, at the time of the purchase, (1) acquire
more than 3% of the outstanding voting shares of the investment company, (2)
invest more than 5% of the Series' total assets in the investment company, or
(3) invest more than 10% of the Series' total assets in all investment company
holdings.  As a shareholder in any investment company, a Series will bear its
ratable share of the investment company's expenses, including management fees in
the case of a management investment company.






                                       13

<PAGE>

SHORT SALES

     The   Multiple   Allocation,   Hard Assets,   All-Growth,   Capital
Appreciation,  Strategic  Equity,  Small Cap, Managed Global Series may make
short sales of  securities.  A short sale is a  transaction  in
which the Series sells a security it does not own in anticipation of a decline
in market price. A Series may make short sales to offset a potential  decline in
a long position or a group of long positions,  or if the Series'  Portfolio 
Manager believes that a decline in the price of a particular  security or group
of securities is likely.  The Multiple  Allocation  Series'  Portfolio  Manager
expects that, even during normal or favorable market conditions, the Series may
make short sales in an attempt to maintain portfolio flexibility and facilitate
the rapid implementation of investment strategies if the Portfolio Manager
believes thatthe price of a particular security or group of securities is likely
to decline.

     Under current income tax laws, any capital gains realized by the Series
from short sales will generally be treated and distributed as short-term capital
gains.  If the price of the security sold short increases between the time of
the short sale and the time the Series replaces the borrowed security, the
Series will incur a loss, and if the price declines during this period, the
Series will realize a capital gain.  Any realized gain will be decreased, and
any incurred loss increased, by the amount of transactional costs and any
premium, dividend, or interest which the Series may have to pay in connection
with such short sale.

SHORT SALES AGAINST THE BOX


     All Series, except the Limited Maturity Bond Series, Liquid Asset Series,
and Market Manager Series, may make short sales "against the box."  A short sale
"against the box" is a short sale where, at the time of the short sale, the
Series owns or has the immediate and unconditional right, at no added cost, to
obtain the identical security.  The Series would enter into such a transaction
to defer a gain or loss for Federal income tax purposes on the security owned by
the Series.  Short sales against the box are not subject to the percentage
limitations on short sales described in the prospectus.

FUTURES CONTRACTS AND OPTIONS ON FUTURES CONTRACTS

     The Multiple  Allocation, Fully Managed, Limited Maturity Bond, Hard
Assets, All-Growth, Capital Appreciation, Emerging Markets, Value Equity,
Strategic Equity, Small Cap and Market Manager Series may engage
in futures contracts.  The Multiple  Allocation, Fully  Managed, Limited 
Maturity Bond, Hard Assets, Capital Appreciation, Emerging Markets, Value
Equity, Strategic Equity, and Small Cap Series may purchase and sell interest-
rate futures contracts.  The Limited Maturity Bond Series may also purchase and
write options on interest rate futures contracts, and the Value Equity Series 
may also purchase options on interest rate futures contracts.  The Multiple
Allocation, Fully Managed, Hard Assets, All-Growth, Capital Appreciation, 
Emerging Markets, Value Equity, Strategic Equity and Small Cap Series  may
purchase and sell stock index futures contracts and futures 
contracts based upon other financial instruments, and purchase options on such
contracts.  The  Managed Global Series may purchase and sell futures contracts
on securities, stock index futures contracts, foreign  exchange futures 
contracts, and other financial futures contracts, and purchase and write options
on such futures contracts. The Market Manager Series may purchase futures 
contracts on securities or stock indexes and purchase options on such contracts,
but will not write futures contracts. The Multiple Allocation, Hard Assets,
and Strategic Equity Series may engage in gold and other futures contracts.  The
Fully Managed Series will not write options on any futures contracts.

                                       14

<PAGE>

     GENERAL DESCRIPTION OF FUTURES CONTRACTS.  A futures contract provides for
the future sale by one party and purchase by another party of a specified amount
of a particular financial instrument (debt security) or commodity for a
specified price at a designated date, time, and place.  Although futures
contracts by their terms require actual future delivery of and payment for
financial instruments, commodities futures contracts are usually closed out
before the delivery date.  Closing out an open futures contract position is 
effected by entering into an offsetting sale or purchase, respectively, for the 
same aggregate amount of the same financial instrument or commodities and the 
same delivery date.  Where a Series has sold a futures contract, if the 
offsetting purchase price is less than the original futures contract sale price,
the Series realizes a gain; if it is more, the Series realizes a loss.  Where a
Series has purchased a futures contract, if the offsetting price is more than 
the original futures contract purchase price, the Series realizes a gain; if it
is less, the Series realizes a loss. 


     INTEREST RATE FUTURES CONTRACTS.  The Multiple  Allocation,  Fully Managed,
Limited  Maturity  Bond,  Hard Assets,  Capital  Appreciation,   Emerging
Markets,  Value Equity,  Strategic Equity,  Small Cap, and Managed Global Series
may purchase and sell interest rate futures contracts.  An interest rate futures
contract is an obligation  traded on an exchange or board of trade that requires
the  purchaser  to  accept  delivery,  and the  seller  to make  delivery,  of a
specified quantity of the underlying financial instrument, such as U.S. Treasury
bills and bonds, in a stated delivery month, at a price fixed in the contract.

     The Series may purchase and sell interest rate futures as a hedge against
adverse changes in debt instruments and other interest rate sensitive securities
held in the Series' portfolio. As a hedging strategy a Series might employ, a
Series would purchase an interest rate futures contract when it is not fully
invested in long-term debt securities but wishes to defer their purchase for
some time until it can orderly invest in such securities or because short-term
yields are higher than long-term yields.  Such a purchase would enable the
Series to earn the income on a short-term security while at the same time
minimizing the effect of all or part of an increase in the market price of the
long-term debt security which the Series intends to purchase in the future.  A
rise in the price of the long-term debt security prior to its purchase either
would be offset by an increase in the value of the futures contract purchased by
the Series or avoided by taking delivery of the debt securities under the
futures contract. 

     A Series would sell an interest rate futures contract in order to continue
to receive the income from a long-term debt security, while endeavoring to avoid
part or all of the decline in market value of that security which would
accompany an increase in interest rates.  If interest rates did rise, a decline
in the value of the debt security held by the Series would be substantially
offset by the ability of the Series to repurchase at a lower price the interest
rate futures contract previously sold.  While the Series could sell the long-
term debt security and invest in a short-term security, ordinarily the Series
would give up income on its investment, since long-term rates normally exceed
short-term rates. 


     OPTIONS ON FUTURES CONTRACTS.  The Multiple Allocation, Fully Managed,
Hard Assets, All-Growth, Capital Appreciation, Emerging Markets and Mid-
Cap Growth Series may purchase options on interest rate futures contracts, 
although these Series will not write options on any such contracts.  The 
Strategic Equity and Market Manager Series may purchase options on futures con-
tracts and stock index futures contracts, but will not write options on such 
contracts.  The Value Equity and Small Cap Series may purchase options on stock
index futures contracts, interest rate futures contracts, and foreign currency
futures contracts, but will not write options on such

                                       15

<PAGE>

contracts.  The Limited  Maturity  Bond Series may purchase and write options on
interest-rate  futures  contracts.  The Managed Global  Series may purchase and
write  options on futures  contracts  based on  securities,  stock index futures
contracts,  interest  rate  futures  contracts,  and foreign  exchange and other
financial  futures  contracts.  A futures option gives the Series the right,  in
return for the premium  paid,  to assume a long position (in the case of a call)
or short  position  (in the case of a put) in a futures  contract at a specified
exercise  price prior to the  expiration of the option.  Upon exercise of a call
option,  the purchaser  acquires a long position in the futures contract and the
writer of the option is assigned the opposite short  position.  In the case of a
put option,  the  converse is true.  A futures  option may be closed out (before
exercise or expiration) by an offsetting purchase or sale of a futures option by
the Series.

     The Series may use options on futures contracts in connection with hedging
strategies.  Generally these strategies would be employed under the same market
conditions in which a Series would use put and call options on debt securities,
as described hereafter in "Options on Securities and Securities Indexes." 


     STOCK INDEX FUTURES  CONTRACTS.  The Multiple  Allocation,  Fully  Managed,
Hard Assets,  All-Growth,  Capital Appreciation,  Emerging Markets,  Value
Equity,  Strategic Equity, Small Cap, Managed Global Series and Market Manager
Series may purchase and sell stock index futures 
contracts. A "stock index" assigns relative
values to the common stock included in an index (for example, the Standard & 
Poor's 500 Index of Composite Stocks or the New York Stock Exchange Composite
Index),  and the index fluctuates with changes in the market values of such 
stocks. A stock index futures contract is a bilateral agreement to accept or 
make payment,  depending on  whether a contract  is  purchased  or sold,  of an
amount of cash equal to a specified dollar amount multiplied by the difference
between the stock index value at the close of the last trading day of the con-
tract and the price at which the futures contract is originally purchased or 
sold.

     To the extent that changes in the value of a Series' portfolio  corresponds
to changes in a given stock index,  the sale of futures  contracts on that index
("short hedge") would substantially reduce the risk to the portfolio of a market
decline and, by so doing,  provide an alternative to a liquidation of securities
position,  which may be difficult to accomplish in a rapid and orderly  fashion.
Stock index futures  contracts  might also be sold: (1) when a sale of portfolio
securities  at that time would  appear to be  disadvantageous  in the  long-term
because such liquidation would:

          (a) forego possible price appreciation, 

          (b) create a situation in which the securities would be difficult to
repurchase, or 

          (c) create substantial brokerage commissions; 

     (2) when a liquidation of the portfolio has commenced or is contemplated,
     but there is, in the Series' Portfolio Manager's determination, a
     substantial risk of a major price decline before liquidation can be
     completed; or 

     (3) to close out stock index futures purchase transactions. 
 

                                       16

<PAGE>

     Where a Series anticipates a significant market or market sector advance,
the purchase of a stock index futures contract ("long hedge") affords a hedge
against not participating in such advance at a time when the Series is not fully
invested.  Such purchases would serve as a temporary substitute for the purchase
of individual stocks, which may then be purchased in an orderly fashion.  As
purchases of stock are made, an amount of index futures contracts which is
comparable to the amount of stock purchased would be terminated by offsetting
closing sales transactions.  Stock index futures might also be purchased: 

     (1) if the Series is attempting to purchase equity positions in issues
     which it had or was having difficulty purchasing at prices considered by
     the Series' Portfolio Manager to be fair value based upon the price of the
     stock at the time it qualified for inclusion in the portfolio, or 

     (2) to close out stock index futures sales transactions. 

     GOLD FUTURES CONTRACTS.  The Multiple Allocation, Hard Assets, and
Strategic Equity Series may enter into futures contracts on gold.  A gold
futures contract is a standardized contract which is traded on a regulated
commodity futures exchange, and which provides for the future delivery of a
specified amount of gold at a specified date, time, and price.  When the Series
purchases a gold futures contract it becomes obligated to take delivery of and
pay for the gold from the seller, and when the Series sells a gold futures
contract, it becomes obligated to make delivery of precious metals to the
purchaser, in each case at a designated date and price.  A Series will enter
into gold futures contracts only for the purpose of hedging its holdings or
intended holdings of gold stocks and, with regard to the Hard Assets
Series, gold bullion.  The Series will not engage in these contracts for
speculation or for achieving leverage.  The Series' hedging activities may
include purchases of futures contracts as an offset against the effect of
anticipated increases in the price of gold or sales of futures contracts as an
offset against the effect of anticipated declines in the price of gold. 

     As long as required by regulatory authorities, each investing Series will
limit its use of futures contracts and futures options to hedging transactions
and other strategies as described under the heading "Limitations" in this
section, in order to avoid being deemed a commodity pool.  For example, a Series
might use futures contracts to hedge against anticipated changes in interest
rates that might adversely affect either the value of the Series' securities or
the price of the securities which the Series intends to purchase.  The Series'
hedging may include sales of futures contracts as an offset against the effect
of expected increases in interest rates and purchases of futures contracts as an
offset against the effect of expected declines in interest rates.  Although
other techniques could be used to reduce that Series' exposure to interest rate
fluctuations, a Series may be able to hedge its exposure more effectively and
perhaps at a lower cost by using futures contracts and futures options.  See the
Prospectuses for a discussion of other strategies involving futures and futures
options.

     If a purchase or sale of a futures contract is made by a Series, the Series
is required to deposit with its custodian a specified amount of cash and/or
securities ("initial margin").  The margin required for a futures
contract is set by the exchange or board of trade on which the contract is
traded and may be modified during the term of the contract.  The initial margin
is in the nature of a performance bond or good faith deposit on the futures
contract which is returned to the Series upon termination of the contract,
assuming all contractual obligations have been satisfied.  Each investing Series
expects to earn interest income on its initial margin deposits.  

                                       17

<PAGE>

A futures contract held by a Series is valued daily at the official settlement 
price of the exchange on which it is traded.  Each day the Series pays or 
receives cash, called "variation margin" equal to the daily change in value of
the futures contract.  This process is known as "marking to market."  The 
payment or receipt of the variation margin does not represent a borrowing or 
loan by a Series but is settlement between the Series and the broker of the 
amount one would owe the other if the futures contract expired.  In computing
daily net asset value, each Series will mark-to-market its open futures 
positions.

     A Series is also required to deposit and maintain margin with respect to
put and call options on futures contracts it writes.  Such margin deposits will
vary depending on the nature of the underlying futures contract (including the
related initial margin requirements), the current market value of the option,
and other futures positions held by the Series.

     Although some futures contracts call for making or taking delivery of the
underlying securities, generally these obligations are closed out prior to
delivery by offsetting purchases or sales of matching futures contracts (same
exchange, underlying security, and delivery month).  If an offsetting purchase
price is less than the original sale price, the Series realizes a capital gain,
or if it is more, the Series realizes a capital loss.  Conversely, if an
offsetting sale price is more than the original purchase price, the Series
realizes a capital gain, or if it is less, the Series realizes a capital loss.
The transaction costs must also be included in these calculations.

     LIMITATIONS.  When purchasing a futures contract, a Series must maintain
with its custodian cash or securities (including any margin) equal to the
market value of such contract.  When writing a call option on a futures
contract, the Series similarly will maintain with its custodian, cash and/or
securites (including any margin) equal to the amount such option is "in-the-
money" until the option expires or is closed out by the Series.  A call option
is "in-the-money" if the value of the futures contract that is the subject of
the option exceeds the exercise price.

     A Series may not maintain open short positions in futures contracts or call
options written on futures contracts if, in the aggregate, the market value of
all such open positions exceeds the current value of its portfolio securities,
plus or minus unrealized gains and losses on the open positions, adjusted for
the historical relative volatility of the relationship between the Series and
the positions.  For this purpose, to the extent the Series has written call
options on specific securities it owns, the value of those securities will be
deducted from the current market value of the securities portfolio.

     In compliance with the requirements of the Commodity Futures Trading
Commission ("CFTC") under which an investment company may engage in futures
transactions, the Trust will comply with certain regulations of the CFTC to
qualify for an exclusion from being a "commodity pool."  The regulations require
that the Trust enter into futures and options (1) for "bona fide hedging"
purposes, without regard to the percentage of assets committed to initial margin
and options premiums, or (2) for other strategies, provided that the aggregate
initial margin and premiums required to establish such positions do not exceed
5% of the liquidation value of a Series' portfolio, after taking into account
unrealized profits and unrealized gains on any such contracts entered into.


                                       18

<PAGE>

OPTIONS ON SECURITIES AND SECURITIES INDEXES

     In pursuing their investment objectives, the Multiple  Allocation, Fully
Managed,  Limited Maturity Bond, Hard Assets, Real Estate, All-Growth,
Capital Appreciation, Emerging Markets, Value Equity, Strategic Equity, Small
Cap and Managed Global Series may engage in transactions on 
options on securities. The Multiple Allocation Series, All-Growth Series, 
Emerging Markets, Value Equity,  Strategic Equity, Small Cap and Managed Global
Series may engage in transactions on options on securities
indexes.  The Market Manager Series may purchase put and call options on 
securities and on securities indexes,  but will not  write  such  options. See
"Description  of  Securities  and  Investment Techniques" in the Prospectuses 
for a description of the options transactions in which each Series may engage.

     PURCHASING OPTIONS ON SECURITIES.  An option on a security is a contract
that gives the purchaser of the option, in return for the premium paid, the
right to buy a specified security (in the case of a call option) or to sell a
specified security (in the case of a put option) from or to the seller
("writer") of the option at a designated price during the term of the option.  A
Series may purchase put options on securities to protect holdings in an
underlying or related security against a substantial decline in market value.
Securities are considered related if their price movements generally correlate
to one another.  For example, the purchase of put options on debt securities
held by a Series would enable a Series to protect, at least partially, an
unrealized gain in an appreciated security without actually selling the
security.  In addition, the Series would continue to receive interest income on
such security.

     A Series may purchase call options on securities to protect against
substantial increases in prices of securities the Series intends to purchase
pending its ability to invest in such securities in an orderly manner.  A Series
may sell put or call options it has previously purchased, which could result in
a net gain or loss depending on whether the amount realized on the sale is more
or less than the premium and other transactional costs paid on the put or call
option which is sold. 


     WRITING COVERED CALL AND SECURED PUT OPTIONS.  In order to earn additional
income on its portfolio securities or to protect partially against declines in
the value of such securities, a Series may write covered call options.  The
exercise price of a call option may be below, equal to, or above the current
market value of the underlying security at the time the option is written.
During the option period, a covered call option writer may be assigned an
exercise notice by the broker-dealer through whom such call option was sold
requiring the writer to deliver the underlying security against payment of the
exercise price. This obligation is terminated upon the expiration of the option
period or at such earlier time in which the writer effects a closing purchase
transaction.  Closing purchase transactions will ordinarily be effected to
realize a profit on an outstanding call option, to prevent an underlying
security from being called, to permit the sale of the underlying security, or to
enable the Series to write another call option on the underlying security with
either a different exercise price or expiration date or both. 

     In order to earn additional income or to facilitate its ability to purchase
a security at a price lower than the current market price of such security, a
Series may write secured put options.  During the option period, the writer of a
put option may be assigned an exercise notice by the broker-dealer through whom
the option was sold requiring the writer to purchase the underlying security at
the exercise price. 


                                       19

<PAGE>

     A Series may write a call or put option only if the option is "covered" or
"secured" by the Series holding a position in the underlying securities.  This
means that so long as the Series is obligated as the writer of a call option, it
will own the underlying securities subject to the option or hold
a call with the same exercise price, the same exercise period, and on the same
securities as the written call. Alternatively, a Series may maintain, in a
segregated account with the Trust's custodian, cash and/or securities with a
value sufficient to meet its obligation as writer
of the option.  A put is secured if the Series maintains cash and/or securities
with a value equal to the exercise price in a
segregated account, or holds a put on the same underlying security at an equal 
or greater exercise price.  Prior to exercise or expiration, an option may be 
closed out by an offsetting purchase or sale of an option of the same series. 

     OPTIONS ON SECURITIES INDEXES.  Call and put options on securities indexes
also may be purchased or sold by the Series for the same purposes as the
purchase or sale of options on securities.  Options on securities indexes are
similar to options on securities, except that the exercise of securities index
options requires cash payments and does not involve the actual purchase or sale
of securities.  In addition, securities index options are designed to reflect
price fluctuations in a group of securities or segment of the securities market
rather than price fluctuations in a single security.  When such options are
written, the Series is required to maintain a segregated account consisting of
cash, cash equivalents or high grade obligations or the Series must purchase a
like option of greater value that will expire no earlier than the option sold.
Purchased options may not enable the Series to hedge effectively against stock
market risk if they are not highly correlated with the value of the Series'
portfolio securities.  Moreover, the ability to hedge effectively depends upon
the ability to predict movements in the stock market.
 

     GENERAL.  If an option written by a Series expires unexercised, the Series
realizes a capital gain equal to the premium received at the time the option was
written.  If an option purchased by a Series expires unexercised, the Series
realizes a capital loss equal to the premium paid.

     Prior to the earlier of exercise or expiration, an option may be closed out
by an offsetting purchase or sale of an option of the same series (type,
exchange, underlying security, exercise price, and expiration).  There can be no
assurance, however, that a closing purchase or sale transaction can be effected
when the Series desires.

     A Series will realize a capital gain from a closing purchase transaction if
the cost of the closing option is less than the premium received from writing
the option, or if it is more, the Series will realize a capital loss.  If the
premium received from a closing sale transaction is more than the premium paid
to purchase the option, the Series will realize a capital gain or, if it is
less, the Series will realize a capital loss.  The principal factors affecting
the market value of a put or a call option include supply and demand, interest
rates, the current market price of the underlying security in relation to the
exercise price of the option, the volatility of the underlying security, and the
time remaining until the expiration date.

     The premium paid for a put or call option purchased by a Series is recorded
as an asset of the Series and subsequently adjusted.  The premium received for
an option written by a Series is included in the Series' assets and an equal
amount is included in its liabilities.  The value of an option purchased or
written is marked to market daily and valued at the closing price on the

                                       20

<PAGE>

exchange on which it is traded or, if not traded on an exchange or no closing
price is available, at the mean between the last bid and asked prices.

WHEN-ISSUED OR DELAYED DELIVERY SECURITIES

     All Series except the Market Manager Series may purchase securities on a
when-issued or delayed delivery basis if the Series holds, and maintains until
the settlement date in a segregated account, cash and/or securities
in an amount sufficient to meet the purchase
price, or if the Series enters into offsetting contracts for the forward sale of
other securities it owns.  Purchasing securities on a when-issued or delayed
delivery basis involves a risk of loss if the value of the security to be
purchased declines prior to the settlement date, which risk is in addition to
the risk of decline in value of the Series' other assets.  Although a Series
would generally purchase securities on a when-issued basis or enter into forward
commitments with the intention of acquiring securities, the Series may dispose
of a when-issued or delayed delivery security prior to settlement if the
Portfolio Manager deems it appropriate to do so.  The Series may realize short-
term profits or losses upon such sales.

FOREIGN CURRENCY TRANSACTIONS

     The  Multiple  Allocation,   Fully  Managed,   Hard Assets,   Rising
Dividends,  Emerging Markets,  Value Equity,  Strategic  Equity,  Small Cap, and
Managed Global Series may enter into forward  currency  contracts and enter into
currency exchange  transactions on a spot (i.e., cash) basis. A forward currency
contract  is an  obligation  to  purchase  or sell a  currency  against  another
currency at a future date and price as agreed upon by the parties.  A Series may
either  accept or make  delivery of the  currency at the maturity of the forward
contract or, prior to maturity,  enter into a closing transaction  involving the
purchase  or sale of an  offsetting  contract.  A Series  will engage in forward
currency   transactions   in  anticipation  of  or  to  protect  itself  against
fluctuations  in  currency  exchange  rates.  A Series  might sell a  particular
currency forward, for example,  when it wants to hold bonds or bank obligations
denominated in that currency but anticipats or wishes to be protected against a
decline in the  currency  against the  dollar.  Similarly,  it might  purchase a
currency forward to "lock in" the dollar price of securities denominated in that
currency which it anticipated purchasing. 

     A Series may enter into forward foreign currency contracts in two
circumstances.  When a Series enters into a contract for the purchase or sale of
a security denominated in a foreign currency, the Series may desire to "lock in"
the U.S. dollar price of the security.  By entering into a forward contract for
a fixed amount of dollars for the purchase or sale of the amount of foreign
currency involved in the underlying transactions, the Series will be able to
protect itself against a possible loss resulting from an adverse change in the
relationship between the U.S. dollar and such foreign currency during the period
between the date on which the security is purchased or sold and the date on
which payment is made or received.

     Second, when the Series' Portfolio Manager believes that the currency of a
particular foreign country may suffer a substantial decline against the U.S.
dollar, it may enter into a forward contract for a fixed amount of dollars to
sell the amount of foreign currency approximating the value of some or all of
the Series' portfolio securities denominated in such foreign currency.  The
precise matching of the forward contract amounts and the value of the securities
involved will not generally be possible since the future value of securities in
foreign currencies will change as a consequence of market movements in the value
of these securities between the date on which 

                                       21

<PAGE>

the forward contract is entered into and the date it matures.  The projection 
of short-term currency market movement is extremely difficult, and the 
successful execution of a short-term hedging strategy is highly uncertain.  
None of the Series will enter into such forward contracts or maintain a net 
exposure to such contracts where the consummation of the contracts would 
obligate the Series to deliver an amount of foreign currency in excess of the
value of the Series' portfolio securities or other assets denominated in that
currency.

     At the maturity of a forward contract, a Series may either sell the
portfolio security and make delivery of the foreign currency, or it may retain
the security and terminate its contractual obligation to deliver the foreign 
currency by purchasing an "offsetting" contract with the same currency trader
obligating it to purchase, on the same maturity date, the same amount of the 
foreign currency.

     It is impossible to forecast the market value of a particular portfolio
security at the expiration of the contract.  Accordingly, if a decision is made
to sell the security and make delivery of the foreign currency, it may be
necessary for the Series to purchase additional foreign currency on the spot
market (and bear the expense of such purchase) if the market value of the
security is less than the amount of foreign currency that the Series is
obligated to deliver.  

     If the Series retains the portfolio security and engages in an offsetting
transaction, the Series will incur a gain or a loss (as described below) to the
extent that there has been movement in forward contract prices.  Should forward
prices decline during the period between the Series' entering into a forward
contract for the sale of a foreign currency and the date it enters into an
offsetting contract for the purchase of the foreign currency, the Series will
realize a gain to the extent that the price of the currency it has agreed to
sell exceeds the price of the currency it has agreed to purchase.  Should
forward prices increase, the Series will suffer a loss to the extent that the
price of the currency it has agreed to purchase exceeds the price of the
currency it has agreed to sell.

     Forward contracts are not traded on regulated commodities exchanges.  There
can be no assurance that a liquid market will exist when a Series seeks to close
out a forward currency position, and in such an event, a Series might not be
able to effect a closing purchase transaction at any particular time.  In
addition, a Series entering into a forward foreign currency contract incurs the
risk of default by the counter party to the transaction.  The CFTC has indicated
that it may in the future assert jurisdiction over certain types of forward
contracts in foreign currencies and attempt to prohibit certain entities from
engaging in such foreign currency forward transactions.

     For more information on forward currency contracts, including limits upon
the Series with respect to such contracts, see "Foreign Currency Transactions"
in The GCG Trust Prospectus.

OPTIONS ON FOREIGN CURRENCIES

     The Multiple Allocation, Hard Assets, Emerging Markets, Value Equity,
Strategic   Equity,   Small  Cap,  and    Managed Global  Series  may engage in
transactions  in  options  on  foreign  currencies.  A call  option on a foreign
currency gives the buyer the right to buy, and a put option the right to sell, a
certain amount of foreign currency at a specified price during a fixed period of
time.  Currently,  options are traded on the following  foreign  currencies on a
domestic exchange:  British Pound,  Canadian Dollar,  German Mark, Japanese Yen,
French Franc, and Swiss Franc. A Series may
                                       22
<PAGE>
enter into closing sale  transactions  with  respect to such  options,  exercise
them, or permit them to expire.

     A Series may employ hedging strategies with options on currencies before
the Series purchases a foreign security denominated in the hedged currency that
the Series anticipates acquiring, during the period the Series holds the foreign
security, or between the date the foreign security is purchased or sold and the
date on which payment therefor is made or received.

     In those  situations  where  foreign  currency  options  may not be readily
purchased  (or where such  options may be deemed  illiquid)  in the  currency in
which the hedge is desired,  the hedge may be obtained by  purchasing or selling
an option on a "surrogate"  currency,  i.e., a currency  where there is tangible
evidence of a direct  correlation in the trading value of the two currencies.  A
surrogate  currency  is a currency  that can act,  for  hedging  purposes,  as a
substitute for a particular  currency because the surrogate  currency's exchange
rate movements parallel that of the primary currency.  Surrogate  currencies are
used to hedge an illiquid  currency risk, when no liquid hedge instruments exist
in world currency markets for the primary currency.

INVESTMENT RESTRICTIONS

     Each Series' investment objective as set forth under "Investment Objectives
and Policies" in the Prospectus, together with the investment restrictions set
forth below, are, unless otherwise noted, fundamental policies of each Series
and may not be changed with respect to any Series without the approval of a
majority of the outstanding voting shares of that Series.  The vote of a
majority of the outstanding voting securities of a Series means the vote, at an
annual or special meeting, of the lesser of (a) 67% or more of the voting
securities present at such meeting, if the holders of more than 50% of the
outstanding voting securities of such Series are present or represented by
proxy; or (b) more than 50% of the outstanding voting securities of such Series.
Under these restrictions, a Series may not:

     (1) Invest in a security if, with respect to 75% of its total  assets,
     more than 5% of the total assets (taken at market value at the time of such
     investment)  would be invested in the securities of any one issuer,  except
     that this restriction does not apply to securities  issued or guaranteed by
     the U.S. Government or its agencies or  instrumentalities,  and except that
     this  restriction  shall not apply to the  Market  Manager  Series;

     (2) Invest in a security  if, with  respect to 75% of its  assets,  it
     would  hold more than 10%  (taken  at the time of such  investment)  of the
     outstanding  voting securities of any one issuer,  except securities issued
     or guaranteed by the U.S. Government,  or its agencies or instrument-
      alities;

     (3)  Invest in a security  if more than 25% of its total  assets  (taken at
     market value at the time of such investment)  would be invested in the
     securities  of issuers in any  particular  industry,  except that this
     restriction does not apply: (a) to securities  issued or guaranteed by
     the  U.S.  Government  or  its  agencies  or   instrumentalities   (or
     repurchase  agreements with respect thereto),  (b) with respect to the
     Liquid Asset  Series,  to  securities  or  obligations  issued by U.S.
     banks,  (c) with respect to the Market Manager  Series,  to options on
     stock indexes issued by eligible broker-dealers or banks, as described
     in the Market  Manager  Series'  Prospectus;  (d) with  respect to the
     Managed Global Series,  to securities  issued or guaranteed by foreign
     governments  or  any  political  subdivisions  thereof,   authorities,
     agencies,  or instrumentalities (or repurchase agreements with respect
     thereto);  and (e) to the Real  Estate  Series,  which  will  normally
     invest more than 25% of its total assets in  securities  of issuers in
     the real estate industry and

<PAGE>

     related industries, or to the Hard Assets Series, which will 
     normally invest more than 25% of its total assets in the group of 
     industries engaged in hard assets activities, provided that
     such concentration for these two Series is permitted under tax law
     requirements for regulated investment companies that are investment
     vehicles for variable contracts;
     
     (4) Purchase or sell real estate, except that a Series may invest in
     securities secured by real estate or real estate interests or issued by
     companies in the real estate industry or which invest in real estate or
     real estate interests;

     (5) Purchase securities on margin (except for use of short-term credit
     necessary for clearance of purchases and sales of portfolio securities),
     except a Series engaged in transactions in options, futures, and options on
     futures may make margin deposits in connection with those transactions,
     except that effecting short sales will be deemed not to constitute a margin
     purchase for purposes of this restriction, and except that the Natural
     Resources Series may, consistent with its investment objective and subject
     to the restrictions described in the Prospectus and in the Statement of
     Additional Information, purchase securities on margin;
     
     (6) Lend any funds or other assets, except that a Series may, consistent
     with its investment objective and policies:
     
          (a) invest in debt obligations, even though the purchase of such
          obligations may be deemed to be the making of loans;
          
          (b) enter into repurchase agreements; and
          
          (c) lend its portfolio securities in accordance with applicable
          guidelines established by the Securities and Exchange Commission and
          any guidelines established by the Board of Trustees;
          
     (7) Issue senior securities, except insofar as a Series may be deemed to
     have issued a senior security by reason of borrowing money in according
     with that Series' borrowing policies, and except, for purposes of this
     investment restriction, collateral or escrow arrangements with respect to
     the making of short sales, purchase or sale of futures contracts or related
     options, purchase or sale of forward currency contracts, writing of stock
     options, and collateral arrangements with respect to margin or other
     deposits respecting futures contracts, related options, and forward
     currency contracts are not deemed to be an issuance of a senior security;
     
     (8) Act as an underwriter of securities of other issuers, except, when in
     connection with the disposition of portfolio securities, a Series may be
     deemed to be an underwriter under the federal securities laws;

     (9) With respect to the Multiple Allocation, Fully Managed, Limited
     Maturity Bond, Hard Assets, Real Estate, All-Growth, Capital
     Appreciation and Liquid Asset Series, make short sales of 
     securities, except short sales against the box, and except that this rest-
     riction shall not apply to the Multiple Allocation, Hard Assets or 
     All-Growth,

                                       24

<PAGE>

     Capital Appreciation Series, which may engage in short 
      sales within the limitations described in the Prospectus and in the 
      Statement of Additional Information;

     (10) Borrow money or pledge, mortgage, or hypothecate its assets, except
     that a Series may: 
     (a) borrow from banks, but only if immediately after each borrowing and
     continuing thereafter there is asset coverage of 300%; and (b) enter into
     reverse repurchase agreements and transactions in options, futures, options
     on futures, and forward currency contracts as described in the Prospectus
     and in the Statement of Additional Information.  (The deposit of assets in
     escrow in connection with the writing of covered put and call options and
     the purchase of securities on a "when-issued" or delayed delivery basis and
     collateral arrangements with respect to initial or variation margin and
     other deposits for futures contracts, options on futures contracts, and
     forward currency contracts will not be deemed to be pledges of a Series'
     assets);

     (11) With respect to the Multiple Allocation, Fully Managed, Limited
     Maturity Bond, Hard Assets, Real Estate, All-Growth, Capital
     Appreciation, and Liquid Asset Series, invest in securities 
     that are illiquid because they are subject to legal or contractual 
     restrictions on resale, in repurchase agreements maturing in more than
      seven days, or other securities which in the determination of the
      Portfolio Manager are illiquid if, as a result of such investment, more
      than 10% of the total assets of the Series (taken at market value at the
      time of such investment) would be invested in such securities; 

     (12) purchase or sell commodities or commodities contracts (which, for
          the  purpose  of this  restriction,  shall  not  include  foreign
          currency or forward foreign currency contracts), except:
     
          (a) any Series may engage in interest rate futures contracts, stock
          index futures contracts, futures contracts based on other financial
          instruments, and on options on such futures contracts;

          (b) the Hard Assets Series may invest in gold bullion and coins
          and other precious metals bullion and engage in futures contracts with
          respect to such commodities;
          
          (c) the Multiple Allocation, Hard Assets and Strategic Equity
          Series may engage in futures contracts on gold; and
          
          (d) this restriction shall not apply to the Managed Global Series.

     (13) With  respect to all Series  except the    Managed Global  Series,
     invest in puts,  calls,  straddles,  spreads,  or any combination  thereof,
     provided that this restriction does not apply to puts that are a feature of
     variable or floating rate securities or to puts that are a feature of other
     corporate  debt  securities,  and  except  that any  Series  may  engage in
     transactions in options, futures contracts, and options on futures.

     The Rising Dividends Series,  Emerging Markets Series, Value Equity Series,
Strategic  Equity Series,  Small Cap Series,  Managed Global Series and Market
Manager Series are also subject to the following restrictions and policies that
are not  fundamental  and may,  therefore,  be changed by the Board of  Trustees
(without shareholder approval). Unless otherwise indicated, the Rising Dividends
Series,  Emerging Markets Series, Value Equity Series,  Strategic Equity Series,
Small Cap Series, Managed Global Series and Market Manager Series may not:
     
                                       25

<PAGE>

     (1) Make short sales of securities, except short sales against the box
     (this restriction  shall not apply to the Strategic Equity,  Small Cap, and
       Managed Global Series,  which may make short sales within the limitations
     described in the  Prospectus  and elsewhere in this Statement of Additional
     Information); and

     (2) Invest in securities that are illiquid because they are subject to
     legal or contractual restrictions on resale, in repurchase agreements
     maturing in more than seven days, or other securities which in the
     determination of the Portfolio Manager are illiquid if, as a result of such
     investment, more than 15% of the net assets of the Series (taken at market
     value at the time of such investment) would be invested in such securities.

The   Managed Global  Series is also  subject to the  following restriction and
policy which is not fundamental and may, therefore,  be changed by the Board of
Trustees  without  shareholder  approval.  The    Managed Global  Series may not
purchase or sell commodities or commodities contracts (which, for the purpose of
this restriction, shall not include foreign currency or forward foreign currency
contracts or futures  contracts on  currencies),  except that the Managed Global
Series may engage in  interest  rate  futures  contracts,  stock  index  futures
contracts,  futures  contracts  based on  other  financial  instruments,  and in
options on such futures contracts.


                             MANAGEMENT OF THE TRUST

     The  business and affairs of the Trust are managed  under the  direction of
the Board of Trustees  according to the applicable  laws of the  Commonwealth of
Massachusetts  and the Trust's  Agreement and Declaration of Trust. The Trustees
are Terry L. Kendall,  J. Michael Earley, R. Barbara Gitenstein, Robert A.
Grayson, Paul R. Schlaack, Stanley B. Seidler, M. Norvel Young, and Roger B.
Vincent. The Executive Officers of the Trust are Terry L. Kendall, Barnett 
Chernow, Myles R. Tashman, and Mary Bea Wilkinson.

Trustees and Executive Officers of the Trust, their business addresses,
and principal occupations during the past five years are:


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
NAME AND ADDRESS         POSITION WITH THE TRUST  BUSINESS AFFILIATIONS AND PRINCIPAL OCCUPATIONS
<S>                      <C>                      <C>   
Terry L. Kendall*        Chairman of the Board    Director, and Chief Executive Officer,  
Golden American Life     and President            American Life Insurance Company; 
  Insurance Co.                                   Executive Vice President,  
1001 Jefferson Street                             Equitable of Iowa Companies; formerly, President 
Wilmington, DE 19801                              and Chief Executive Officer,  United Pacific 
                                                  and Chief Executive Officer,  United Pacific
                                                

Barnett Chernow          Vice President           Executive Vice President,
Golden American Life                              Golden American Life 
  Insurance Co.                                   Insurance Company; Executive Vice President, 
1001 Jefferson Street                             Directed Services, Inc.; Senior Vice President
Wilmington, DE 19801                              and Chief Financial Officer, Reliance Insurance
                                                  Company, August 1977 to July 1993.  Age 47.

</TABLE>

                                               26

<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
NAME AND ADDRESS         POSITION WITH THE TRUST  BUSINESS AFFILIATIONS AND PRINCIPAL OCCUPATIONS
<S>                      <C>                      <C>   
J. Michael Earley        Trustee                  President, and Cheif Executive Officer, Bankers
665 Locust Street                                 Trust Company, Des Moines, Iowa since July 1992;
Des Moines, IA 50309                              President and Cheif Executive Officer, Mid-America
                                                  Savings Bank, Waterloo, Iowa from April, 1987 to 
                                                  June, 1992. Age 51.

R. Barbara Gitenstein     Trustee                 Provost, Drake University since July 1992; Assistant
Provost Office                                    Provost, State University of New York from August,
202 Old Main                                      1991 to July, 1992; Associate Provost, State University
Drake Uniniversity                                of New York - Oswego from January, 1989 to August, 1991.
2507 University Avenue                            Age 49.
Des Moines, IA 50311-4505

Robert A. Grayson        Trustee                  Co-founder, Grayson Associates, Inc.; Adjunct 
Grayson Associates                                Professor of Marketing, New York University 
108 Loma Media Road                               School of Business Administration; former 
Santa Barbara, CA                                 Director, The Golden Financial Group, Inc.;
  93103                                           former Senior Vice President, David &
                                                  Charles Advertising.  Age 69.

Myles R. Tashman         Secretary                Executive Vice President and Secretary, Golden
Golden American Life                              American Life Insurance Company;
  Insurance Co.                                   Executive
1001 Jefferson Street                             Vice President and Secretary, Directed
Wilmington, DE 19801                              Services, Inc; Secretary of GCG Trust;
                                                  formerly, Senior Vice President and General
                                                  Counsel, United Pacific Life Insurance Company
                                                  (1986-1993).  Age 54.

Paul R. Schlaack         Trustee                  President, Chief Executive Officer and Director,
2000 Hub Tower                                    Equitable Investment Services, Inc. since 1984.
699 Walnut Street                                 Age 51.
Des Moines, IA 50309

Stanley B. Seidler       Trustee                  President, Iowa Periodicals, Inc. since 1990 and
P.O. Box 1297                                            President, Excell Marketing L.C. since 1994. Age 68.
3301 McKinley Avenue
Des Moines, IA 50321

M. Norvel Young          Trustee                  Chancellor Emeritus and Board of Regents,
Pepperdine University                             Pepperdine University; Director of Imperial 
Malibu, CA  90263                                 Bancorp, Imperial Bank, Imperial Trust Co. and
                                                  20th Century Christian Publishing Company;
                                                  formerly:  Chancellor, Pepperdine
                                                  University, 1971 to 1984; President, Pepperdine
                                                  University, 1957 to 1971; Director, National
                                                  Conference of Christians and Jews, 1978 to
                                                  1982.  Age 81.

Mary Bea Wilkinson       Treasurer                Senior  Vice President and Treasurer,  Golden 
Golden American Life                              American  Life Insurance Company; 
  Insurance Co.                                  
1001 Jefferson Street                             President and Treasurer, Directed Services, 
Wilmington, DE 19801                              Inc.; Assistant Vice  President, CIGNA
                                                  Insurance   Companies,  August  1993  to
                                                  October  1993;  various  positions  with United
                                                  Pacific  Life Insurance  Company, January  1987
                                                  to  July 1993,  and was Vice  President and
                                                  Controller upon  leaving.  Age 40.

Roger B. Vincent         Trustee                  President, Springwell Corporation; Director,
230 Park Avenue                                   Petralone, Inc.; formerly, Managing Director, 
New York, NY 10169                                Bankers Trust Company.  Age 51.

</TABLE>

                                               27


- --------------------------
     *Mr. Kendall and Mr. Schlaack are an "interested persons" of the Trust
      (as that term is defined in the Investment Company Act of 1940) because
      of their affiliations with the Manager and/or its affiliated companies
      as shown above.

     As  of March 31, 1997, none of the Trustees  directly owns shares of  the
Series. In addition, as of March 31, 1997, the Trustees and Officers as a group
owned  Variable  Contracts that entitled them to give voting  instructions  with
respect to less than one percent of the outstanding shares of each Series in the
aggregate.

     Through  December 31, 1995,  Trustees other than those  affiliated with the
Manager or a Portfolio Manager  ("Non-Affiliated  Trustees")  received a fee for
each Board of Trustees meeting attended based on the level of the Trust's assets
at the time of the meeting as follows:  $2,000 per meeting for aggregate  assets
up to $500 million;  $3,000 per meeting for  aggregate  assets in excess of $500
million and up to $1 billion;  $4,000 per meeting for aggregate assets in excess
of $1 billion and up to $2 billion;  and $5,000 per meeting for aggregate assets
in excess of $2  billion.  Effective  January 1, 1996,  Non-Affiliated  Trustees
receive  a flat fee of  $6,000  for each  Board of  Trustees  meeting  attended.
Trustees have been and will continue to be reimbursed for any expenses  incurred
in attending  such meetings or otherwise in carrying out their  responsibilities
as Trustees of the Trust.  During the fiscal year ended December 31, 1996,  fees
totaling $75,000 were paid by the Trust with each Trustee receiving $25,000 
each.  During the fiscal year ended December 31, 1995,  fees
totaling $54,000 were paid by the Trust or accrued to Messrs. Grayson ($18,000),
Young ($18,000),  and Vincent  ($18,000).  During the fiscal year ended December
31, 1995,  Messrs.  Grayson,  Young,  and Vincent  earned total fees of $20,500,
$20,500,  and  $20,500,  respectfully,  from the Trust and  Separate  Account D,
another fund for which the Manager previously served as investment  adviser.  No
officer or Trustee received any other compensation directly from the Trust.

     The  table below lists each Variable Contract Owner who owns  a Variable 
Contract  that  entitles the  owner  to  give  voting  instructions with respect
to  5% or  more of  the shares of the Series as of March 31, 1997.  The
address for each record owner  is c/o  Golden American Life Insurance Company,
1001 Jefferson Avenue, Wilmington, DE  19801.

             NAME                         SERIES               PERCENTAGE

David & Anita Swann
  Charitable Remainder Trust              Market Manager          12.5%

Darald Libby
  Charitable Remainder Unit Trust         Market Manager           7.8%

George Berman 
  Charitable Remainder Trust              Market Manager           7.0%

Sanford Lugar                             Market Manager           5.6%

C.P. Steinmetz                            Strategic Equity         5.2%

                                       28
<PAGE>
     In addition, as of March 31, 1997 the General Account of Golden American
owned 5.8% of the shares of the Market Manager Series.


THE MANAGEMENT AGREEMENT

     Directed  Services,  Inc. ("DSI" or the "Manager") serves as Manager to the
Series pursuant to a Management  Agreement (the "Management  Agreement") between
the Manager and the Trust.  DSI's address is 1001 Jefferson  Street,  Suite 400,
Wilmington, Delaware 19801. DSI is a New York corporation that is a wholly owned
subsidiary of BT Variable,  Inc. which, in turn, is a subsidiary of Equitable of
Iowa Companies  ("Equitable of Iowa"). DSI is registered with the Securities and
Exchange  Commission as an  investment  adviser and a  broker-dealer.  The Trust
currently offers the shares of its operating  Series to, among others,  separate
accounts of Golden American Life Insurance Company ("Golden  American") to serve
as the investment medium for Variable  Contracts issued by Golden American.  DSI
is the principal underwriter and distributor of the Variable Contracts issued by
Golden  American.  Golden American is a stock life insurance  company  organized
under the laws of the State of  Delaware.  Prior to December  30,  1993,  Golden
American  was a Minnesota  corporation.  Golden  American is an indirect  wholly
owned subsidiary of Equitable of Iowa.
 

     Pursuant to the Management Agreement, the Manager, subject to the direction
of the Board of Trustees, is responsible for providing all supervisory,
management, and administrative services reasonably necessary for the operation
of the Trust and its Series other than the investment advisory services
performed by the Portfolio Managers.  These services include, but are not
limited to, (i) coordinating at the Manager's expense for all Series,
all matters relating to the operation of the
Series, including any necessary coordination among the Series' Portfolio
Managers, Custodian, Dividend Disbursing Agent, Portfolio Accounting Agent
(including pricing and valuation of the Series' portfolios), accountants,
attorneys, and other parties performing services or operational functions for
the Trust; (ii) providing the Trust and the Series, at the Manager's expense,
with the services of a sufficient number of persons competent to perform such
administrative and clerical functions as are necessary to ensure compliance with
federal securities laws and to provide effective supervision and administration
of the Trust; (iii) maintaining or supervising the maintenance by third parties
selected by the Manager of such books and records of the Trust and the Series as
may be required by applicable federal or state law; (iv) preparing or
supervising the preparation by third parties selected by the Manager of all
federal, state, and local tax returns and reports of the Trust relating to the
Series required by applicable law; (v) preparing and filing and arranging for
the distribution of proxy materials and periodic reports to shareholders of the
Series as required by applicable law in connection with the Series; (vi)
preparing and arranging for the filing of such registration statements and other
documents with the Securities and Exchange Commission and other federal and
state regulatory authorities as may be required by applicable law in connection
with the Series; (vii) taking such other action with respect to the Trust, as
may be required by applicable law, including without limitation the rules and
regulations of the SEC and other regulatory agencies; and (viii) providing the
Trust at the Manager's expense, with adequate personnel, office space,
communications facilities, and other facilities necessary for operation of the
Series contemplated in the Management Agreement.  Other responsibilities of the
Manager are described in the Prospectus.

     The Manager shall make its officers and employees available to the Board of
Trustees and Officers of the Trust for consultation and discussions regarding
the supervision and administration of the Series.


                                       29

<PAGE>

     Pursuant to the Management Agreement, the Manager is authorized to exercise
full investment discretion and make all determinations with respect to the
investment of a Series' assets and the purchase and sale of portfolio securities
for one or more Series in the event that at any time no Portfolio Manager is
engaged to manage the assets of such Series.  


     The Management  Agreement  shall continue in effect until  August 13, 1998,
and  from  year to year thereafter,  provided such continuance after  August 13,
1998  is approved annually by (i) the holders of a majority of  the  outstanding
voting securities of the Trust or by the Board of Trustees,  and (ii) a majority
of the Trustees who are not parties to such Management Agreement or  "interested
persons" (as defined in the Investment  Company Act of 1940 (the "1940 Act")) of
any such party. The Management Agreement, dated August 13, 1996, was approved by
shareholders  at a meeting held on July 29, 1996,  and was approved by the Board
of  Trustees,  including  the  Trustees  who are not  parties to the  Management
Agreement or interested  persons of such parties,  at a meeting held on June 10,
1996. The Management  Agreement may be terminated without penalty by vote of the
Trustees  or the  shareholders  of the  Series  or by the  Manager,  on 60 days'
written notice by either party to the Management  Agreement,  and will terminate
automatically if assigned as that term is described in the 1940 Act.

     Prior to August 13, 1996, DSI served as manager to the Series pursuant to a
Management Agreement dated October 1, 1993. 

     Gross fees paid to the Manager under the Management  Agreement (pursuant to
which the Manager provides all services  reasonably  necessary for the operation
of the Trust)  for the fiscal  year ended  December  31,  1996 were as  follows:
Multiple Allocation Series -- $2,892,936;  Strategic Equity Series -- $195,979;
Fully Managed  Series -- $1,266,104;
Limited Maturity Bond Series -- $497,345; Hard Assets Series - - $362,600;
Real  Estate  Series  --  $371,844;   All-Growth  Series  --  $910,039;  Capital
Appreciation Series -- $1,335,410; Rising Dividends Series -- $989,772; Emerging
Markets  Series -- $791,005;  Liquid Asset Series -- $240,479; Small Cap Series
- -- $180,699 and Value Equity Series --  $379,126. Gross fees 
paid to the Manager under the Management Agreement (pursuant to which the Man-
ager provides all services reasonably necessary for the operation of the Trust)
for the fiscal  year ended  December  31,  1995 were as  follows: Multiple
Allocation Series -- $3,056,095;  Strategic Equity Series (commencement
of operation  October 2, 1995) -- $11,085;  Fully Managed  Series -- $1,102,160;
Limited Maturity Bond Series -- $516,872; Hard Assets Series - - $291,869;
Real  Estate  Series  --  $347,823;   All-Growth  Series  --  $832,889;  Capital
Appreciation Series -- $1,055,352; Rising Dividends Series -- $641,200; Emerging
Markets  Series -- $817,859;  Liquid Asset Series -- $254,546;  and Value Equity
Series --  $108,140.  The  management  fee payable to the Manager for the Market
Manager  Series for the fiscal year ending  December 31, 1995 was waived in part
($6,748)  by the Manager and paid in part  ($44,976)  by the Series.  Gross fees
paid to the Manager under the current  Management  Agreement  (pursuant to which
the Manager provides all services reasonably  necessary for the operation of the
Trust) for the fiscal year ended  December  31,  1994 were as follows:  Multiple
Allocation  Series -- $3,008,912;  Fully Managed  Series -- $1,093,894;  Limited
Maturity Bond Series -- $447,478; Hard Assets Series --

                                       30

<PAGE>

$292,787;  Real Estate  Series --  $354,228;  All-Growth  Series -- $624,518;
Capital  Appreciation Series  -- $912,861;  Rising  Dividends Series --
$367,866;  Emerging  Markets Series --  $892,888; and  Liquid Asset Series  --
$226,289.   The management  fee payable to the Manager for the  Market Manager
Series for the  fiscal period November  14, 1994 to December 31,  1994 was
waived  by the Manager.

     For the period from September 1, 1996 to December 31, 1996 the Managed
Global Series paid the Manager fees of $349,038. For the period
from January 1 through August 30, 1996 and the fiscal years
ended  December  31, 1995,  and  1994,  the predecessor  of the 
Managed Global  Series of the Series paid  management  fees of  $211,615,
$293,930, and $333,747, respectively.

     The  Trust,   DSI,  and  each  Portfolio  Manager  entered  into  Portfolio
Management  Agreements  dated  and  effective as of  August 13, 1996. The
Portfolio Management  Agreements were approved by the Trustees of the Trust at a
meeting held on June 10, 1996 and were approved by  shareholders  of each Series
of  the  Trust  except  the     Managed Global   Series  at  a  meeting held on
July 29, 1996.  The  Portfolio  Management  Agreement  among the Trust, DSI, and
Warburg,  Pincus was  approved by the sole  shareholder  of the Managed
Managed Global Series by written consent dated August 26, 1996. The Portfolio 
Mangement
Agreements among the Trust, DSI and Pilgrim Baxter for the All-Growth Series 
was approved by shareholders at a meeting held on April 29, 1997. The Portfolio
Management Agreement among the Trust, DSI and Putnam
for the Emerging Markets and Managed Global Series was approved by shareholders 
by proxy on April 29, 1997.



                                       31

<PAGE>


                Pursuant to the separate Portfolio Management  Agreements,  the
Manager  (and not the Trust)  pays each  Portfolio  Manager  for its  services a
monthly fee at annual rates which are  expressed as  percentages  of the average
daily net assets of each  Series.  For the fiscal year ended  December 31, 1996,
the Manager (and not the Trust) paid the Portfolio Managers the following 
amounts:  Zweig Advisors Inc. -- $1,458,329 for the Multiple Allocation Series
and $98,793 for the Strategic Equity Series ; T. Rowe Price Associates, Inc.-- 
$638,243 for the Fully Managed 
Series; Bankers Trust Company -- $395,503 for the Emerging Markets Series
and $28,992 for the Market Manager Series; Van Eck Associates Corp. -- $182,786
for the Hard Assets Series;  Chancellor LGT Asset Management Inc. --  $673,180 
for
the Capital Appreciation Series; Kayne, Anderson  Investment  Management, L.P. -
- - $498,776 for the Rising Dividends  Series; E.I.I. Realty Securities, Inc. --
$187,447 for the Real Estate Series; Eagle Asset Management, Inc.  -- $191,117
for the Value Equity Series; and Warburg, Pincus Counsellors, Inc. -- $458,750
for the All-Growth Series.  For the fiscal period of September 1, 1996 
to December 31, 1996 the Manager (and not the Trust) paid Warburg, Pincus 
Counsellors, Inc. $170,010 on behalf of the Managed Global Series. For the 
fiscal period January 1, 1996 to August 31, 1996, Warburg, Pincus Counsellors,
Inc. received $317,424 from the predecessor and the Managed Global Series.
the fiscal period of January 1, 1996 to August 12, 1996 the Manager paid 
Bankers Trust Company $44,413 for the Liquid Asset Series and $135,897 for the
Limited Maturity Bond Series. For the fiscal period of August 13, 1996 to 
December 31, 1996 the Manager paid Equitable Investment Services, Inc.$28,206
for the Liquid Asset Series and $79,768 for the Limited Maturity Bond Series.
For the fiscal year ended  December 31, 1995, the Manager (and not


                                       32

<PAGE>

the Trust)  paid the  Portfolio Managers  the following  amounts:  Zweig
Advisors  Inc. --  $1,623,170 for  the Multiple  Allocation  Series and $5,543
for the Strategic Equity Series (operation commencement from October 2, 1995);
T. Rowe Price Associates, Inc. -- $552,676 for the Fully Managed Series; Bankers
Trust  Company -- $222,697 for  the  Limited Maturity Bond  Series, $410,190 for
the  Emerging Markets  Series, $76,360  for  the  Liquid  Asset  Series and
$22,410 for the Market Manager Series;  Van  Eck  Associates  Corp. -- $150,474
for the Hard Assets Series;  Chancellor LGT Asset Managment, Inc. --  $559,368
forthe Capital Appreciation Series; Kayne, Anderson  Investment  Management,
L.P. -- $325,429 for the Rising Dividends  Series; E.I.I. Realty Securities, 
Inc. --$174,495 for the Real Estate Series; Eagle Asset Management, Inc.  -- 
$54,070 for the Value Equity Series; and Warburg, Pincus Counsellors, Inc. 
- -- $417,408
for the All-Growth Series.   For the fiscal year ended December 31, 1994, the
Manager (and not  the Trust)  paid the  Portfolio Managers  the following
amounts:  Zweig Advisors  Inc. --  $1,656,915 for  the Multiple  Allocation
Series; Weiss,  Peck & Greer  Advisers, Inc. -- $734,134  for the  Fully Managed
Series; Bankers Trust  Company -- $198,421 for  the  Limited Maturity Bond
Series, $445,183 for the  Emerging Markets  Series,  and  $81,751  for  the
Liquid Asset Series; Van Eck Associates Corp. -- $158,413 for the Hard
Assets Series; Chancellor LGT Asset Managment, Inc. -- $250,164 for the Real
Estate Series and $546,256 for the Capital Appreciation Series; Kayne, Anderson
Investment  Management, Inc. -- $195,541 for the Rising Dividends Series.  
For the fiscal period from November 14, 1994 (commencement of operations) to
December 31, 1994, the Manager (and not the Trust) paid Bankers Trust Company
$0 for  the Market Manager Series.   The Manager paid J.M. Hartwell  & Company,
Inc. $160,575 for the All-Growth Series for the period  of January 1, 1994 
through June 30, 1994, and Warburg, Pincus Counsellors, Inc.  $165,317 for the
All-Growth Series for the period of July 1, 1994  to December 31, 1994.

     For the  fiscal  years  ended  December  31,  1995,  and  1994,  the
predecessor  of the   Managed Global  Series paid  portfolio  management  fees 
of $440,770, and $500,620, respectively.


                                       33
<PAGE>

DISTRIBUTION OF TRUST SHARES

     Directed Services, Inc. ("DSI") serves as the Series' Distributor.  DSI is
not obligated to sell a specific amount of the Series' shares.  DSI bears all
expenses of providing distribution services including the costs of sales
presentations, mailings, advertising, and any other marketing efforts by DSI in
connection with the distribution or sale of the shares.

PURCHASES AND REDEMPTIONS

     For information on purchase and redemption of shares, see "Purchase of
Shares" and "Redemption of Shares" in the Prospectuses.  The Trust may suspend
the right of redemption of shares of any Series and may postpone payment beyond
seven days for any period:  (i) during which the New York Stock Exchange is
closed other than customary weekend and holiday closing or during which trading
on the New York Stock Exchange is restricted; (ii) when the Securities and
Exchange Commission determines that a state of emergency exists which may make
payment or transfer not reasonably practicable; (iii) as the Securities and
Exchange Commission may by order permit for the protection of the security
holders of the Trust; or (iv) at any other time when the Trust may, under
applicable laws and regulations, suspend payment on the redemption of its
shares.  If the Board of Trustees should determine that it would be detrimental
to the best interests of the remaining shareholders of a Series to make payment
wholly or partly in cash, the Series may pay the redemption price in whole or in
part by a distribution in kind of securities from the portfolio of the Series,
in lieu of cash, in conformity with applicable rules of the Securities and
Exchange Commission.  If shares are redeemed in kind, the redeeming shareholder
might incur brokerage costs in converting the assets into cash.

                      PORTFOLIO TRANSACTIONS AND BROKERAGE

INVESTMENT DECISIONS

     Investment decisions for each Series are made by the Portfolio Manager of
each Series.  Each Portfolio Manager has investment advisory clients other than
the Series.  A particular security may be bought or sold by a Portfolio Manager
for certain clients even though it could have been bought or sold for other
clients at the same time.  It also sometimes happens that two or more clients
simultaneously purchase or sell the same security, in which event each day's
transactions in such security are, insofar as possible, allocated between such
clients in a manner deemed fair and reasonable by the Portfolio Manager.
Although there is no specified formula for allocating such transactions, the
various allocation methods used by the Portfolio Manager, and the results of
such allocations, are subject to periodic review by the Trust's Manager and
Board of Trustees.  There may be circumstances when purchases or sales of
portfolio securities for one or more clients will have an adverse effect on
other clients.
 
     The Portfolio Manager for a Series may receive research services from many
broker-dealers with which the Portfolio Manager places the Series' portfolio
transactions.  These services, which in some cases may also be purchased for
cash, include such matters as general economic and security market reviews,
industry and company reviews, evaluations of securities, and recommendations as
to the purchase and sale of securities.  Some of these services may be of value
to the Portfolio Manager and its affiliates in advising its various clients
(including the Series), although not all of these services are necessarily
useful and of value in managing a Series. 


                                       34

<PAGE>

BROKERAGE AND RESEARCH SERVICES

     The Portfolio Manager for a Series places all orders for the purchase and
sale of portfolio securities, options, and futures contracts for a Series
through a substantial number of brokers and dealers or futures commission
merchants.  In executing transactions, the Portfolio Manager will attempt to
obtain the best execution for a Series taking into account such factors as price
(including the applicable brokerage commission or dollar spread), size of order,
the nature of the market for the security, the timing of the transaction, the
reputation, experience and financial stability of the broker-dealer involved,
the quality of the service, the difficulty of execution and operational
facilities of the firms involved, and the firm's risk in positioning a block of
securities.  In transactions on stock exchanges in the United States, payments
of brokerage commissions are negotiated.  In effecting purchases and sales of
portfolio securities in transactions on United States stock exchanges for the
account of the Trust, the Portfolio Manager may pay higher commission rates than
the lowest available when the Portfolio Manager believes it is reasonable to do
so in light of the value of the brokerage and research services provided by the
broker effecting the transaction, as described below.  In the case of securities
traded on some foreign stock exchanges, brokerage commissions may be fixed and
the Portfolio Manager may be unable to negotiate commission rates for these
transactions.  In the case of securities traded on the over-the-counter markets,
there is generally no stated commission, but the price includes an undisclosed
commission or markup.

     There is generally no stated commission in the case of fixed-income
securities, which are generally traded in the over-the-counter markets, but the
price paid by the Series usually includes an undisclosed dealer commission or
mark-up.  In underwritten offerings, the price paid by the Series includes a
disclosed, fixed commission or discount retained by the underwriter or dealer.
Transactions on U.S. stock exchanges and other agency transactions involve the
payment by the Series of negotiated brokerage commissions.  Such commissions
vary among different brokers.  Also, a particular broker may charge different
commissions according to such factors as the difficulty and size of the
transaction.  

     It has for many years been a common practice in the investment advisory
business for advisers of investment companies and other institutional investors
to receive research services from broker-dealers which execute portfolio
transactions for the clients of such advisers.  Consistent with this practice,
the Portfolio Manager for a Series may receive research services from many
broker-dealers with which the Portfolio Manager places the Series' portfolio
transactions.  These services, which in some cases may also be purchased for
cash, include such matters as general economic and security market reviews,
industry and company reviews, evaluations of securities and recommendations as
to the purchase and sale of securities.  Some of these services may be of value
to the Portfolio Manager and its affiliates in advising its various clients
(including the Series), although not all of these services are necessarily
useful and of value in managing a Series.  The advisory fee paid by the Series
to the Portfolio Manager is not reduced because the Portfolio Manager and its
affiliates receive such services.

     As permitted by Section 28(e) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the
Portfolio Manager may cause a Series to pay a broker-dealer, which provides
"brokerage and research services" (as defined in the Act) to the Portfolio
Manager, a disclosed commission for effecting a securities transaction for the
Series in excess of the commission which another broker-dealer would have
charged for effecting that transaction.


                                       35

<PAGE>

     A Portfolio Manager may place orders for the purchase and sale of exchange-
listed portfolio securities with a broker-dealer that is an affiliate of the
Portfolio Manager where, in the judgment of the Portfolio Manager, such firm
will be able to obtain a price and execution at least as favorable as other
qualified brokers.  

     Pursuant to rules of the Securities and Exchange Commission, a broker-
dealer that is an affiliate of the Manager or a Portfolio Manager or, if it is
also a broker-dealer, the Portfolio Manager may receive and retain compensation
for effecting portfolio transactions for a Series on a national securities
exchange of which the broker-dealer is a member if the transaction is "executed"
on the floor of the exchange by another broker which is not an "associated
person" of the affiliated broker-dealer or Portfolio Manager, and if there is in
effect a written contract between the Portfolio Manager and the Trust expressly
permitting the affiliated broker-dealer or Portfolio Manager to receive and
retain such compensation.  The Portfolio Management Agreements provide that each
Portfolio Manager may retain compensation on transactions effected for a Series
in accordance with the terms of these rules.  
 

     Securities and Exchange Commission rules further require that commissions
paid to such an affiliated broker-dealer or Portfolio Manager by a Series on
exchange transactions not exceed "usual and customary brokerage commissions."
The rules define "usual and customary" commissions to include amounts which are
"reasonable and fair compared to the commission, fee or other remuneration
received or to be received by other brokers in connection with comparable
transactions involving similar securities being purchased or sold on a
securities exchange during a comparable period of time."  The Board of Trustees
has adopted procedures for evaluating the reasonableness of commissions paid to
broker-dealers that are affiliated with Portfolio Managers or to Portfolio
Managers that are broker-dealers and will review these procedures periodically.
BT Brokerage Corporation, Watermark Securities, Inc., Zweig Securities Corp., KA
Associates, Inc., Counsellors Securities Inc., Raymond James & Associates, Inc.,
and Fred Alger & Company, Incorporated are registered broker-dealers, and each
is an affiliate of a Portfolio Manager.  Certain affiliates of Robert Fleming
Holdings Limited and Jardine Fleming Group Limited are broker-dealers affiliated
with T. Rowe Price Associates, Inc.  Any of the above firms may retain
compensation on transactions effected for a Series in accordance with these
rules and procedures.

     For the fiscal year ended December  31, 1996,  the Multiple  Allocation
Series, Strategic Equity Series,Fully Managed Series, Limited Maturity Bond
Series, Emerging Markets Series, Liquid Asset Series, Market Manager Series,
Hard Assets  Series,  Real Estate Series, Capital Appreciation Series, Rising
Dividends Series, Value Equity Series, Managed Global Series, and All-Growth
Series paid 
brokerage commissions of $472,297, $55,015, $127,213, $0, $541,589, $0, $0,
$138,086, $52,435, $188,794, $72,044, $121,872,$191,843, and $333,960, 
respectively.  The Multiple Allocation Series paid brokerage commissions of 
$42,834 (9.07% of its total brokerage commissions) to Zweig Securities.  The
Value Equity Series paid brokerage commissions of $2,550 (2.09% of its total
brokerage commissions) to Raymond James & Associates,Inc.  The Capital
Appreciation Series paid brokerage commissions of $1,920 (1.02% of its total
brokerage commissions) to Raymond James & Associates,Inc.  The Fully Managed
Series paid brokerage commissions of $150 (0.12% of its total brokerage 
commissions) to Raymond James & Associates,Inc.     The Hard Assets Series paid
brokerage commissions of $150 (0.11% of its total brokerage commissions) to 
Raymond James & Associates,Inc. The Small Cap Series paid brokerage commissions
of $33,058 (78.34% of its total brokerage commissions) to Fred Alger. The
Emerging Markets Series paid brokerage commissions of $64,131 and $2,113 (11.84%
and 0.39% of its total brokerage commissions) to Jardine Fleming and Robert 
Fleming, redpectively.The Managed Global Series paid brokerage commissions of 
$3,041 (1.59% of its total brokerage commissions) to Jardine Fleming.  The
Strastegic Equity Series paid brokerage commissions of $435 (0.79% of its total
brokerage commissions) to Zweig Securities.


For the fiscal year ended December  31, 1995,  the Multiple  Allocation
Series, Strategic Equity Series (operation commencement from October 2, 1995),
Fully Managed Series, Limited Maturity Bond Series, Emerging Markets Series,
Liquid Asset Series, Market Manager Series, Hard Assets Series, Real
Estate Series, Capital Appreciation Series, Rising Dividends Series, Value
Equity Series and All-Growth Series paid brokerage commissions of $519,963,
$10,355, $321,876, $0, $600,724, $0, $1,575, $40,242, $113,534, $235,075,
$82,924, $59,789 and $193,100, respectively.  The Multiple Allocation Series
paid brokerage commissions of $86,365 (16.61% of its total brokerage
commissions) to Watermark Securities, Inc.  The Market Manager Series paid
brokerage commissions of $1,425 (90.48% of its total brokerage commissions) to
BT Brokerage Corporation.  The Value Equity Series paid brokerage commissions of
$240 (0.40% of its total brokerage commissions) to Raymond James & Associates,
Inc.  During the fiscal year ended December 31, 1994, the Multiple Allocation
Series, Fully Managed Series, Hard Assets Series, Real  Estate Series,
All-Growth Series, Capital Appreciation Series, Rising Dividends Series,
Emerging Markets Series, and Market Manager Series paid brokerage commissions of
$301,480, $157,580, $69,954, $69,376, $260,691, $183,029, $106,828, $589,210,
and $975,

                                       36

<PAGE>

     respectively.  The Multiple Allocation Series paid brokerage commissions of
$51,764 (17.2% of total brokerage commissions) to Watermark Securities, Inc. The
Fully  Managed  Series paid  brokerage  commissions  of $78,271  (50.0% of total
brokerage  commissions) to Weiss, Peck & Greer. The Rising Dividends Series paid
brokerage  commissions  of $2,330 (2.2% of total  brokerage  commissions)  to KA
Associates,  Inc.  

                                 NET ASSET VALUE

     As indicated under "Net Asset Value" in the Prospectuses, the Series' net
asset value per share for the purpose of pricing purchase and redemption orders
is determined at or about 4:00 P.M., New York City time, on each day the New
York Stock Exchange is open for trading, exclusive of federal holidays. 

     The Liquid Asset Series' portfolio securities are valued using the
amortized cost method of valuation.  This involves valuing a security at cost on
the date of acquisition and thereafter assuming a constant accretion of a
discount or amortization of a premium to maturity, regardless of the impact of
fluctuating interest rates on the market value of the instrument.  While this
method provides certainty in valuation, it may result in periods during which
value, as determined by amortized cost, is higher or lower than the price the
Series would receive if it sold the instrument.  During such periods the yield
to investors in the Series may differ somewhat from that obtained in a similar
investment company which uses available market quotations to value all of its
portfolio securities.  

     The Securities and Exchange Commission's regulations require the Liquid
Asset Series to adhere to certain conditions.  The Trustees, as part of their
responsibility within the overall duty of care owed to the shareholders, are
required to establish procedures reasonably designed, taking into account
current market conditions and the Series' investment objectives, to stabilize
the net asset value per share as computed for the purpose of distribution and
redemption at $1.00 per share.  The Trustees' procedures include a requirement
to periodically monitor, as appropriate and at such intervals as are reasonable
in light of current market conditions, the relationship between the amortized
cost value per share and the net asset value per share based upon available
indications of market value.  The Trustees will consider what steps should be
taken, if any, in the event of a difference of more than 1/2 of 1% between the
two.  The Trustees will take such steps as they consider appropriate (e.g.,
selling securities to shorten the average portfolio maturity) to minimize any
material dilution or other unfair results which might arise from differences
between the two.  The Series also is required to maintain a dollar-weighted
average portfolio maturity of 90 days or less, to limit its investments to
instruments having remaining maturities of 13 months or less (except securities
held subject to repurchase agreements having 13 months or less to maturity) and
to invest only in securities determined by the Portfolio Manager under
procedures established by the Board of Trustees to be of high quality with
minimal credit risks.

                                       37

<PAGE>

                             PERFORMANCE INFORMATION

     The Trust may, from time to time, include the current yield and effective
yield of its Liquid Asset Series, the yield of the remaining Series, and the
total return of all Series in advertisements or sales literature.  In the case
of Variable Contracts, performance information for the Series will not be
advertised or included in sales literature unless accompanied by comparable
performance information for a separate account to which the Series offer their
shares.

     Current yield for Liquid Asset Series will be based on the change in the
value of a hypothetical investment (exclusive of capital charges) over a
particular seven-day period, less a pro-rata share of Series expenses accrued
over that period (the "base period"), and stated as a percentage of the
investment at the start of the base period (the "base period return").  The base
period return is then annualized by multiplying by 365/7, with the resulting
yield figure carried to at least the nearest hundredth of one percent.
"Effective yield" for the Liquid Asset Series assumes that all dividends
received during an annual period have been reinvested.  Calculation of
"effective yield" begins with the same "base period return" used in the
calculation of yield, which is then annualized to reflect weekly compounding
pursuant to the following formula:

Effective Yield =  [ ( (Base Period Return)  + 1 ) ^ 365/7 ] - 1

     Quotations of yield for the remaining Series will be based on all
investment income per share earned during a particular 30-day period (including
dividends and interest and calculated in accordance with a standardized yield
formula adopted by the Securities and Exchange Commission), less expenses
accrued during the period ("net investment income"), and are computed by
dividing net investment income by the maximum offering price per share on the
last day of the period, according to the following formula:
                                     a-b        6
                    YIELD  =  2 [ ( ----- +  1 )  - 1 ]
                                      cd
     where,
          a = dividends and interest earned during the period,
          b = expenses accrued for the period (net of reimbursements),
          c = the average daily number of shares outstanding during the period
          that were entitled to receive dividends, and
          d = the maximum offering price per share on the last day of the
          period.

     Quotations of average annual total return for a Series will be expressed in
terms of the average annual compounded rate of return of a hypothetical
investment in the Series over certain periods that will include periods of one,
five, and ten years (or, if less, up to the life of the Series), calculated
pursuant to the following formula:  P (1 + T)n = ERV (where P = a hypothetical
initial payment of $1,000, T = the average annual total return, n = the number
of years, and ERV = the ending redeemable value of a hypothetical $1,000 payment
made at the beginning of the period).  Quotations of total return may also be
shown for other periods.  All total return figures reflect the deduction of a
proportional share of Series expenses on an annual basis, and assume that all
dividends and distributions are reinvested when paid.


     For  the period of  January 3, 1989  (inception of  the Trust) to  December
31,  1996 and for  the five- and one-year  periods ended  December  31, 1996
the  average annual  total  return for  each  Series was as follows:  9.00%, 
7.67%, and 8.77% for the Multiple Allocation Series; 

                                       38

<PAGE>

8.65, 8.30%, and 16.36% for the Fully Managed  Series; 6.81%,  5.10%, and 
4.32%  for the Limited  Maturity Bond  Series;  5.49%, 2.42%,  and -0.57%
for  the All-Growth  Series;  11.37%, 17.50%, and 35.30% for the Real Estate
Series; 10.40%, 15.37%,  and 33.17% for the Hard Assets Series; and 
5.17%, 3.99%, and  5.01% for the Liquid Asset Series.  For the period 
of May 4, 1992  (inception  of the Capital  Appreciation Series) to
December 31,  1996 and the one-year period ended December 31, 1996, the average
total return for the Capital  Appreciation Series was 14.12% and 20.26%.   For
the  period of  October  1, 1993  (inception of  the  Rising Dividends  and
Emerging  Markets Series)  to December  31,  1996 and for the one-year period
ended December 31, 1996, the average total return for the Rising  Dividends
Series was 16.47% and 20.65%  and  the average  annual  total return  for the
Emerging Markets  Series  was 0.54% and  7.28%.  For the period of November
14, 1994 (inception of the Market Manager Series) to December 31, 1996 and for
the one-year period ended December 31, 1996, the average total return for the
Market Manager Series was 20.52% and 19.40%.  For  the period of  January 1,
1995 (inception  of the  Value Equity Series) to December  31,  1996 and for
the one-year period ended December 31, 1996, the average total return  for the
Value Equity Series was  22.40% and 10.62%.  For  the period of  October 2, 1995
(inception  of the  Strategic Equity Series) to December 31, 1996 and for
the one-year period ended December 31, 1996, the average total return  for the
Strategic Equity Series was  15.61% and 19.39%. For
the period ended January 3, 1996 (inception for the Small Cap Series) to
December 31, 1996, the total return (non-annualized) for the Small Cap Series
was 20.10%

     The   Managed Global Series is a successor to the Managed  Global Account 
of
Separate   Account   D  of   Golden   American.   As of  September 3,  1996, the
investment-related  assets of the Managed Global  Account of Separate  Account D
were  transferred  to a newly created  division of Separate  Account B of Golden
American.  Simultaneously,  Separate Account B exchanged the  investment-related
assets for shares of the   Managed Global  Series,  a newly created Series of 
the
Trust. The following information regarding average total return is restated from
the  Managed  Global  Account of Separate  Account D. The total  return  figures
reflect  the  deduction  of  certain  expenses,  including the  management fees,
custodian  fees, fees of the Board of Governors of Separate Account D, and other
expenses.  For the period of October 21, 1992 (commencement  of  operations)  to
December  31, 1996 and for the  one-year  period  ended  December 31, 1996,  the
average  total  return  for the Managed Global Series  was  2.70%  and  12.27%,
respectively.


     Performance information for a Series may be compared, in advertisements,
sales literature, and reports to shareholders to:  (i) the Standard & Poor's 500
Stock Index ("S&P 500"), the Dow Jones Industrial Average ("DJIA"), the Lehman
Brothers Government Bond Index, the Donoghue Money Market Institutional
Averages, the Lehman Brothers Government Corporate Index, the Salomon High Yield
Index, or other indices that measure performance of a pertinent group of
securities, (ii) other groups of mutual funds tracked by Lipper Analytical
Services, Inc., a widely used independent research firm which ranks mutual funds
by overall performance, investment objectives, and assets, or tracked by other
services, companies, publications, or persons who rank mutual funds on overall
performance or other criteria; and (iii) the Consumer Price Index (measure for
inflation) to assess the real rate of return from an investment in the Series.
Unmanaged indices may assume the reinvestment of dividends but generally do not
reflect deductions for administrative and management costs and expenses.

     Reports and promotional literature may also contain other information
including (i) the ranking of any Series derived from rankings of mutual funds or
other investment products tracked by Lipper Analytical Services, Inc. or by
other rating services, companies, publications, or other persons who rank mutual
funds or other investment products on overall performance or other criteria, and
(ii) the effect of tax deferred compounding on a Series' investment returns, or
returns in general, which may be illustrated by graphs, charts, or otherwise,
and which may include a comparison, at various points in time, of the return
from an investment in a Series (or returns in general) on a tax-deferred basis
(assuming one or more tax rates) with the return on a taxable basis.

     In addition, reports and promotional literature may contain information
concerning the Manager, the Portfolio Managers, or affiliates of the Trust, the
Manager, or the Portfolio Managers, including (i) performance rankings of other
mutual funds managed by a Portfolio Manager, or the individuals employed by a
Portfolio Manager who exercise responsibility for the day-to-day management of a
Series, including rankings of mutual funds published by Morningstar, Inc., Value
Line Mutual Fund Survey, or other rating services, companies, publications, or
other persons who rank mutual funds or other investment products on overall
performance or other criteria; (ii) lists of clients, the number of clients, or
assets under management; and (iii) information regarding services rendered by 
the Manager to the Trust, including information 

                                       39

<PAGE>

related to the selection and monitoring of the Portfolio Managers.  Reports 
and promotional literature may also contain a description of the type of
investor for whom it could be suggested that a Series is intended, based upon
each Series' investment objectives.

     In the case of Variable Contracts, quotations of yield or total return for
a Series will not take into account charges and deductions against any Separate
Accounts to which the Series shares are sold or charges and deductions against
the life insurance policies or annuity contracts issued by Golden American,
although comparable performance information for the Separate Account will take
such charges into account.  Performance information for any Series reflects only
the performance of a hypothetical investment in the Series during the particular
time period on which the calculations are based.  Performance information should
be considered in light of the Series' investment objective or objectives and
investment policies, the characteristics and quality of the portfolios, and the
market conditions during the given time period, and should not be considered as
a representation of what may be achieved in the future.

                                    TAXATION

     The following discussion summarizes certain U.S. federal tax considerations
incident to an investment in a Series.

     Each Series intends to qualify annually and to elect to be treated as a
regulated investment company under the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended
(the "Code").

     To qualify as a regulated investment company, each Series generally must,
among other things: (i) derive in each taxable year at least 90% of its gross
income from dividends, interest, payments with respect to securities loans, and
gains from the sale or other disposition of stock, securities or foreign
currencies, or other income derived with respect to its business of investing in
such stock, securities, or currencies (to satisfy this requirement, it is
intended that the Series investing in gold and other commodities will be managed
so that the gross income derived from its investments in gold and other
commodities and future contracts on gold and other commodities, when combined
with any other gross income of the Series which is not derived from qualifying
sources, will not exceed 10% of the Series' gross income during any fiscal
year); (ii) derive in each taxable year less than 30% of its gross income from
the sale or other disposition of certain assets held less than three months
(namely (a) stock or securities, (b) options, futures, and forward contracts
(other than those on foreign currencies), and (c) foreign currencies (including
options, futures, and forward contracts on such currencies) not directly related
to a Series' principal business of investing in stocks or securities (or options
and futures with respect to stocks and securities)); (iii) diversify its
holdings so that, at the end of each quarter of the taxable year, (a) at least
50% of the market value of the Series' assets is represented by cash, cash
items, U.S. Government securities, the securities of other regulated investment
companies, and other securities, with such other securities of any one issuer
limited for the purposes of this calculation to an amount not greater than 5% of
the value of the Series' total assets and 10% of the outstanding voting
securities of such issuer, and (b) not more than 25% of the value of its total
assets is invested in the securities of any one issuer (other than U.S.
Government securities or the securities of other regulated investment
companies), or of two or more issuers which the Series controls (as that term is
defined in the relevant provisions of the Code) and which are determined to be
engaged in the same or similar trades or businesses or related trades or
businesses; and (iv) distribute at least 90% of its investment company taxable
income (which includes, among other items, 

                                       40

<PAGE>

dividends, interest, and net short-term capital gains in excess of any net long-
term capital losses) each taxable year.

     A Series qualifying as a regulated investment company generally will not be
subject to U.S. federal income tax on its investment company taxable income and
net capital gains (any net long-term capital gains in excess of the net short-
term capital losses), if any, that it distributes to shareholders.  Each Series
intends to distribute to its shareholders, at least annually, substantially all
of its investment company taxable income and any net capital gains.

     Generally, regulated investment companies, like the Series, must distribute
amounts on a timely basis in accordance with a calendar year distribution
requirement in order to avoid a nondeductible 4% excise tax.  Generally, to
avoid the tax, a regulated investment company must distribute during each
calendar year, an amount at least equal to the sum of (i) 98% of its ordinary
income (not taking into account any capital gains or losses) for the calendar
year, (ii) 98% of its capital gains in excess of its capital losses (adjusted
for certain ordinary losses) for the twelve-month period ending on October 31 of
the calendar year, and (iii) all ordinary income and capital gains for previous
years that were not distributed during such years.  To avoid application of the
excise tax, each Series intends to make its distributions in accordance with the
calendar year distribution requirement.  A distribution is treated as paid on
December 31 of the calendar year if it is declared by a Series in October,
November, or December of that year to shareholders of record on a date in such a
month and paid by the Series during January of the following calendar year. Such
distributions are taxable to shareholders in the calendar year in which the
distributions are declared, rather than the calendar year in which the
distributions are received.  The excise tax provisions described above do not
apply to a regulated investment company, like a Series, all of whose
shareholders at all times during the calendar year are (i) segregated asset
accounts of life insurance companies where the shares are held in connection
with variable contracts or (ii) tax-exempt retirement trusts described in Code
Section 401(a).  (For this purpose, any shares of a Series attributable to an
investment in the Series not exceeding $250,000 made in connection with the
organization of the Series shall not be taken into account.)  Accordingly, if
this condition regarding the ownership of shares of a Series is met, the excise
tax will be inapplicable to that Series.

     Some of the Series may invest in stocks of foreign companies that are
classified under the Code as passive foreign investment companies ("PFICs").  In
general, a foreign company is classified as a PFIC if at least one-half of its
assets constitutes investment-type assets or 75% or more of its gross income is
investment-type income.  Under the PFIC rules, an "excess distribution" received
with respect to PFIC stock is treated as having been realized ratably over the
period during which a Series held the PFIC stock.  A Series itself will be
subject to tax on the portion, if any, of the excess distribution that is
allocated to a Series' holding period in prior taxable years (an interest factor
will be added to the tax, as if the tax had actually been payable in such prior
taxable years) even though a Series distributes the corresponding income to
shareholders.  Excess distributions include any gain from the sale of PFIC stock
as well as certain distributions from a PFIC.  All excess distributions are
taxable as ordinary income.

     A Series may be able to elect alternative tax treatment with respect to
PFIC stock.  Under an election that currently may be available, a Series
generally would be required to include in its gross income its share of the
earnings of a PFIC on a current basis, regardless of whether any distributions
are received from the PFIC.  If this election is made, the special rules,
discussed above, relating to the taxation of excess distributions, would not
apply.  In addition, another 

                                       41

<PAGE>

election may be available that would involve marking to market a Series' PFIC
stock at the end of each taxable year (and on certain other dates prescribed in
the Code), with the result that unrealized gains are treated as though they were
realized.  If this election were made, tax at the Series level under the PFIC
rules would be eliminated, but a Series could, in limited circumstances, incur
nondeductible interest charges.  A Series' intention to qualify annually as a
regulated investment company may limit a Series' elections with respect to PFIC
stock.

     Because the application of the PFIC rules may affect, among other things,
the character of gains, the amount of gain or loss and the timing of the
recognition of income with respect to PFIC stock, as well as subject a Series
itself to tax on certain income from PFIC stock, the amount that must be
distributed to shareholders, and which will be taxed to shareholders as ordinary
income or long-term capital gain, may be increased or decreased substantially as
compared to a fund that did not invest in PFIC stock.

     Certain options, futures contracts, and forward contracts in which a Series
may invest are "Section 1256 contracts."  Gains or losses on Section 1256
contracts generally are considered 60% long-term and 40% short-term capital
gains or losses; however, foreign currency gains or losses arising from certain
Section 1256 contracts may be treated as ordinary income or loss.  Also, Section
1256 contracts held by a Series at the end of each taxable year (and at certain
other times as prescribed pursuant to the Code) are "marked to market" with the
result that unrealized gains or losses are treated as though they were realized.

     Generally, the hedging transactions undertaken by a Series may result in
"straddles" for U.S. federal income tax purposes.  The straddle rules may affect
the character of gains (or losses) realized by a Series.  In addition, losses
realized by a Series on positions that are part of a straddle may be deferred
under the straddle rules, rather than being taken into account in calculating
the taxable income for the taxable year in which such losses are realized.
Because only a few regulations implementing the straddle rules have been
promulgated, the tax consequences to a Series of hedging transactions are not
entirely clear.  The hedging transactions may increase the amount of short-term
capital gain realized by a Series which is taxed as ordinary income when
distributed to shareholders.

     A Series may make one or more of the elections available under the Code
which are applicable to straddles.  If a Series makes any of the elections, the
amount, character and timing of the recognition of gains or losses from the
affected straddle positions will be determined under rules that vary according
to the election(s) made.  The rules applicable under certain of the elections
may operate to accelerate the recognition of gains or losses from the affected
straddle positions.

     Because application of the straddle rules may affect the character of gains
or losses, defer losses and/or accelerate the recognition of gains or losses
from the affected straddle positions, the amount which must be distributed to
shareholders, and which will be taxed to shareholders as ordinary income or
long-term capital gain, may be increased or decreased as compared to a fund that
did not engage in such hedging transactions.

     Income received by a Series from sources within a foreign country may be
subject to withholding and other taxes imposed by that country.  Tax conventions
between certain countries and the U.S. may reduce or eliminate such taxes.

                                       42

<PAGE>

     Under the Code, gains or losses attributable to fluctuations in exchange
rates which occur between the time a Series of the Trust accrues income or other
receivables or accrues expenses or other liabilities denominated in a foreign
currency and the time that Series actually collects such receivables or pays
such liabilities generally are treated as ordinary income or ordinary loss.
Similarly, on disposition of debt securities denominated in a foreign currency
and on disposition of certain futures contracts, forward contracts and options,
gains or losses attributable to fluctuations in the value of foreign currency
between the date of acquisition of the security or contract and the date of
disposition also are treated as ordinary gain or loss.  These gains or losses,
referred to under the Code as "section 988" gains or losses, may increase or
decrease the amount of a Series' investment company taxable income to be
distributed to its shareholders as ordinary income.

     To comply with regulations under Section 817(h) of the Code, each Series of
the Trust generally will be required to diversify its investments so that on the
last day of each quarter of a calendar year, no more than 55% of the value of
its assets is represented by any one investment, no more than 70% is represented
by any two investments, no more than 80% is represented by any three
investments, and no more than 90% is represented by any four investments.  For
additional information on the application of the asset diversification
requirements under Code Section 817(h), and the asset diversification
requirements applicable to regulated investment companies, potential investors
in the Market Manager Series should see "Federal Income Tax Status" in the
Market Manager Series' Prospectus.

     Generally, securities of a single issuer are treated as one investment and
obligations of each U.S. Government agency and instrumentality (such as the
Government National Mortgage Association) are treated for purposes of Section
817(h) as issued by separate issuers.

     In connection with the issuance of the diversification regulations, the
Treasury Department announced that it would issue future regulations or rulings
addressing the circumstances in which a variable contract owner's control of the
investments of a separate account may cause the contract owner, rather than the
insurance company, to be treated as the owner of the assets held by the separate
account.  If the variable contract owner is considered the owner of the
securities underlying the separate account, income and gains produced by those
securities would be included currently in the contract owner's gross income.
Among the areas in which Treasury has indicated informally that it is concerned
that there may be too much contract owner control is where a mutual fund (or
series) underlying a separate account invests solely in securities issued by
companies in a specific industry.

     These future rules and regulations proscribing investment control may
adversely affect the ability of certain Series of the Trust to operate as
described in this Prospectus.  There is, however, no certainty as to what
standards, if any, Treasury will ultimately adopt.

     In the event that unfavorable rules, regulations or positions are adopted,
there can be no assurance that the Series will be able to operate as currently
described in the Prospectus, or that a Series will not have to change its
investment objective or objectives, investment policies, or investment
restrictions.  While a Series' investment objective is fundamental and may be
changed only by a vote of a majority of its outstanding shares, the Trustees
have reserved the right to modify the investment policies of a Series as
necessary to prevent any such prospective rules, regulations and positions from
causing the Variable Contract Owners to be considered the owners of the assets
underlying the Separate Accounts.

                                       43

<PAGE>

     The requirements applicable to a Series' qualification as a regulated
investment company and its compliance with the diversification test under Code
Section 817(h) may limit the extent to which a Series will be able to engage in
transactions in options, futures contracts or forward contracts, investments in
precious metals, and in short sales.

     Debt securities purchased by the Series (such as zero coupon bonds) may be
treated for U.S. Federal income tax purposes as having original issue discount.
Original issue discount is treated as interest for Federal income tax purposes
and can generally be defined as the excess of the stated redemption price at
maturity over the issue price.  Original issue discount, whether or not cash
payments actually are received by the Series, is treated for Federal income tax
purposes as income earned by the Series, and therefore is subject to the
distribution requirements of the Code.  Generally, the amount of original issue
discount included in the income of the Series each year is determined on the
basis of a constant yield to maturity which takes into account the compounding
of accrued interest.

     In addition, debt securities may be purchased by the Series at a discount
which exceeds the original issue discount remaining on the securities, if any,
at the time the Series purchased the securities.  This additional discount
represents market discount for income tax purposes.  Treatment of market
discount varies depending upon the maturity of the debt security.  Generally, in
the case of any debt security having a fixed maturity date of more than one year
from the date of issue and having market discount, the gain realized on
disposition will be treated as ordinary income to the extent it does not exceed
the accrued market discount on the security (unless the Series elects for all
its debt securities having a fixed maturity date of more than one year from the
date of issue to include market discount in income in tax years to which it is
attributable).  Generally, market discount accrues on a daily basis.  For any
debt security having a fixed maturity date of not more than one year from the
date of issue, special rules apply which may require in some circumstances the
ratable inclusion of income attributable to discount at which the bond was
acquired as calculated under the Code.  The Series may be required to
capitalize, rather than deduct currently, part or all of any net direct interest
expense on indebtedness incurred or continued to purchase or carry any debt
security having market discount (unless the Series makes the election to include
market discount currently).

DISTRIBUTIONS

     Distributions of investment company taxable income (which includes among
other items, interest, dividends, and net realized short-term capital gains in
excess of net realized long-term capital losses) and of net realized capital
gains, whether received in cash or additional shares are includable in the gross
income of the shareholder.  Distributions of investment company taxable income
are treated as ordinary income for tax purposes.  Net capital gains designated
as capital gains dividends by a Series will, to the extent distributed, be
treated as long-term capital gains regardless of the length of time a
shareholder may have held the shares.  A distribution will be treated as paid on
December 31 of the calendar year if it is declared by a Series in October,
November, or December of that year to shareholders of record on a date in such a
month and paid by the Series during January of the following calendar year. Such
distributions will be taxable to shareholders in the calendar year in which they
are declared, rather than the calendar year in which they are received.
Distributions received by tax-exempt shareholders will not be subject to federal
income tax to the extent permitted under the applicable tax exemption.

                                       44
<PAGE>

OTHER TAXES

     Distributions may also be subject to additional state, local and foreign
taxes, depending on each shareholder's particular situation.  Shareholders are
advised to consult their own tax advisers with respect to the particular tax
consequences to them of an investment in a Series.  Depending upon the nature
and extent of a Series' contacts with a state or local jurisdiction, the Series
may be subject to the tax laws of such jurisdiction if it is regarded under
applicable law as doing business in, or as having income derived from, the
jurisdiction.

                                OTHER INFORMATION

CAPITALIZATION

     The Trust is a Massachusetts business trust established under an Agreement
and Declaration of Trust dated August 3, 1988 and currently consists of twenty-
seven Series.  The fifteen Series that are discussed in this Statement of
Additional Information and accompanying prospectuses and a Series that is
described in an additional prospectus and statement of additional information
are operational.  The capitalization of the Trust consists of an unlimited
number of shares of beneficial interest with a par value of $0.001 each.  The
Board of Trustees may establish additional Series (with different investment
objectives and fundamental policies) at any time in the future.  Establishment
and offering of additional Series will not alter the rights of the Trust's
shareholders, the Separate Accounts.  When issued in accordance with the terms
of the Agreement and Declaration of Trust, shares are fully paid, redeemable,
freely transferable, and non-assessable by the Trust.  Shares do not have
preemptive rights or subscription rights.  In liquidation of a Series of the
Trust, each shareholder is entitled to receive his or her pro rata share of the
net assets of that Series.  
 

     On January 31, 1992, the name of the Trust was changed to The GCG Trust.
Prior to that change, the name of the Trust was The Specialty Managers Trust.

VOTING RIGHTS

     Shareholders of the Series are given certain voting rights.  Each share of
each Series will be given one vote, unless a different allocation of voting
rights is required under applicable law for a mutual fund that is an investment
medium for variable insurance products.

     Massachusetts business trust law does not require the Trust to hold annual
shareholder meetings, although special meetings may be called for a specific
Series, or for the Trust as a whole, for purposes such as electing or removing
Trustees, changing fundamental policies, or approving a contract for investment
advisory services.  The Trust will be required to hold a meeting to elect
Trustees to fill any existing vacancies on the Board if, at any time, fewer than
a majority of the Trustees have been elected by the shareholders of the Trust.
In addition, the Agreement and Declaration of Trust provides that the holders of
not less than two-thirds of the outstanding shares or other voting interests of
the Trust may remove a person serving as Trustee either by declaration in
writing or at a meeting called for such purpose.  The Trust's shares do not have
cumulative voting rights.  The Trustees are required to call a meeting for the
purpose of considering the removal of a person serving as Trustee, if requested
in writing to do so by the holders of not less than 10% of the outstanding
shares of the Trust.  The Trust is required to assist in shareholders'
communications.

                                       45

<PAGE>

CUSTODIAN AND OTHER SERVICE PROVIDERS

     The Custodian for the Series is Bankers Trust Company, 280 Park Avenue, New
York, New York  10017.  First Data Investors Services Group of First Data
Corporation, One Exchange Place, 4th Floor, Boston, MA  02109, provides
administrative and portfolio accounting services for all Series.

INDEPENDENT AUDITORS

     Ernst & Young, 200 Clarendon Street, Boston, MA 02116-5072, serves as
independent auditors for the Trust.


COUNSEL

     Dechert Price & Rhoads, 1500 K Street, N.W., Washington, D.C. 20005, has
passed upon certain legal matters in connection with the shares offered by the
Trust and acts as outside counsel to the Trust.

REGISTRATION STATEMENT

     This Statement of Additional Information and the Prospectuses do not
contain all the information included in the Trust's Registration Statement filed
with the Securities and Exchange Commission under the Securities Act of 1933
with respect to the securities offered by the Prospectus.  Certain portions of
the Registration Statement have been omitted pursuant to the rules and
regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission.  The Registration
Statement, including the exhibits filed therewith, may be examined at the
offices of the Securities and Exchange Commission in Washington, D.C.

     Statements contained herein and in the Prospectuses as to the contents of
any contract or other documents referred to are not necessarily complete, and,
in each instance, reference is made to the copy of such contract or other
documents filed as an exhibit to the Registration Statement, each such statement
being qualified in all respects by such reference.

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

The Trust's audited financial statements dated as of December 31, 1996 for
all Series, including notes thereto, are 
incorporated by reference in this Statement of Additional Information from 
the Trust's Annual Report dated as of December 31, 1996. 
 

                                       46

<PAGE>

APPENDIX 1:  DESCRIPTION OF BOND RATINGS



Excerpts from Moody's Investors Service, Inc.'s ("Moody's") description of its
bond ratings:

     Aaa - judged to be the best quality; they carry the smallest degree of
investment risk.  Aa - judged to be of high quality by all standards; together
with the Aaa group, they comprise what are generally known as high grade bonds.
A - possess many favorable investment attributes and are to be considered as
"upper medium grade obligations."  Baa - considered as medium grade obligations,
i.e., they are neither highly protected nor poorly secured; interest payments
and principal security appear adequate for the present but certain protective
elements may be lacking or may be characteristically unreliable over any great
length of time.  Ba - judged to have speculative elements; their future cannot
be considered as well assured.  B - generally lack characteristics of the
desirable investment.  Caa - are of poor standing; such issues may be in default
or there may be present elements of danger with respect to principal or
interest.  Ca - speculative in a high degree; often in default.  C - lowest rate
class of bonds; regarded as having extremely poor prospects.

     Moody's also applies numerical indicators 1, 2, and 3 to rating categories.
The modifier 1 indicates that the security is in the higher end of its rating
category; 2 indicates a mid-range ranking; and 3 indicates a ranking toward the
lower end of the category.

     Excerpts from Standard & Poor's Rating Group ("S&P") description of its
bond ratings:

     AAA - highest grade obligations; capacity to pay interest and repay
principal is extremely strong.  AA - also qualify as high grade obligations; a
very strong capacity to pay interest and repay principal and differs from AAA
issues only in small degree.  A - regarded as upper medium grade; they have a
strong capacity to pay interest and repay principal although it is somewhat more
susceptible to the adverse effects of changes in circumstances and economic
conditions than debt in higher rated categories.  BBB - regarded as having an
adequate capacity to pay interest and repay principal; whereas it normally
exhibits adequate protection parameters, adverse economic conditions or changing
circumstances are more likely to lead to a weakened capacity than in higher
rated categories - this group is the lowest which qualifies for commercial bank
investment.  BB, B, CCC, CC, C- predominately speculative with respect to
capacity to pay interest and repay principal in accordance with terms of the
obligation:  BB indicates the lowest degree of speculation and C the highest.

     S&P applies indicators "+", no character, and "-" to its rating categories.
The indicators show relative standing within the major rating categories. 

                                       A-1
<PAGE>



© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission